Art History
Transcription
Art History
A Correlation of Art History Fifth Edition © 2014 To the College Board AP Curriculum Framework AP® is a trademark registered and/or owned by the College Board, which was not involved in the production of, and does not endorse, this product. Chapter 1 Prehistoric Art Page Numbers pp. 1-25 Content Area Global Prehistory 30,000-500 B.C.E Art History 5e, 2014, Student Edition, Image Examples Big Ideas Prehistoric Art, p. 1; The Stone Age, p. 2; The Paleolithic Period, Learning Objective pp. 2–12; The 1.3 Neolithic Period, pp. 12–23 Map 1-1: Prehistoric Europe, p. 3; 1-5: Reconstruction Drawing of a Mammoth-Bone Houses, p. 5; A Closer Look: A House in Catalhöyük, p. 15; 1-23: Reconstruction Drawing of Durrington Walls, p. 20 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 1-1b. Globally, the earliest peoples were small groups of huntergatherers, whose paramount concern was sheer survival, resulting in the creation of Learning Objective practical objects. From earliest times, these practical tools were accompanied by objects 1.1; Learning The Paleolithic Period, of unknown purpose: ritual and symbolic works perhaps intended to encourage the Objective 1.3; availability of flora and fauna food sources. People established many artistic media, from 2–12 Learning Objective the first fired ceramics, to painting and incised graphic designs (primarily on rock 1.4 surfaces), sculpture (notably female and animal figurines), and architecture (stone megalithic installations). 1-4: Decorated Ocher, p. 4; 1-7: Woman from Willendorf, p. 6; 1-10: Walll Painting with Horses, Rhinoceroses, and Aurochs, p. 9; 1-11: Woman from Brassempouy, p. 7; 1-13: Bison, p. 11 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 1-2a. In many world regions — including those not in direct contact The Neolithic Period, with one another — art shows humans’ awareness of fundamental, stable phenomena, from the macrocosmic (e.g., astronomical cycles, such as equinoxes and solstices) to the pp. 12–23; also see: Chapters 10 & 12 microcosmic (e.g., exploitation of permanent materials available in local environments, such as stone, hardened clay, and jade). Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 1.4 1-6: Human-Fish Sculpture, p. 14; 1-20: Stonehenge from the Air, 18; 1-21: Stonehenge from the Ground, p. 18; 124: Early Pottery from Japan’s Jomon Culture, p. 21 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 1-2b. Humanity is understood to have begun in Africa and radiated outward. Beginning around 77,000 years ago, the first “art” was created in the form of rock paintings and carved natural materials, such as ocher. Geometric patterns and representations of life forms, usually human and animal, were typical two-dimensional creations. Three-dimensional forms were sculpted, and monuments, large-scale objects, and environments were assembled and/or constructed. Art making was associated with activities such as food production (hunting, gathering, agriculture, animal husbandry) and patterns of behavior, such as settlement, demonstration of status, and burial. For example, places of gathering or settlement and/or objects found in such places may be painted and/or incised with imagery related to their use. Learning Objective The Stone Age, 2; 1.1; Learning The Paleolithic Period, Objective 1.3; 2–12 Learning Objective 1.4 1-2: Rainbow Serpent Rock, p. 2; 1-3: Paleolithic Hand-Axe, p. 4; 1-4: Decorated Ocher, p. 4; 15: Reconstruction Drawing of a Mammoth-Bone Houses, p. 5; 1-7: Woman from Willendorf, p. 6; 111 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 1-2c. Humans established Paleolithic communities in West, Central, South, Southeast, and East Asia between 70,000 and 40,000 B.C.E. Paleolithic and Neolithic cave paintings featuring animal imagery are found across Asia, including in the mountains of Central Asia and Iran and in rock shelters throughout central India. In prehistoric China, ritual objects were created in jade, beginning a 5,000-year tradition of working with the precious medium. Ritual, tomb, and memorializing arts are found across Neolithic Asia, including impressive funerary steles from Saudi Arabia and Yemen. Asia’s greatest contribution to early world art is in ceramic technology, with some of the earliest pieces (dating to 10,500 B.C.E) produced by the Jomon culture in Japan. Even earlier pottery continues to be found, particularly in China. Ceramics were also produced in Iran beginning in the eighth millennium B.C.E., and refined vessel forms arose from the adoption of the potter’s wheel in the fourth millennium B.C.E. Cave Painting, pp. 8–10; Cave Sculptures, pp. 11–12; Sculpture and Ceramics, pp. 20–23; also see: Chapters 10 & 12 Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.2; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.3 1-11: Hall of Bulls, p. 10; 1-13: bison: p. 11; 1-14: Bison, p. 12; 1-24: Early Pottery from Japan’s Jomon Culture, p. 21; 125: Early Pottery from the Franchthi Cave, Greece, p. 21 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 1.3 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, See Chapter 28: 28-2: or event Fragments of Large Lapita Big Idea 2: Art Jar, p. 862 making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Enduring Understanding Essential Knowledge 1-1a. Periods of times before the written record are often defined in terms of geological eras or major shifts in climate and environment. The period of global prehistory, known 1.1: Human expression existed across the globe before the as lithic or stone ages, are Paleolithic ("old stone age"), Meslolithic ("middle stone age"), written record. While prehistoric art of Europe has been the focus and Neolithic ("new stone age"). A glacial period produced European ice ages; Saharan of many introductions to the history of art, very early art is found agricultural grassland became desert, and tectonic shifts in southeast Asia created land worldwide and shares certain features, particularly concern with bridges between the continent and the now islands of the Pacific south of the equator. the natural world and humans' place within it. Human behavior and expression was influenced by the changing environments in which they lived. Enduring Understanding 1-2. First instances of important artistic media, approaches, and values occurred on different continents, with Africa and Asia preceding and influencing other areas as the human population spread. Stokstad Art History 5e, 2014 Student Edition Essential Knowledge 1-2d. In the Pacific region, migrations from Asia approximately 45,000 years ago were possible because of lowered sea levels and the existence of land See Chapter 28: The bridges. The earliest created objects have been dated to about 8,000 years ago. The People of the Pacific, Lapita peoples, who moved eastward from Melanesia to Polynesia beginning about 4,000 pp. 862–863 years ago, created pottery with incised geometric designs that appear across the region in multiple media today. Essential Knowledge 1-2e. Paleolithic and Neolithic Europe’s artistic statements were made in small human figural sculptures (central Europe), cave paintings (France and Spain), and outdoor, monumental stone assemblages (British Isles). These provide glimpses into the beginnings of ritual life (15,000 B.C.E.) as people tried to influence and integrate with the natural cycles of the cosmos and promote both human and animal fertility. These works establish the dynamic interplay of naturalism and abstraction found throughout art’s history. Page 1 of 72 Learning Objectives Learning Objective The Paleolithic Period, 1.1; Learning pp. 2–11; The Objective 1.3; Neolithic Period, pp. Learning Objective 12–23 1.4 1-7: Woman from Willendorf, p. 6; 1-11: Woman from Brassempouy, p. 7; Hall of Bulls, p. 10; 1-14: Bison, p. 12; 1-17: Men Taunting a Deer, p. 14; 1-20: Stonehenge from the Air, 18; 1-21: Stonehenge from the Ground, p. 18 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Chapter Page Numbers Content Area Essential Knowledge Stokstad Art History 5e, 2014 Student Edition Essential Knowledge 1-2f. On the American continent, from the Arctic to Tierra del Fuego, indigenous peoples who had recently migrated from Asia (before 10,000 B.C.E.) first made sculptures from animal bone and later from clay, with animals and sacred humans as dominant subject matter. Similar to European expressions, ancient American art adapts animal images to the natural contours of the chosen materials and features fecund females. The fact that female figurines may also display unusual or supernatural characteristics suggests the importance of shamanic religion brought from Asia very early in human history. See Chapter 13: The New World, p. 384; Mesoamerica, pp. 384–396; Central America, pp. 396; South America: The Central Andes, pp. 397–400; North America, pp. 401–407 Essential Knowledge 1-3a. Ongoing archaeological excavations and use of carbon-14 dating has illuminated interconnections of art across the world. Due to the understandably small number of surviving and located monuments, however, reasons for similarity or difference in form remain largely conjectural. Nonetheless, comparisons of groups of objects and the application of ethnographic analogy (considering modern traditional cultural practices as models for ancient ones) and reconstruction of religious history (noting shamanism as the earliest, most persistent worldwide spiritual approach) can be applied to help establish general theories of the function and meaning of prehistoric art. Female Figures, pp. 6–7; The Meaning of Cave Paintings, pp. Learning Objective 8–9; Recovering the 1.1; Learning Past: How Early Art is Objective 1.4 Dated, p. 12; Ceremonial and Tomb Architecture, p. 16–19 Enduring Understanding Enduring Understanding 1-3. Over time, art historians’ knowledge of global prehistoric art has developed through interdisciplinary collaboration with social and physical scientists. Essential Knowledge 1-3b. Since it was first practiced circa 1900, modern stratigraphic archaeology (recording precisely each level and location of all objects) has served as a basis for art historical studies. Archaeology supports understandings of how people, The Stone Age, 2; culture, and therefore art travelled across the globe well before highly organized The Paleolithic Period, societies were formed. Important monuments, such as the caves at Lascaux, and media, pp. 2–12 particularly ceramics, were first discovered and described by archaeologists and then became available for interpretation by art historians — the two disciplines are highly complementary. 2 Art of the Ancient Near East pp. 26-47 Ancient Mediterranean 3500 B.C.E.–300 C.E. Enduring Understanding 2-1. Artistic traditions of the ancient Near East and dynastic Egypt focused on representing royal figures and divinities and on the function of funerary and palatial complexes within their cultural contexts. Works of art illustrate the active exchange of ideas and reception of artistic styles among the Mediterranean cultures and the subsequent influence on the classical world. Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.2; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.3 Art History 5e, 2014, Student Edition, Image Examples 1-8: Woman from Dolni Vestonice, p. 7: Hall of Bulls, p. 10; 1-12: BirdHeaded Man with Bison, p. 11; 1-13: Bison, p. 11; 1-16: Human-Fish Sculpture, p. 14; 1-19: Tomb Interior with Corbeling and Engraved Stones, p. 17 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 1.4 1-2: Rainbow Serpent Rock, p. 2; 1-3: Paleolithic Hand-Axe, p. 4; 1-4; 111: Hall of Bulls, p. 10; 112: Bird-Headed Man with Bison, p. 11; 1-13: Bison, p. 11; 1-16: Human-Fish Sculpture, p. 14 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Prehistoric Art, p. 1; The Stone Age, p. 2; The Paleolithic Period, pp. 2–12; The Neolithic Period, pp. 12–23 Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 1.4 1-3: Paleolithic Hand-Axe, p. 4; 1-4: Decorated Ocher, p. 4; 1-9: Woman from Brassempouy, p. 7; Hall of Bulls, p. 10; 1-14: Bison, p. 12; 1-17: Men Taunting a Deer, p. 14; 120: Stonehenge from the Air, 18; 1-21: Stonehenge from the Ground, p. 18 Essential Knowledge 2-1a. The art of the ancient Near East (present-day Iraq, Syria, Iran, Turkey, Lebanon, Israel, Palestine, Jordan, and Cyprus, from 3500 to 330 B.C.E.) is associated with successive city-states and cultural powers: Sumerian, Akkadian, NeoSumerian and Babylonian, Assyrian, Neo-Babylonian, and Persian. The art of dynastic Egypt (present-day Egypt and Sudan, from 3000 to 30 B.C.E.) generally includes coverage of predynastic Egypt and Old, Middle, and New Kingdoms. The Amarna period (New Kingdom) was also important because of its cultural reform and stylistic revolution. Art of the Ancient Near East, pp. 26–27; The Fertile Crescent and Mesopotamia, pp. Learning Objective 28–37; The Hittites of 2.1; Learning Anatolia, p. 37; Objective 2.2 Assyria, pp. 38–43; Neo-Babylonia, 44; Persia, pp. 44–47 2-1: Stele of Naram-Sin, p. 27; 2-5: Twelve Votive Figures, p. 312;12: Head of a Man, p. 36; 2-15: Stele of Hammurabi, p. 39; 2-22: Ishtar Gate and Throne, p. 45 Essential Knowledge 2-2a. Artists created fully developed, formal types, including sculptures of human figures interacting with gods and stylistic conventions representing the human form with a combined profile and three-quarter view. In these combinations, important figures are set apart using a hierarchical scale or by dividing the compositions into horizontal sections or registers, which provide significant early examples of historical narratives. Page 2 of 72 A Broader Look: A Lyre from a Royal Tomb in Ur, pp. 32–33 Big Ideas Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, See Chapter 13: 13-13: or event Colossal Head, San Big Idea 2: Art Lorenzo, p. 386; 13-24: making is shaped by Pelican Figurehead, p. 043 tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 1-3c. The function of artistic expression prior to written records is inferred from evidence of technology and survival strategies and based on the relation of tools and their function (whether task related or expressive), available food sources, the rise of sophisticated culture, and humans’ capacity to shape and manage the environment. Basic art historical methods can be applied to prehistoric art by comparing works of art, imagery, materials, and techniques to identify patterns (such as a prevalence of transformational animal–human iconography), then ethnographic approaches can be used to propose hypotheses (e.g., that certain iconography is shamanic in nature). Cross-cultural comparison can help establish wider generalizations (e.g., that South African, Asian, and indigenous American peoples all participated in rock/cave expressions of a visionary aesthetic). In this way, the apparent paucity of evidence can be mitigated and theories proposed, tested, refined, and potentially rejected by conflicting evidence or new information, as in other periods of art history and in other disciplines. Writing, p. 28; Technique: Cuneiform Writing, p. 30; Votive Figures, p. 31; A Broader Look: A Lyre from a Royal Tomb in Essential Knowledge 2-1b. The study of artistic innovations and conventions developed in Ur, pp. 32–33; the ancient Near East and dynastic Egypt (facilitated by recorded information from the Cylinder Seals, pp. time) provides a foundation for comparative understanding of subsequent artistic 34–35; Art and Its traditions within the region and beyond. Contexts: The Code of Hammurabi, p 39; A closer Look: Enemies Crossing the Euphrates to Escape, p. 42 Enduring Understanding 2-2. Religion plays a significant role in the art and architecture of the ancient Near East, with cosmology guiding representation of deities and kings who themselves assume divine attributes. Learning Objectives Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 2.3 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an 2-1: Stele of Naram-Sin, aesthetic object, act, p. 26; 2-4: Carved Vessel, or event p. 31; 2-10: Cylinder Seal Big Idea 2: Art and Its Modern making is shaped by Impression, p. 35 tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.2; Learning Objective 1.4 2-4: Carved Vessel, p. 31; 2-5: Twelve Votive Figures, p. 31; 2-10: Cylender Seal and Its Modern Impression, p. 352-17: Assurnasirpal II Killing Lions, p. 41 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Chapter Page Numbers Content Area Learning Objectives Art History 5e, 2014, Student Edition, Image Examples Big Ideas The Ziggurat, pp. 28–29; Ur and Lagash, p. 37; Dur Sharrukin, pp. 41–43 Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.4 2-2, Ruins and Plans of the Anu Ziggurat and White Temple, p. 29; 213, Nanna Ziggurat, p. 37; 2-18, Reconstruction Drawing of the Citadel and Palace of Sargon II, p. 41; 2-23, Arial View of Persepolis, p. 46 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapter 3 Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.2; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 See Chapter 3 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 2-3b. Representations of humans make clear distinctions between the deified pharaoh and people in lower classes, using representational and stylistic cues such as hierarchical proportion and idealization versus naturalism. Approaches to portraiture depend on a figure’s rank in society. The artistic canon of dynastic Egypt, See Chapter 3 with strict conventions of representation, use of materials, and treatment of forms, was followed for many centuries with only short-lived periods of experimentation and deviation. Innovations in art and architecture tended to occur within the basic and established scheme. Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.2; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 See Chapter 3 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapters 4, 5, & 6 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapters 4 & 5 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapters 4, 5, & 6 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapters 4, 5, & 6 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Enduring Understanding Essential Knowledge Essential Knowledge 2-2b. Architectural representations include towering ziggurats that provide monumental settings for the worship of many deities, as well as heavily fortified palaces that increased in opulence over the centuries, proclaiming the power and authority of rulers. Essential Knowledge 2-3a. The culture of dynastic Egypt represents an elaborate funerary sect whose devotees created numerous ka statues (to house the ka, or spirit, after death), artifacts, decorations, and furnishings for tombs. Egyptian art incorporates Enduring Understanding 2-3. The art of dynastic Egypt embodies mythological and religious symbolism, often centered on the cult of the sun. a sense of permanence. It was created for eternity in the service Development of monumental stone architecture culminated with the pyramids and with of a culture that focused on preserving a cycle of rebirth. innovative designs for rock-cut tombs and pylon (massive sloped gateway) temples, each demonstrating the importance of the pharaoh — a god-king with absolute power, descended directly from the sun god. The Egyptian architectural construction of the clerestory is particularly important for the history of architecture. Essential Knowledge 2-4a. Ancient Greek art was produced in Europe and western Asia, primarily in the region of present-day Greece, Turkey, and southern Italy, from 600 Enduring Understanding 2-4. The art of Ancient Greece and Rome B.C.E. to 100 C.E. Etruscan art (c. 700–100 B.C.E., from the region of Etruria in central is grounded in civic ideals and polytheism. Etruscan and Roman Italy) and ancient Roman art was produced in Europe and western Asia from c. 753 artists and architects accumulated and creatively adapted Greek B.C.E. to 337 C.E. The arts of these early western artistic cultures are generally studied objects and forms to create buildings and artworks that appealed chronologically. Additionally, archaeological models and stylistic analysis have identified to their tastes for eclecticism and historicism. periods based on stylistic changes. Artworks are assigned to periods according to styles (e.g., archaic Greek), governments, or dynasties (e.g., the Roman Republic). Stokstad Art History 5e, 2014 Student Edition See Chapters 4, 5, & 6 Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 Essential Knowledge 2-4b. Art considered Ancient Greek includes works from the archaic, classical, and Hellenistic periods, as defined according to artistic style, not by political units such as governments or dynasties. Etruscan art is typically considered as a single cultural unit even though Etruria was comprised of separate city-states. Roman art See Chapters 4 & 5 includes works from the republican, early imperial, late imperial, and late antique periods, as defined using governmental structures and dynasties rather than stylistic characteristics. Many Hellenistic works are in fact Roman in origin, which favors presenting these traditions at the same time. Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 Essential Knowledge 2-4c. Ancient Greek, Etruscan, and Roman artists and architects were influenced by earlier Mediterranean cultures. Ancient Greek religious and civic architecture and figural representation are characterized by idealized proportions and spatial relationships, expressing societal values of harmony and order. Art from the Etruscan and Roman periods is typified by stylistic and iconographical eclecticism and portraiture. Etruscan and ancient Roman art express republican and imperial values, power, and preference for conspicuous display. Etruscan and Roman architecture are characterized by investment in public structures. Roman architecture is also characterized by borrowing from its immediate predecessors (Greek and Etruscan) and by technical innovation. Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.2; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 Essential Knowledge 2-4d. Ancient Greek and Roman art provides the foundation for the later development of European and Mediterranean artistic traditions. From the 18th century onward, European and American observers admired ancient Greek and Roman ethical and governmental systems, which contributed to prioritizing art and architecture that could be associated with political elites and cultural capitals (e.g., Rome). More recently, art historians have examined art produced by contemporary subjects or “provincial” populations. Page 3 of 72 See Chapters 4, 5, & 6 See Chapters 4, 5, & 6 Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 Chapter Page Numbers Content Area Enduring Understanding Essential Knowledge Enduring Understanding 2-5. Contextual information for ancient Greek and Roman art can be derived from contemporary literary, Essential Knowledge 2-5a. Some of the earliest written statements about artists and art political, legal, and economic records as well as from archaeological excavations conducted from the mid-18th century making survive from the ancient Greek and Roman worlds. Little survives of the rich Etruscan literary tradition that is documented in Roman sources. onward. Etruscan art, by contrast, is illuminated primarily by modern archaeological record and by descriptions of contemporary external observers. 3 Art of Ancient Egypt pp. 48-79 Ancient Mediterranean 3500 B.C.E.–300 C.E. Enduring Understanding 2-1. Artistic traditions of the ancient Near East and dynastic Egypt focused on representing royal figures and divinities and on the function of funerary and palatial complexes within their cultural contexts. Works of art illustrate the active exchange of ideas and reception of artistic styles among the Mediterranean cultures and the subsequent influence on the classical world. Stokstad Art History 5e, 2014 Student Edition Learning Objectives See Chapters 4, 5, & 6 See Chapters 4, 5, & 6 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable 3-1: Funerary Mask of Tutankhamun, p. 48; 3-4: Great Pyramids, Giza, p. 56; 3-10: Seated Scribe, p. 60; 3-13: Head of Senusret III, p. 62; 3-21: Hatshepsut Kneeling, p. 68; 3-28: Nefertiti, p. 72 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 2.3 3-3: The Step Pyramid and Sham Buildings, p. 54; 3-8: Khafre, p. 59; 39: Menkaure and a Queen. P. 59; Stele of Amenemhat, p. 653-33: Fish-Shaped Perfume Bottle, p. 76; 3-35: Judgment of Hunefer Before Osiris, p. 77 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.2; Learning Objective 1.4 3-8: Khafre, p. 59; 3-9: Menkaure and a Queen. P. 59; 3-10: Seated Scribe, p. 60; 3-11: Butcher, p. 60; 3-12: Ti Watching a Hippopotamus Hunt, p. 61; 3-13: Head of Senusret III, p. 62; 3-21: Hatshepsut Kneeling, p. 68; 3-28: Nefertiti, p. 72 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Funerary Architecture, pp. 53–55; The Great Pyramids at Giza, pp. 56–58; Rock-Cut Learning Objective Tombs, pp. 62–63; 1.1; Learning Town Planning, p. 65; Objective 1.4 The Great Temple Complexes, pp. 6567; The Tomb of Ramose, pp. 69–70 3-3: The Step Pyramid and Sham Buildings, p. 54; 3-4: Great Pyramids, Giza, p. 56; 3-14: Rockcut Tombs, Beni Hasan, p. 62; 3-22: Funeray Temple of Hatshepsut, Deir ElBahri, p. 68 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapters 4, 5, & 6 Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 See Chapters 4, 5, & 6 Essential Knowledge 2-1a. The art of the ancient Near East (present-day Iraq, Syria, Iran, Turkey, Lebanon, Israel, Palestine, Jordan, and Cyprus, from 3500 to 330 B.C.E.) is associated with successive city-states and cultural powers: Sumerian, Akkadian, NeoSumerian and Babylonian, Assyrian, Neo-Babylonian, and Persian. The art of dynastic Egypt (present-day Egypt and Sudan, from 3000 to 30 B.C.E.) generally includes coverage of predynastic Egypt and Old, Middle, and New Kingdoms. The Amarna period (New Kingdom) was also important because of its cultural reform and stylistic revolution. Art of Ancient Egypt, pp. 48–49; The Gift of the Nile, p. 50; Early Dynastic Egypt, pp. 50–55; The Old Learning Objective Kingdom, pp. 56–61; 2.1; Learning The Middle Kingdom, Objective 2.2 pp. 62–65; The New Kingdom, pp. 65–76; The Third Intermediate Period, pp. 77–79 A Closer Look: The Palette of Narmer, p. 52; Technique: Preserving the Dead, p. 53; Elements of Architecture: Mastaba to Pyramid, p. 55; Essential Knowledge 2-1b. The study of artistic innovations and conventions developed in Sculpture, pp. 58–61; the ancient Near East and dynastic Egypt (facilitated by recorded information from the Technique: Egyptian time) provides a foundation for comparative understanding of subsequent artistic Pictorial Relief, p. 64; traditions within the region and beyond. A Broader Look: The Temples of Ramses II at Abu Simbel, pp. 74–75; Technique: Glassmaking, p. 76; Recovering the Past, p. 79 Essential Knowledge 2-2b. Architectural representations include towering ziggurats that provide monumental settings for the worship of many deities, as well as heavily fortified palaces that increased in opulence over the centuries, proclaiming the power and authority of rulers. Page 4 of 72 Big Ideas Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 2-5b. The Greek, Etruscan, and Roman cultures shared a rich tradition of epic storytelling (first orally transmitted, later written) that glorified the exploits of gods, goddesses, and heroes. The texts recorded a highly developed rhetorical tradition that prized public oratory and poetry. Religious rituals and prognostications were guided by oral tradition, not texts. Essential Knowledge 2-2a. Artists created fully developed, formal types, including Enduring Understanding 2-2. Religion plays a significant role in sculptures of human figures interacting with gods and stylistic conventions representing the art and architecture of the ancient Near East, with cosmology the human form with a combined profile and three-quarter view. In these combinations, guiding representation of deities and kings who themselves important figures are set apart using a hierarchical scale or by dividing the compositions assume divine attributes. into horizontal sections or registers, which provide significant early examples of historical narratives. Art History 5e, 2014, Student Edition, Image Examples Sculpture, pp. 58–61; Seated Scribe, p. 60; Statuettes of Servants, pp. 60–61; Pictorial Relief in Tombs, p 61 Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 Chapter Page Numbers Content Area Stokstad Art History 5e, 2014 Student Edition Learning Objectives Art History 5e, 2014, Student Edition, Image Examples Big Ideas Essential Knowledge 2-3a. The culture of dynastic Egypt represents an elaborate funerary sect whose devotees created numerous ka statues (to house the ka, or spirit, after death), artifacts, decorations, and furnishings for tombs. Egyptian art incorporates Enduring Understanding 2-3. The art of dynastic Egypt embodies mythological and religious symbolism, often centered on the cult of the sun. a sense of permanence. It was created for eternity in the service Development of monumental stone architecture culminated with the pyramids and with of a culture that focused on preserving a cycle of rebirth. innovative designs for rock-cut tombs and pylon (massive sloped gateway) temples, each demonstrating the importance of the pharaoh — a god-king with absolute power, descended directly from the sun god. The Egyptian architectural construction of the clerestory is particularly important for the history of architecture. The God-Kings, pp. 50–51; Funerary Architecture, pp. 53–55; Technique: Preserving the Dead, 53; The Great Pyramids at Giza, pp. 56–58; Clerestory, p. 57; Sculpture, pp. 58–61; Rock-Cut Tombs, pp. 62–63; Funerary Stelai, 63–64; Town Planning, p. 65 Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.2; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 3-3: The Step Pyramid and Sham Buildings, p. 54; 3-4: Great Pyramids, Giza, p. 56; 3-8: Khafre, p. 59; 3-9: Menkaure and a Queen. P. 59; 3-14: Rock-Cut Tombs, Ben Hasan, p. 62; 3-15: Picking Figs, p. 63 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 2-3b. Representations of humans make clear distinctions between the deified pharaoh and people in lower classes, using representational and stylistic cues such as hierarchical proportion and idealization versus naturalism. Approaches to portraiture depend on a figure’s rank in society. The artistic canon of dynastic Egypt, with strict conventions of representation, use of materials, and treatment of forms, was followed for many centuries with only short-lived periods of experimentation and deviation. Innovations in art and architecture tended to occur within the basic and established scheme. Sculpture, pp. 58–61; Seated Scribe, p. 60; Statuettes of Servants, pp. 60–61; Pictorial Relief in Tombs, p 61 Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.2; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 3-8: Khafre, p. 59; 3-9: Menkaure and a Queen. P. 59; 3-10: Seated Scribe, p. 60; 3-11: Butcher, p. 60; 3-12: Ti Watching a Hippopotamus Hunt, p. 61; 3-13: Head of Senusret III, p. 62; 3-21: Hatshepsut Kneeling, p. 68; 3-28: Nefertiti, p. 72 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapters 4, 5, & 6 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapters 4, 5, & 6 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapters 4, 5, & 6 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapters 4, 5, & 6 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapters 4, 5, & 6 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Enduring Understanding Essential Knowledge Essential Knowledge 2-4a. Ancient Greek art was produced in Europe and western Asia, primarily in the region of present-day Greece, Turkey, and southern Italy, from 600 Enduring Understanding 2-4. The art of Ancient Greece and Rome B.C.E. to 100 C.E. Etruscan art (c. 700–100 B.C.E., from the region of Etruria in central is grounded in civic ideals and polytheism. Etruscan and Roman Italy) and ancient Roman art was produced in Europe and western Asia from c. 753 artists and architects accumulated and creatively adapted Greek B.C.E. to 337 C.E. The arts of these early western artistic cultures are generally studied objects and forms to create buildings and artworks that appealed chronologically. Additionally, archaeological models and stylistic analysis have identified to their tastes for eclecticism and historicism. periods based on stylistic changes. Artworks are assigned to periods according to styles (e.g., archaic Greek), governments, or dynasties (e.g., the Roman Republic). See Chapters 4, 5, & 6 Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 Essential Knowledge 2-4b. Art considered Ancient Greek includes works from the archaic, classical, and Hellenistic periods, as defined according to artistic style, not by political units such as governments or dynasties. Etruscan art is typically considered as a single See Chapters 4, 5, & cultural unit even though Etruria was comprised of separate city-states. Roman art 6 includes works from the republican, early imperial, late imperial, and late antique periods, as defined using governmental structures and dynasties rather than stylistic characteristics. Many Hellenistic works are in fact Roman in origin, which favors presenting these traditions at the same time. Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 Essential Knowledge 2-4c. Ancient Greek, Etruscan, and Roman artists and architects were influenced by earlier Mediterranean cultures. Ancient Greek religious and civic architecture and figural representation are characterized by idealized proportions and spatial relationships, expressing societal values of harmony and order. Art from the Etruscan and Roman periods is typified by stylistic and iconographical eclecticism and portraiture. Etruscan and ancient Roman art express republican and imperial values, power, and preference for conspicuous display. Etruscan and Roman architecture are characterized by investment in public structures. Roman architecture is also characterized by borrowing from its immediate predecessors (Greek and Etruscan) and by technical innovation. Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.2; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 Essential Knowledge 2-4d. Ancient Greek and Roman art provides the foundation for the later development of European and Mediterranean artistic traditions. From the 18th century onward, European and American observers admired ancient Greek and Roman ethical and governmental systems, which contributed to prioritizing art and architecture that could be associated with political elites and cultural capitals (e.g., Rome). More recently, art historians have examined art produced by contemporary subjects or “provincial” populations. Enduring Understanding 2-5. Contextual information for ancient Greek and Roman art can be derived from contemporary literary, Essential Knowledge 2-5a. Some of the earliest written statements about artists and art political, legal, and economic records as well as from archaeological excavations conducted from the mid-18th century making survive from the ancient Greek and Roman worlds. Little survives of the rich Etruscan literary tradition that is documented in Roman sources. onward. Etruscan art, by contrast, is illuminated primarily by modern archaeological record and by descriptions of contemporary external observers. Page 5 of 72 See Chapters 4, 5, & 6 See Chapters 4, 5, & 6 See Chapters 4, 5, & 6 Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 Chapter Page Numbers Content Area Enduring Understanding Essential Knowledge Essential Knowledge 2-5b. The Greek, Etruscan, and Roman cultures shared a rich tradition of epic storytelling (first orally transmitted, later written) that glorified the exploits of gods, goddesses, and heroes. The texts recorded a highly developed rhetorical tradition that prized public oratory and poetry. Religious rituals and prognostications were guided by oral tradition, not texts. 4 Art of the Ancient Aegean pp. 80-99 Ancient Mediterranean 3500 B.C.E.–300 C.E. Enduring Understanding 2-1. Artistic traditions of the ancient Near East and dynastic Egypt focused on representing royal figures and divinities and on the function of funerary and palatial complexes within their cultural contexts. Works of art illustrate the active exchange of ideas and reception of artistic styles among the Mediterranean cultures and the subsequent influence on the classical world. Stokstad Art History 5e, 2014 Student Edition See Chapters 4, 5, & 6 Essential Knowledge 2-1a. The art of the ancient Near East (present-day Iraq, Syria, Iran, Turkey, Lebanon, Israel, Palestine, Jordan, and Cyprus, from 3500 to 330 B.C.E.) is associated with successive city-states and cultural powers: Sumerian, Akkadian, NeoSee Chapters 2 & 3 Sumerian and Babylonian, Assyrian, Neo-Babylonian, and Persian. The art of dynastic Egypt (present-day Egypt and Sudan, from 3000 to 30 B.C.E.) generally includes coverage of predynastic Egypt and Old, Middle, and New Kingdoms. The Amarna period (New Kingdom) was also important because of its cultural reform and stylistic revolution. Essential Knowledge 2-1b. The study of artistic innovations and conventions developed in the ancient Near East and dynastic Egypt (facilitated by recorded information from the See Chapters 2 & 3 time) provides a foundation for comparative understanding of subsequent artistic traditions within the region and beyond. Enduring Understanding 2-2. Religion plays a significant role in the art and architecture of the ancient Near East, with cosmology guiding representation of deities and kings who themselves assume divine attributes. Essential Knowledge 2-2a. Artists created fully developed, formal types, including sculptures of human figures interacting with gods and stylistic conventions representing the human form with a combined profile and three-quarter view. In these combinations, See Chapters 2 & 3 important figures are set apart using a hierarchical scale or by dividing the compositions into horizontal sections or registers, which provide significant early examples of historical narratives. Essential Knowledge 2-2b. Architectural representations include towering ziggurats that provide monumental settings for the worship of many deities, as well as heavily fortified palaces that increased in opulence over the centuries, proclaiming the power and authority of rulers. Learning Objectives Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 2.3 Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.2; Learning Objective 1.4 See Chapters 2 & 3 Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.4 See Chapters 2 & 3 Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.2; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 Essential Knowledge 2-3b. Representations of humans make clear distinctions between the deified pharaoh and people in lower classes, using representational and stylistic cues such as hierarchical proportion and idealization versus naturalism. Approaches to portraiture depend on a figure’s rank in society. The artistic canon of dynastic Egypt, See Chapters 2 & 3 with strict conventions of representation, use of materials, and treatment of forms, was followed for many centuries with only short-lived periods of experimentation and deviation. Innovations in art and architecture tended to occur within the basic and established scheme. Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.2; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 Essential Knowledge 2-3a. The culture of dynastic Egypt represents an elaborate funerary sect whose devotees created numerous ka statues (to house the ka, or spirit, after death), artifacts, decorations, and furnishings for tombs. Egyptian art incorporates Enduring Understanding 2-3. The art of dynastic Egypt embodies mythological and religious symbolism, often centered on the cult of the sun. a sense of permanence. It was created for eternity in the service Development of monumental stone architecture culminated with the pyramids and with of a culture that focused on preserving a cycle of rebirth. innovative designs for rock-cut tombs and pylon (massive sloped gateway) temples, each demonstrating the importance of the pharaoh — a god-king with absolute power, descended directly from the sun god. The Egyptian architectural construction of the clerestory is particularly important for the history of architecture. Page 6 of 72 Art History 5e, 2014, Student Edition, Image Examples Big Ideas See Chapters 4, 5, & 6 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapters 2 & 3 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapters 2 & 3 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapters 2 & 3 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapters 2 & 3 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapters 2 & 3 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapters 2 & 3 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Chapter Page Numbers Content Area Enduring Understanding Essential Knowledge Essential Knowledge 2-4a. Ancient Greek art was produced in Europe and western Asia, primarily in the region of present-day Greece, Turkey, and southern Italy, from 600 Enduring Understanding 2-4. The art of Ancient Greece and Rome B.C.E. to 100 C.E. Etruscan art (c. 700–100 B.C.E., from the region of Etruria in central is grounded in civic ideals and polytheism. Etruscan and Roman Italy) and ancient Roman art was produced in Europe and western Asia from c. 753 artists and architects accumulated and creatively adapted Greek B.C.E. to 337 C.E. The arts of these early western artistic cultures are generally studied objects and forms to create buildings and artworks that appealed chronologically. Additionally, archaeological models and stylistic analysis have identified to their tastes for eclecticism and historicism. periods based on stylistic changes. Artworks are assigned to periods according to styles (e.g., archaic Greek), governments, or dynasties (e.g., the Roman Republic). pp. 100-155 Ancient Mediterranean 3500 B.C.E.–300 C.E. Art History 5e, 2014, Student Edition, Image Examples Big Ideas Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an Map 4-1: The Ancient aesthetic object, act, Aegean World, p. 83; 4-3: or event Head with Remains of Big Idea 2: Art Painted Decoration, p. 84; making is shaped by 4-7: Bull Leaping, p. 87 tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Art of the Ancient Aegean, p. 81; The Bronze Age in the Aegean, p. 82; The Cycladic Islands, pp. 82–84; The Minoan Civilization on Crete, pp. 84–92; The Mycenaean (Helladic) Culture, pp. 92–99 Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 4-4: Kamares Ware Jug, p. 85; 4-10: Bull’s-Head Rhyton, p. 89; 4-13: Vapheio Cup, p. 91; 4-14: Landscape (“Spring Fresco”). P. 91’ 4-25: Warrior Krater, p. 99 Essential Knowledge 2-4c. Ancient Greek, Etruscan, and Roman artists and architects were influenced by earlier Mediterranean cultures. Ancient Greek religious and civic architecture and figural representation are characterized by idealized proportions and spatial relationships, expressing societal values of harmony and order. Art from the Etruscan and Roman periods is typified by stylistic and iconographical eclecticism and portraiture. Etruscan and ancient Roman art express republican and imperial values, power, and preference for conspicuous display. Etruscan and Roman architecture are characterized by investment in public structures. Roman architecture is also characterized by borrowing from its immediate predecessors (Greek and Etruscan) and by technical innovation. Architectural Complexes, p. 84–85; The New Palace Period, 85–90; The Spread of Minoan Culture, pp. 90–92; Helladic Architecture, 92–96; Mycenaean Tombs, 97–99 Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.2; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 4-5: Reconstruction Drawing of the “Palace” Complex, Knosssos, Crete, p. 87; 4-6: East Wing Stairwell, p, 87; 47: Bull Leaping, p. 87; 48: Statuette of a Male Figure, p. 884-15: Citadel at Mycenae, p. 94; 4-17: Lion Gate, Mycenae, p. 95; 4-23: Exterior View of Thilos, p. 98 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 2-4d. Ancient Greek and Roman art provides the foundation for the later development of European and Mediterranean artistic traditions. From the 18th century onward, European and American observers admired ancient Greek and Roman ethical and governmental systems, which contributed to prioritizing art and architecture that could be associated with political elites and cultural capitals (e.g., Rome). More recently, art historians have examined art produced by contemporary subjects or “provincial” populations. Architectural Complexes, p. 84–85; The New Palace Period, 85–90; The Spread of Minoan Learning Objective Culture, pp. 90–92; Helladic Architecture, 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 92–96; A Broader Look: The Lion Gate, p. 95; Recovering the Past: The “Mask of Agamemnon”, p. 97; Crosscurrents, p. 99 4-5: Reconstruction Drawing of the “Palace” Complex, Knosssos, Crete, p. 87; 4-6: East Wing Stairwell, p, 874-8: Statuette of a Male Figure, p. 884-15: Citadel at Mycenae, p. 94; 4-17: Lion Gate, Mycenae, p. 95; 4-23: Exterior View of Thilos, p. 98 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapters 5 & 6 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapters 5 & 6 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapters 2 & 3 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 2-5b. The Greek, Etruscan, and Roman cultures shared a rich tradition of epic storytelling (first orally transmitted, later written) that glorified the exploits of gods, goddesses, and heroes. The texts recorded a highly developed rhetorical tradition that prized public oratory and poetry. Religious rituals and prognostications were guided by oral tradition, not texts. 5 Art of Ancient Greece Art of the Ancient Aegean, p. 81; The Bronze Age in the Aegean, p. 82; The Cycladic Islands, pp. 82–84; The Minoan Civilization on Crete, pp. 84–92; The Mycenaean (Helladic) Culture, pp. 92–99 Learning Objectives Essential Knowledge 2-4b. Art considered Ancient Greek includes works from the archaic, classical, and Hellenistic periods, as defined according to artistic style, not by political units such as governments or dynasties. Etruscan art is typically considered as a single cultural unit even though Etruria was comprised of separate city-states. Roman art includes works from the republican, early imperial, late imperial, and late antique periods, as defined using governmental structures and dynasties rather than stylistic characteristics. Many Hellenistic works are in fact Roman in origin, which favors presenting these traditions at the same time. Enduring Understanding 2-5. Contextual information for ancient Greek and Roman art can be derived from contemporary literary, Essential Knowledge 2-5a. Some of the earliest written statements about artists and art political, legal, and economic records as well as from archaeological excavations conducted from the mid-18th century making survive from the ancient Greek and Roman worlds. Little survives of the rich Etruscan literary tradition that is documented in Roman sources. onward. Etruscan art, by contrast, is illuminated primarily by modern archaeological record and by descriptions of contemporary external observers. Enduring Understanding 2-1. Artistic traditions of the ancient Near East and dynastic Egypt focused on representing royal figures and divinities and on the function of funerary and palatial complexes within their cultural contexts. Works of art illustrate the active exchange of ideas and reception of artistic styles among the Mediterranean cultures and the subsequent influence on the classical world. Stokstad Art History 5e, 2014 Student Edition See Chapters 5 & 6 See Chapters 5 & 6 Essential Knowledge 2-1a. The art of the ancient Near East (present-day Iraq, Syria, Iran, Turkey, Lebanon, Israel, Palestine, Jordan, and Cyprus, from 3500 to 330 B.C.E.) is associated with successive city-states and cultural powers: Sumerian, Akkadian, NeoSee Chapters 2 & 3 Sumerian and Babylonian, Assyrian, Neo-Babylonian, and Persian. The art of dynastic Egypt (present-day Egypt and Sudan, from 3000 to 30 B.C.E.) generally includes coverage of predynastic Egypt and Old, Middle, and New Kingdoms. The Amarna period (New Kingdom) was also important because of its cultural reform and stylistic revolution. Page 7 of 72 Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 Chapter Page Numbers Content Area Enduring Understanding Essential Knowledge Stokstad Art History 5e, 2014 Student Edition See Chapters 2 & 3 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapters 2 & 3 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapters 2 & 3 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapters 2 & 3 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Greek Art, pp. 102–104; The Archaic Period, pp. 105–119; The Early Classical Period, pp. 120–126; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning The High Classical Period, pp. 127–140; Objective 2.2 The Late Classical Period, pp. 141–146; The Hellenistic Period, pp. 147–155 5-17: Archer (“Paris”), p. 113; 5-24: Herakles Driving a Bull to Sacrifice, p. 118; 5-42: SpearBearer (Doryphoros), p. 134; 5-52: Hermes and the Infant Dionysos, p. 143; 5-65: Nike (Victory) of Samothrace, p. 153 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Greek Art, pp. 102–105; The Archaic Period, pp. 105–119; The Early Classical Period, pp. 120–126; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning The High Classical Period, pp. 127–140; Objective 2.2 The Late Classical Period, pp. 141–146; The Hellenistic Period, pp. 147–155 5-23: Dionysos with Maenads, p, 117; 5-26: Kritios Boy, p. 121; 5-34: Youth Pouring Wine into the Kylix of a Companion, p. 127; 5-64: Lacoon and His Sons, p. 152; 5-65: Nike (Victory) of Samothrace, p. 153 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 2.3 Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.2; Learning Objective 1.4 See Chapters 2 & 3 Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.4 See Chapters 2 & 3 Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.2; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 Essential Knowledge 2-3b. Representations of humans make clear distinctions between the deified pharaoh and people in lower classes, using representational and stylistic cues such as hierarchical proportion and idealization versus naturalism. Approaches to portraiture depend on a figure’s rank in society. The artistic canon of dynastic Egypt, See Chapters 2 & 3 with strict conventions of representation, use of materials, and treatment of forms, was followed for many centuries with only short-lived periods of experimentation and deviation. Innovations in art and architecture tended to occur within the basic and established scheme. Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.2; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 Essential Knowledge 2-4a. Ancient Greek art was produced in Europe and western Asia, primarily in the region of present-day Greece, Turkey, and southern Italy, from 600 Enduring Understanding 2-4. The art of Ancient Greece and Rome B.C.E. to 100 C.E. Etruscan art (c. 700–100 B.C.E., from the region of Etruria in central is grounded in civic ideals and polytheism. Etruscan and Roman Italy) and ancient Roman art was produced in Europe and western Asia from c. 753 artists and architects accumulated and creatively adapted Greek B.C.E. to 337 C.E. The arts of these early western artistic cultures are generally studied objects and forms to create buildings and artworks that appealed chronologically. Additionally, archaeological models and stylistic analysis have identified to their tastes for eclecticism and historicism. periods based on stylistic changes. Artworks are assigned to periods according to styles (e.g., archaic Greek), governments, or dynasties (e.g., the Roman Republic). Essential Knowledge 2-4b. Art considered Ancient Greek includes works from the archaic, classical, and Hellenistic periods, as defined according to artistic style, not by political units such as governments or dynasties. Etruscan art is typically considered as a single cultural unit even though Etruria was comprised of separate city-states. Roman art includes works from the republican, early imperial, late imperial, and late antique periods, as defined using governmental structures and dynasties rather than stylistic characteristics. Many Hellenistic works are in fact Roman in origin, which favors presenting these traditions at the same time. Page 8 of 72 Big Ideas See Chapters 2 & 3 Essential Knowledge 2-2a. Artists created fully developed, formal types, including Enduring Understanding 2-2. Religion plays a significant role in sculptures of human figures interacting with gods and stylistic conventions representing the art and architecture of the ancient Near East, with cosmology the human form with a combined profile and three-quarter view. In these combinations, See Chapters 2 & 3 guiding representation of deities and kings who themselves important figures are set apart using a hierarchical scale or by dividing the compositions assume divine attributes. into horizontal sections or registers, which provide significant early examples of historical narratives. Essential Knowledge 2-3a. The culture of dynastic Egypt represents an elaborate funerary sect whose devotees created numerous ka statues (to house the ka, or spirit, after death), artifacts, decorations, and furnishings for tombs. Egyptian art incorporates Enduring Understanding 2-3. The art of dynastic Egypt embodies mythological and religious symbolism, often centered on the cult of the sun. a sense of permanence. It was created for eternity in the service Development of monumental stone architecture culminated with the pyramids and with of a culture that focused on preserving a cycle of rebirth. innovative designs for rock-cut tombs and pylon (massive sloped gateway) temples, each demonstrating the importance of the pharaoh — a god-king with absolute power, descended directly from the sun god. The Egyptian architectural construction of the clerestory is particularly important for the history of architecture. Art History 5e, 2014, Student Edition, Image Examples Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 2-1b. The study of artistic innovations and conventions developed in the ancient Near East and dynastic Egypt (facilitated by recorded information from the See Chapters 2 & 3 time) provides a foundation for comparative understanding of subsequent artistic traditions within the region and beyond. Essential Knowledge 2-2b. Architectural representations include towering ziggurats that provide monumental settings for the worship of many deities, as well as heavily fortified palaces that increased in opulence over the centuries, proclaiming the power and authority of rulers. Learning Objectives Chapter Page Numbers Content Area Stokstad Art History 5e, 2014 Student Edition Learning Objectives Compositional Design, p. 101; The Emergence of Greek Civilization, p. 102; Greek Art, pp. 102–105; Temples, pp. 108–109, 111–113; FreeStanding Sculpture, pp. 114–116; Elements of Architecture, p. 110; A Closer Look: The Death of Sarpedon, p. 119; Art and Its Contexts: Classic and Classical, p. 120; Technique: “The Canon” of Polykleitos, p. 134 Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.2; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 5-1: Ajax and Achilles Big Idea 1: Artists Playing a Game, p. 100; 5- manipulate materials 2: Funerary Krater, p, and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, 103; 5-9: Plan and or event Exterior View of the Temple of Hera, p. 109; 5- Big Idea 2: Art 11: Reconstruction making is shaped by Drawing of the Temple of tradition and change Aphaia, Aegina, p. 111; 5- Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art 20: Anavysos Kouros, p. are variable 116 Essential Knowledge 2-4d. Ancient Greek and Roman art provides the foundation for the later development of European and Mediterranean artistic traditions. From the 18th century onward, European and American observers admired ancient Greek and Roman ethical and governmental systems, which contributed to prioritizing art and architecture that could be associated with political elites and cultural capitals (e.g., Rome). More recently, art historians have examined art produced by contemporary subjects or “provincial” populations. Learning Objective See Chapters 30 & 31 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 See Chapters 30 & 31 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Enduring Understanding 2-5. Contextual information for ancient Greek and Roman art can be derived from contemporary literary, Essential Knowledge 2-5a. Some of the earliest written statements about artists and art political, legal, and economic records as well as from archaeological excavations conducted from the mid-18th century making survive from the ancient Greek and Roman worlds. Little survives of the rich Etruscan literary tradition that is documented in Roman sources. onward. Etruscan art, by contrast, is illuminated primarily by modern archaeological record and by descriptions of contemporary external observers. Technique: “The Canon” of Polykleitos, p. 134; Hippodamos Learning Objective of Miletos, p. 139; 2.1; Learning Praxiteles, pp. Objective 2.2 142–143; Arts and Its Contexts: Greek Theaters, pp. 148 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an 5-42: Spear-Bearer aesthetic object, act, (Doryphoros), p. 134; 5or event 52: Hermes and the Big Idea 2: Art Infant Dionysos, p. 143; 5making is shaped by 52: Aphrodite of Knidos, tradition and change p. 144 Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Religious Beliefs and Sacred Places, p. 102; Learning Objective Art and Its Contexts: 2.1; Learning Greek and Roman Objective 2.2 Deities, p. 104 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an 5-1: Ajax and Achilles aesthetic object, act, Playing a Game, p. 100; 5or event 3: Man and Centaur, p. Big Idea 2: Art 104; 5-8: Battle Between making is shaped by the Gods and the Giants, tradition and change p. 108 Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Enduring Understanding Essential Knowledge Essential Knowledge 2-4c. Ancient Greek, Etruscan, and Roman artists and architects were influenced by earlier Mediterranean cultures. Ancient Greek religious and civic architecture and figural representation are characterized by idealized proportions and spatial relationships, expressing societal values of harmony and order. Art from the Etruscan and Roman periods is typified by stylistic and iconographical eclecticism and portraiture. Etruscan and ancient Roman art express republican and imperial values, power, and preference for conspicuous display. Etruscan and Roman architecture are characterized by investment in public structures. Roman architecture is also characterized by borrowing from its immediate predecessors (Greek and Etruscan) and by technical innovation. Essential Knowledge 2-5b. The Greek, Etruscan, and Roman cultures shared a rich tradition of epic storytelling (first orally transmitted, later written) that glorified the exploits of gods, goddesses, and heroes. The texts recorded a highly developed rhetorical tradition that prized public oratory and poetry. Religious rituals and prognostications were guided by oral tradition, not texts. 6 Etruscan and Roman Art pp. 156-213 Ancient Mediterranean 3500 B.C.E.–300 C.E. Enduring Understanding 2-1. Artistic traditions of the ancient Near East and dynastic Egypt focused on representing royal figures and divinities and on the function of funerary and palatial complexes within their cultural contexts. Works of art illustrate the active exchange of ideas and reception of artistic styles among the Mediterranean cultures and the subsequent influence on the classical world. Essential Knowledge 2-1a. The art of the ancient Near East (present-day Iraq, Syria, Iran, Turkey, Lebanon, Israel, Palestine, Jordan, and Cyprus, from 3500 to 330 B.C.E.) is associated with successive city-states and cultural powers: Sumerian, Akkadian, NeoSee Chapters 2 & 3 Sumerian and Babylonian, Assyrian, Neo-Babylonian, and Persian. The art of dynastic Egypt (present-day Egypt and Sudan, from 3000 to 30 B.C.E.) generally includes coverage of predynastic Egypt and Old, Middle, and New Kingdoms. The Amarna period (New Kingdom) was also important because of its cultural reform and stylistic revolution. Essential Knowledge 2-1b. The study of artistic innovations and conventions developed in the ancient Near East and dynastic Egypt (facilitated by recorded information from the See Chapters 2 & 3 time) provides a foundation for comparative understanding of subsequent artistic traditions within the region and beyond. Page 9 of 72 Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 2.3 Art History 5e, 2014, Student Edition, Image Examples Big Ideas See Chapters 2 & 3 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapters 2 & 3 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Chapter Page Numbers Content Area Enduring Understanding Enduring Understanding 2-2. Religion plays a significant role in the art and architecture of the ancient Near East, with cosmology guiding representation of deities and kings who themselves assume divine attributes. Essential Knowledge Stokstad Art History 5e, 2014 Student Edition See Chapters 2 & 3 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapters 2 & 3 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapters 2 & 3 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable The Etruscans, pp. 158–165; The Republic, pp. 166–170; The Early Empire, pp. 171–189; Learning Objective The High Imperial Art 2.1; Learning of Trajan and Hadrian, Objective 2.2 pp. 190–201; The Late Empire, Third and Fourth Centuries, pp. 202–213 5-23: Dionysos with Maenads, p, 117; 5-26: Kritios Boy, p. 121; 5-34: Youth Pouring Wine into the Kylix of a Companion, p. 127; 5-64: Lacoon and His Sons, p. 152; 5-65: Nike (Victory) of Samothrace, p. 153 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable The Etruscans, pp. 158–165; The Republic, pp. 166–170; The Early Empire, pp. 171–189; Learning Objective The High Imperial Art 2.1; Learning of Trajan and Hadrian, Objective 2.2 pp. 190–201; The Late Empire, Third and Fourth Centuries, pp. 202–213 6-4: Mater Sculptor Vulca, p. 160; 6-6: Boys Climbing Rocks and Diving, Tomb of Hunting and Fishing, p. 161; 6-17: Pont Du Gard, p. 170; 619: Augustus of Primaporta, p. 173; 6-36: The Arch of Titus, p. 185 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.4 See Chapters 2 & 3 Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.2; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 Essential Knowledge 2-3b. Representations of humans make clear distinctions between the deified pharaoh and people in lower classes, using representational and stylistic cues such as hierarchical proportion and idealization versus naturalism. Approaches to portraiture depend on a figure’s rank in society. The artistic canon of dynastic Egypt, See Chapters 2 & 3 with strict conventions of representation, use of materials, and treatment of forms, was followed for many centuries with only short-lived periods of experimentation and deviation. Innovations in art and architecture tended to occur within the basic and established scheme. Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.2; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 Essential Knowledge 2-4a. Ancient Greek art was produced in Europe and western Asia, primarily in the region of present-day Greece, Turkey, and southern Italy, from 600 Enduring Understanding 2-4. The art of Ancient Greece and Rome B.C.E. to 100 C.E. Etruscan art (c. 700–100 B.C.E., from the region of Etruria in central is grounded in civic ideals and polytheism. Etruscan and Roman Italy) and ancient Roman art was produced in Europe and western Asia from c. 753 artists and architects accumulated and creatively adapted Greek B.C.E. to 337 C.E. The arts of these early western artistic cultures are generally studied objects and forms to create buildings and artworks that appealed chronologically. Additionally, archaeological models and stylistic analysis have identified to their tastes for eclecticism and historicism. periods based on stylistic changes. Artworks are assigned to periods according to styles (e.g., archaic Greek), governments, or dynasties (e.g., the Roman Republic). Essential Knowledge 2-4b. Art considered Ancient Greek includes works from the archaic, classical, and Hellenistic periods, as defined according to artistic style, not by political units such as governments or dynasties. Etruscan art is typically considered as a single cultural unit even though Etruria was comprised of separate city-states. Roman art includes works from the republican, early imperial, late imperial, and late antique periods, as defined using governmental structures and dynasties rather than stylistic characteristics. Many Hellenistic works are in fact Roman in origin, which favors presenting these traditions at the same time. Page 10 of 72 Big Ideas See Chapters 2 & 3 Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.2; Learning Objective 1.4 See Chapters 2 & 3 Essential Knowledge 2-3a. The culture of dynastic Egypt represents an elaborate funerary sect whose devotees created numerous ka statues (to house the ka, or spirit, after death), artifacts, decorations, and furnishings for tombs. Egyptian art incorporates Enduring Understanding 2-3. The art of dynastic Egypt embodies mythological and religious symbolism, often centered on the cult of the sun. a sense of permanence. It was created for eternity in the service Development of monumental stone architecture culminated with the pyramids and with of a culture that focused on preserving a cycle of rebirth. innovative designs for rock-cut tombs and pylon (massive sloped gateway) temples, each demonstrating the importance of the pharaoh — a god-king with absolute power, descended directly from the sun god. The Egyptian architectural construction of the clerestory is particularly important for the history of architecture. Art History 5e, 2014, Student Edition, Image Examples Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 2-2a. Artists created fully developed, formal types, including sculptures of human figures interacting with gods and stylistic conventions representing the human form with a combined profile and three-quarter view. In these combinations, See Chapters 2 & 3 important figures are set apart using a hierarchical scale or by dividing the compositions into horizontal sections or registers, which provide significant early examples of historical narratives. Essential Knowledge 2-2b. Architectural representations include towering ziggurats that provide monumental settings for the worship of many deities, as well as heavily fortified palaces that increased in opulence over the centuries, proclaiming the power and authority of rulers. Learning Objectives Chapter Page Numbers Content Area Stokstad Art History 5e, 2014 Student Edition Learning Objectives Art History 5e, 2014, Student Edition, Image Examples Big Ideas Essential Knowledge 2-4c. Ancient Greek, Etruscan, and Roman artists and architects were influenced by earlier Mediterranean cultures. Ancient Greek religious and civic architecture and figural representation are characterized by idealized proportions and spatial relationships, expressing societal values of harmony and order. Art from the Etruscan and Roman periods is typified by stylistic and iconographical eclecticism and portraiture. Etruscan and ancient Roman art express republican and imperial values, power, and preference for conspicuous display. Etruscan and Roman architecture are characterized by investment in public structures. Roman architecture is also characterized by borrowing from its immediate predecessors (Greek and Etruscan) and by technical innovation. Elements of Architecture: Roman Architectural Orders, p. 161; Recovering the Past: The Capitoline She-Wolf, p. 165; Portrait Sculpture, p. 167; Art and Its Contexts: Roman Portraiture, 168; Elements of Architecture, p. 170; Roman Temples, p. 171; Wall Painting, pp. 179–184; The Flavian Amphitheater, pp. 186–188; Imperial Architecture, pp. 190–1197 Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.2; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 6-13: Portrait Head of and Elder from Scoppito, p. 167; 6-14: Patrician Carrying Portrait Busts of Two Ancestors, p. 168; 615: Aulus Metellus, p. 169; 6-18: Exterior View and Plan of a Temple; 630: Initiation Rites of the Cult of Bacchus, p. 180; 639: Outer Wall of the Flavian Amphitheater, p. 188 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 2-4d. Ancient Greek and Roman art provides the foundation for the later development of European and Mediterranean artistic traditions. From the 18th century onward, European and American observers admired ancient Greek and Roman ethical and governmental systems, which contributed to prioritizing art and architecture that could be associated with political elites and cultural capitals (e.g., Rome). More recently, art historians have examined art produced by contemporary subjects or “provincial” populations. Elements of Architecture: Roman Architectural Orders, p. 161; Elements of Architecture: Roman Vaulting, p. 167; Elements of Architecture: The Roman Vault, p. 170 Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, 6-65: Arch of Constantine, or event p. 208; Also see: 3—41: Big Idea 2: Art George Washington, p. making is shaped by 940 tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Art and Its Contexts: Roman Writers on Art, 167; Horace, 167; Art and Its Contexts: Learning Objective Roman Portraiture, 2.1; Learning 168; Art and Its Objective 2.2 Contexts: A Painter at Work, p. 183; Plotinus, 205; 6-14: Patrician Carrying Portrait Busts of Two Ancestors, p. 168; 6-33: A Painter at Work, p. 183 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Art and Its Contexts: Roman Writers on Art, 167; Horace, 167; Art and Its Contexts: Learning Objective Roman Portraiture, 2.1; Learning 168; Art and Its Objective 2.2 Contexts: A Painter at Work, p. 183; Plotinus, 205; 6-14: Patrician Carrying Portrait Busts of Two Ancestors, p. 168; 6-33: A Painter at Work, p. 183 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Jewish and Early Christian Art, p. 215; Jews, Christians, and Muslims, p. 216; Early Christian Art, pp. 220–222; Imperial Christian Architecture and Art, pp. 223–231 7-1: Cubiculim of Leonis, p. 214; 7-9: Reconstruction Drawing of the Interior of Old St. Peter’s, Rome, p. 223; 710: Interior, Church of St. Sabina, p. 223; 7-11: Church of St. Sabina, p. 224; 7-12; Harvesting of Grapes, p. 224; 7-15: Church of Santa Constanza, Rome, p. 225; 7-17: Sarcophogus of Junius Bassus, p. 227; 720: The Good Shepherd, p. 229 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapters 8, 15 & 16 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Enduring Understanding Essential Knowledge Enduring Understanding 2-5. Contextual information for ancient Greek and Roman art can be derived from contemporary literary, Essential Knowledge 2-5a. Some of the earliest written statements about artists and art political, legal, and economic records as well as from archaeological excavations conducted from the mid-18th century making survive from the ancient Greek and Roman worlds. Little survives of the rich Etruscan literary tradition that is documented in Roman sources. onward. Etruscan art, by contrast, is illuminated primarily by modern archaeological record and by descriptions of contemporary external observers. Essential Knowledge 2-5b. The Greek, Etruscan, and Roman cultures shared a rich tradition of epic storytelling (first orally transmitted, later written) that glorified the exploits of gods, goddesses, and heroes. The texts recorded a highly developed rhetorical tradition that prized public oratory and poetry. Religious rituals and prognostications were guided by oral tradition, not texts. 7 Jewish and Early Christian Art pp. 214-231 Early Europe and Colonial Americas 200–1750 C.E. Enduring Understanding 3-1. European medieval art is generally studied in chronological order and divided into geographical regions, governing cultures, and identifiable styles, with associated but distinctive artistic traditions. There is significant overlap in time, geography, practice, and heritage of art created within this time frame and region. Nationalist agendas and disciplinary divisions based on the predominant language (Greek, Latin, or Arabic) and religion (Judaism, Western or Eastern Orthodox Christianity, or Islam) have caused considerable fragmentation in the study of medieval art. Essential Knowledge 3-1a. Medieval artistic traditions include late antique, early Christian, Byzantine, Islamic, migratory, Carolingian*, Romanesque, and Gothic, named for their principal culture, religion, government, and/or artistic style. Continuities and exchanges between coexisting traditions in medieval Europe are evident in shared artistic forms, functions, and techniques. Contextual information comes primarily from literary, theological, and governmental (both secular and religious) records, which vary in quantity according to period and geographical region, and to a lesser extent from archaeological excavations. Essential Knowledge 3-1b. Before the late Middle Ages, the coexistence of many regional styles makes period-wide generalizations impossible. Isolated regional revivals of naturalism and classicism occurred, sometimes motivated by the association of classicism See Chapters 8, 15 & 16 with the Roman Christian emperors and church. Other traditions, such as those of European Islamic art and early medieval migratory art, embraced calligraphic line and script, as well as dense geometrical and organic ornament. Page 11 of 72 Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.2; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 Chapter Page Numbers Content Area Enduring Understanding Essential Knowledge Stokstad Art History 5e, 2014 Student Edition Big Ideas Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 2.3 Essential Knowledge 3-2a. Elite religious and court cultures throughout the Middle Ages Learning Objective prioritized the study of theology, music, literary and poetic invention, and in the Islamic See Chapters 17 & 18 2.1; Learning world, scientific and mathematical theory. Cultural and artistic exchanges were facilitated Objective 2.2 through trade and conquest. See Chapters 17 & 18 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 3-2b. Surviving architecture is primarily religious in function (though domestic architecture survives from the late Middle Ages); ground plans and elevations both accommodated worship and incorporated symbolic numbers, shapes, and ornament. Imperial Christian Architecture and Art, pp. 223–231 Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.4 7-9: Reconstruction Drawing of the Interior of Old St. Peter’s, Rome, p. 223; 7-10: Interior, Church of St. Sabina, p. 223; 7-11: Church of St. Sabina, p. 224; 7-13: Plan and Reconstruction Drawing of Old St. Peter’s, p. 225; 7-14: Plan and Section of the Church of Santa Constanza, Rome, p. 225; 7-15: Church of Santa Constanza, Rome, p. 225; 7-18: Oratory of Galla Placidia, Ravenna, Rome, p. 228; 7-19: Oratory of Galla Placidia, p. 229; 7-21: Onesiphoros and Porphyrios Standing Before an Architectural Backdrop, p. 231 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 3-2c. Medieval figurative and aniconic two- and three-dimensional works of art are characterized by stylistic variety, avoidance of naturalism, primarily religious or courtly subject matter, and the incorporation of text. Jewish and Early Christian Art, p. 215; Early Christian Art, pp. 220, 222; Imperial Christian Architecture and Art, pp. 223–231 Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 3.1; Learning Objective 3.2 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, 7-1: Cubiculim of Leonis, or event p. 214; 7-7: The Good Big Idea 2: Art Shepherd, Orants, and making is shaped by the Story of Jonah, p. 222 tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 3.2 7-1: Cubiculim of Leonis, p. 214; 7-3: Mosaic Floor of the Beth Alpha Synagogue, p. 219 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapters 19, 20, 21, 22, & 23 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Iconic image, p. 215; Jewish Law and Essential Knowledge 3-2d. Periodic rejections of figural imagery on religious structures or worship of idols, p. objects on theological grounds were common to all three major medieval religions. These 217; Dura-Europos artworks could facilitate a connection with the divine through their iconography (icons) or and expansive contents (reliquaries). pictorial decoration in relation to figural decoration, p. 221 Enduring Understanding 3-3. Art from the early modern Atlantic World is typically studied in chronological order, by geographical region, according to style, and by medium. Thus, early modernity and the Atlantic arena are highlighted, framing the initiation of globalization and emergence of modern Europe, and recognizing the role of the Americas in these developments. More attention has been given in recent years to larger cultural interactions, exchanges, and appropriations. Art History 5e, 2014, Student Edition, Image Examples Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event See Chapters 8, 9, 16, 17 Big Idea 2: Art & 18 making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 3-1c. Medieval artists and architects were heavily influenced by earlier and contemporary cultures, including coexisting European cultures. Thus early See Chapters 8, 9, medieval and Byzantine art was influenced by Roman art and by motifs and techniques 16, 17 & 18 brought by migratory tribes from eastern Europe, West Asia, and Scandinavia. High medieval art was influenced by Roman, Islamic, and migratory art, and European Islamic art was influenced by Roman, migratory, Byzantine, and West Asian art. Enduring Understanding 3-2. Medieval art (European, c. 300–1400 C.E.; Islamic, c. 300–1600 C.E.) derived from the requirements of worship (Jewish, Christian, or Islamic), elite or court culture, and learning. Learning Objectives Essential Knowledge 3-3a. The early modern Atlantic World encompasses what today is known as Western Europe — specifically Italy, Spain, France, Germany, England, Belgium, and the Netherlands — and those territories in the Americas that were part of the Spanish empire, including the Caribbean, the Western and Southwestern regions of the United States, Mexico, Central America, and South America, from approximately See Chapters 19, 20, 1400 to 1850 C.E. Study of this art historical period, and specifically of the European 21, 22, & 23 material traditionally identified by the more familiar labels of Renaissance and Baroque, is canonical in the discipline and is thus extremely well documented. Most primary source material is housed in archives and libraries worldwide and includes works of art both in situ and in private and public collections. An immense body of secondary scholarly literature also exists. Page 12 of 72 Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 2.3 Chapter Page Numbers Content Area Enduring Understanding Essential Knowledge Essential Knowledge 3-3b. The traditional art history survey presents a historical narrative that, by selectively mapping development of the so-called Old World, constructs the idea of the West. One problem with this model is that in privileging Europe, the Old World is placed in an oppositional relationship to the rest of the world, which tends to be marginalized, if not neglected. A focus upon early modernity and interconnectedness of the Atlantic regions presents a more comprehensive approach to the study of art. Stokstad Art History 5e, 2014 Student Edition See Chapters 19, 20, 21, 22, & 23 Learning Objectives Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 2.3 Art History 5e, 2014, Student Edition, Image Examples Big Ideas See Chapters 19, 20, 21, 22, & 23 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapter 30: The Art of the Americas Under Spain, pp. 943–945 Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 See Chapter 30: 30-45: Atrial Cross, p. 943; 3046: Virgin of Guadalupe, p. 944; 30-47: Mission Xavier del Bac, p. 945 See Chapters 19, 20, 21 & 22 Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event See Chapters 19, 20, 21 & Big Idea 2: Art 22 making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Enduring Understanding 3-4. The arts of 15th century Europe reflected an interest in classical models, enhanced naturalism, Learning Objective Christianity, pageantry, and increasingly formalized artistic 1.1; Learning training. In the 17th century, architectural design and figuration Essential Knowledge 3-4a. Developments in the form and use of visual elements, such as See Chapters 20, 21 & Objective 1.2; linear and atmospheric perspective, composition, color, figuration, and narrative, in painting and sculpture continued to be based on classical 22 Learning Objective enhanced the illusion of naturalism. principles and formulas but with a pronounced interest in 1.4; Learning compositional complexity, dynamic movement, and theatricality. Objective 3.1 There was an increasing emphasis on time, narrative, heightened naturalism, and psychological or emotional impact. Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event See Chapters 20, 21 & 22 Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 3-4b. The emergence of academies redefined art training and the production and identity of the artist by introducing more structured, theoretical curricula See Chapter 30 in centralized educational institutions. Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 2.3 See Chapter 30 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 3-4c. Corporate and individual patronage informed the production, content, form, and display of art — from panel painting, altarpieces, sculpture, and print See Chapters 19, 20, to myriad decorative arts, such as metalwork and textiles. Displayed in churches, 21 & 22 chapels, convents, palaces, and civic buildings, the arts performed various functions (e.g., propagandistic, commemorative, didactic, devotional, ritual, recreational, and decorative). Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.2; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 2.3 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event See Chapters 19, 20, 21 & Big Idea 2: Art 22 making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 3-3c. The advent of the Age of Exploration in the late 15th century resulted in the emergence of global commercial and cultural networks via transoceanic trade and colonization. European ideas, forms, and practices began to be disseminated worldwide as a result of exploration, trade, conquest, and colonization. Essential Knowledge 3-3d. Information and objects from different parts of the world were gathered in European cultural centers, where their influence is evident in the contents of curiosity cabinets, advances in science and technology, consolidation of European political and economic power, and the development of modern conceptions of difference such as race and nationalism. Essential Knowledge 3-4d. Art production in the Spanish viceroyalties in the Americas exhibited a hybridization of European and indigenous ideas, forms, and materials, with some African and Asian influences. Although much colonial art is religious, nonreligious subjects such as portraiture, allegory, genre, history, and decorative arts were central to Spanish viceregal societies. Page 13 of 72 See Chapter 30: The Art of the Americas Under Spain, pp. 943–945 See Chapter 30: 30-45: Atrial Cross, p. 943; 3046: Virgin of Guadalupe, p. 944; 30-47: Mission Xavier del Bac, p. 945 Chapter Page Numbers Content Area Enduring Understanding Essential Understanding 3-5. The 16th-century Protestant Reformation and subsequent Catholic Counter-Reformation compelled a divergence between northern and southern western European art with respect to form, function, and content. Essential Knowledge Essential Knowledge 3-5a. Production of religious imagery declined in northern Europe, and nonreligious genres, such as landscape, still life, genre, history, mythology, and portraiture, developed and flourished. In the south, there was an increase in the production of political propaganda, religious imagery, and pageantry, with the elaboration of naturalism, dynamic compositions, bold color schemes, and the affective power of images and constructed spaces. Stokstad Art History 5e, 2014 Student Edition See Chapter 22 Essential Knowledge 3-5b. Art production in the Spanish viceroyalties paralleled See Chapter 30: The European art practices in terms of themes, materials, formal vocabulary, display, and Art of the Americas reception. However, given the Spanish Catholic context in which this art production Under Spain, pp. developed, Spanish colonial art of the early modern period corresponded more closely to 943–945 that of southern Europe. 8 Byzantine Art pp. 232-263 West and Central Asia 500 B.C.E.–1980 C.E. Enduring Understanding 3-1. European medieval art is generally studied in chronological order and divided into geographical regions, governing cultures, and identifiable styles, with associated but distinctive artistic traditions. There is significant overlap in time, geography, practice, and heritage of art created within this time frame and region. Nationalist agendas and disciplinary divisions based on the predominant language (Greek, Latin, or Arabic) and religion (Judaism, Western or Eastern Orthodox Christianity, or Islam) have caused considerable fragmentation in the study of medieval art. Essential Knowledge 3-1a. Medieval artistic traditions include late antique, early Christian, Byzantine, Islamic, migratory, Carolingian*, Romanesque, and Gothic, named for their principal culture, religion, government, and/or artistic style. Continuities and exchanges between coexisting traditions in medieval Europe are evident in shared artistic forms, functions, and techniques. Contextual information comes primarily from literary, theological, and governmental (both secular and religious) records, which vary in quantity according to period and geographical region, and to a lesser extent from archaeological excavations. Byzantine Art, p. 233; Byzantium, p. 234; Early Byzantine Art, pp. 235–247; Middle Byzantine Art, pp. 248–257; Late Byzantine Art, pp. 258–263 Learning Objectives Enduring Understanding 3-2. Medieval art (European, c. 300–1400 C.E.; Islamic, c. 300–1600 C.E.) derived from the requirements of worship (Jewish, Christian, or Islamic), elite or court culture, and learning. Byzantine Art, p. 233; The Monastery of St. Catherine on Mount Sinai, pp. 242–244; The Archangel Michael Diptych, pp. 244–245; The Vienna Genesis, p. 245 Precious Objects of Essential Knowledge 3-2a. Elite religious and court cultures throughout the Middle Ages Commemoration, prioritized the study of theology, music, literary and poetic invention, and in the Islamic Veneration, and world, scientific and mathematical theory. Cultural and artistic exchanges were facilitated Devotion, pp. through trade and conquest. 255–258 Essential Knowledge 3-2b. Surviving architecture is primarily religious in function (though domestic architecture survives from the late Middle Ages); ground plans and elevations both accommodated worship and incorporated symbolic numbers, shapes, and ornament. Page 14 of 72 Big Ideas See Chapter 22 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 3.2 See Chapter 30: 30-45: Atrial Cross, p. 943; 3046: Virgin of Guadalupe, p. 944; 30-47: Mission Xavier del Bac, p. 945 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.2; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 8-1: David Battling Goliath, p. 233; 8-2: Church of Hagia Sophia, p. 235; 8-3: Plan and Isometric Drawing of the Church of Hagia Sophia, p. 235; 8-4: Interior of the Church of Hagia Sophia, p. 237; 8-16: Virgin and Child in the Apse of Hagia Sophia, p. 248; 8-22: Crucifixion, p. 253; 8-33: Annunciation to the Virgin, p. 262 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable 8-20: Interior, Cathedral of Santa Sophia in Kiev, p. 252; 8-24: Interior and plan of the Cathedral of St. Mark, p. 254; 8-30: Mosaics in the Vaulting of the Inner Narthex, p. 254; 8-31: Anastasis, p. 260 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 3.2 The Monastery of St. Catherine on Mount Sinai, pp. 242–244; Cathedral of Santa Essential Knowledge 3-1b. Before the late Middle Ages, the coexistence of many regional Sophia in Kiev, pp. styles makes period-wide generalizations impossible. Isolated regional revivals of 250–252; Cathedral of Learning Objective naturalism and classicism occurred, sometimes motivated by the association of classicism St. Mark in Venice, p. 2.1; Learning with the Roman Christian emperors and church. Other traditions, such as those of 254; Constantinople: Objective 2.2 European Islamic art and early medieval migratory art, embraced calligraphic line and The Chora Church, p. script, as well as dense geometrical and organic ornament. 258; A Broader Look: The Funerary Chaple of Theodore Metochites, 260–261 Essential Knowledge 3-1c. Medieval artists and architects were heavily influenced by earlier and contemporary cultures, including coexisting European cultures. Thus early medieval and Byzantine art was influenced by Roman art and by motifs and techniques brought by migratory tribes from eastern Europe, West Asia, and Scandinavia. High medieval art was influenced by Roman, Islamic, and migratory art, and European Islamic art was influenced by Roman, migratory, Byzantine, and West Asian art. Art History 5e, 2014, Student Edition, Image Examples Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 2.3 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an 8-1: David Battling aesthetic object, act, Goliath, p. 233; 8-11: The or event Transfiguration of Christ, Big Idea 2: Art p. 243; 8-12: Archangel making is shaped by Michael, p. 244 tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an 8-25: Front and Back of aesthetic object, act, the Harbaville Triptych, p. or event 255; 8-27: David Big Idea 2: Art Composing the Psalms, p. making is shaped by 256 tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Hagia Sophia in Constantinople, pp. 235–237; Elements of Architecture: Pendentives and Learning Objective Squinches, p. 238; 1.1; Learning The Monastery of St. Objective 1.4 Catherine on Mount Sinai, pp. 242–244; Architecture and Wall Painting in Mosaic and Fresco, pp. 248–254 8-2: Church of Hagia Sophia, p. 235; 8-3: Plan and Isometric Drawing of the Church of Hagia Sophia, p. 235; 8-4: Interior of the Church of Hagia Sophia, p. 237; 824: Interior and plan of the Cathedral of St. Mark, p. 254 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Chapter Page Numbers Content Area Enduring Understanding Essential Knowledge Essential Knowledge 3-2c. Medieval figurative and aniconic two- and three-dimensional works of art are characterized by stylistic variety, avoidance of naturalism, primarily religious or courtly subject matter, and the incorporation of text. Stokstad Art History 5e, 2014 Student Edition The Vienna Genesis, p. 245; Icons and Iconoclasm, pp. 246, 248; Art and Its Contexts: Iconoclasm, p. 247; A Closer Look: Icon of St. Michael the Archangel, p. 257 Icons and Iconoclasm, pp. 246, 248; Art and Essential Knowledge 3-2d. Periodic rejections of figural imagery on religious structures or Its Contexts: objects on theological grounds were common to all three major medieval religions. These Iconoclasm, p. 247; A artworks could facilitate a connection with the divine through their iconography (icons) or Closer Look: Icon of contents (reliquaries). St. Michael the Archangel, p. 257 Enduring Understanding 3-3. Art from the early modern Atlantic World is typically studied in chronological order, by geographical region, according to style, and by medium. Thus, early modernity and the Atlantic arena are highlighted, framing the initiation of globalization and emergence of modern Europe, and recognizing the role of the Americas in these developments. More attention has been given in recent years to larger cultural interactions, exchanges, and appropriations. Essential Knowledge 3-3a. The early modern Atlantic World encompasses what today is known as Western Europe — specifically Italy, Spain, France, Germany, England, Belgium, and the Netherlands — and those territories in the Americas that were part of the Spanish empire, including the Caribbean, the Western and Southwestern regions of the United States, Mexico, Central America, and South America, from approximately See Chapters 19, 20, 1400 to 1850 C.E. Study of this art historical period, and specifically of the European 21, 22, & 23 material traditionally identified by the more familiar labels of Renaissance and Baroque, is canonical in the discipline and is thus extremely well documented. Most primary source material is housed in archives and libraries worldwide and includes works of art both in situ and in private and public collections. An immense body of secondary scholarly literature also exists. Essential Knowledge 3-3b. The traditional art history survey presents a historical narrative that, by selectively mapping development of the so-called Old World, constructs the idea of the West. One problem with this model is that in privileging Europe, the Old World is placed in an oppositional relationship to the rest of the world, which tends to be marginalized, if not neglected. A focus upon early modernity and interconnectedness of the Atlantic regions presents a more comprehensive approach to the study of art. Essential Knowledge 3-3c. The advent of the Age of Exploration in the late 15th century resulted in the emergence of global commercial and cultural networks via transoceanic trade and colonization. European ideas, forms, and practices began to be disseminated worldwide as a result of exploration, trade, conquest, and colonization. Essential Knowledge 3-3d. Information and objects from different parts of the world were gathered in European cultural centers, where their influence is evident in the contents of curiosity cabinets, advances in science and technology, consolidation of European political and economic power, and the development of modern conceptions of difference such as race and nationalism. See Chapters 19, 20, 21, 22, & 23 Art History 5e, 2014, Student Edition, Image Examples Big Ideas Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 3.1; Learning Objective 3.2 8-13: Rebecca at the Well, p. 245; 8-15: Crucifixion and Iconoclasts, p. 247 Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 3.2 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, 8-14: Virgin and Child or event with Saints and Angels, p. Big Idea 2: Art 246; 8-15: Crucifixion and making is shaped by Iconoclasts, p. 247 tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 2.3 See Chapters 19, 20, 21, 22, & 23 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapters 19, 20, 21, 22, & 23 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapter 30: 30-45: Atrial Cross, p. 943; 3046: Virgin of Guadalupe, p. 944; 30-47: Mission Xavier del Bac, p. 945 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapters 19, 20, 21, 22, & 23 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapters 19, 20, 21, 22, & 23 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 2.3 See Chapter 30: The Art of the Americas Under Spain, pp. 943–945 Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 See Chapters 19, 20, 21, 22, & 23 Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 Enduring Understanding 3-4. The arts of 15th century Europe reflected an interest in classical models, enhanced naturalism, Christianity, pageantry, and increasingly formalized artistic training. In the 17th century, architectural design and figuration Essential Knowledge 3-4a. Developments in the form and use of visual elements, such as See Chapters 19, 20, linear and atmospheric perspective, composition, color, figuration, and narrative, in painting and sculpture continued to be based on classical 21, 22, & 23 enhanced the illusion of naturalism. principles and formulas but with a pronounced interest in compositional complexity, dynamic movement, and theatricality. There was an increasing emphasis on time, narrative, heightened naturalism, and psychological or emotional impact. Page 15 of 72 Learning Objectives Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.2; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 3.1 Chapter Page Numbers Content Area Enduring Understanding Essential Knowledge pp. 264-293 West and Central Asia 500 B.C.E.–1980 C.E. See Chapters 19, 20, 21, 22, & 23 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapter 30: 30-45: Atrial Cross, p. 943; 3046: Virgin of Guadalupe, p. 944; 30-47: Mission Xavier del Bac, p. 945 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapter 22 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapter 30: 30-45: Atrial Cross, p. 943; 3046: Virgin of Guadalupe, p. 944; 30-47: Mission Xavier del Bac, p. 945 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 1.3 Map 9-1: The Islamic World, p. 267 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 9-12: Lusterware Jar, p. 277; 9-18: Shah-I Zinda Funerary Complex, p. 282; 9-20: Baptistery of St. Louis, p. 284; 9-31: Islamic Mosque and Cultural Center, p. 293 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.2; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 2.3 Essential Knowledge 3-5a. Production of religious imagery declined in northern Europe, and nonreligious genres, such as landscape, still life, genre, history, mythology, and portraiture, developed and flourished. In the south, there was an increase in the production of political propaganda, religious imagery, and pageantry, with the elaboration of naturalism, dynamic compositions, bold color schemes, and the affective power of images and constructed spaces. See Chapter 22 Essential Knowledge 7-1a. Historical cultures of West and Central Asia reside in a vast area that includes the Arabian Peninsula and the Levant, Anatolia, Greater Iran, Central Asia, Inner Asia, and Himalayan Asia. These regions have had shifting political boundaries throughout their histories and include lands associated with the former Soviet Union and modern China. They form the heart of the ancient Silk Route that connected the Greco–Roman world with China and India. Essential Knowledge 7-1b. Arts attest to the transmission and influence of cultural ideas, such as Islam and Buddhism, and cultural art forms, such as Hellenistic architecture, Buddhist sculpture, chinoiserie (in Persian art), and ceramic-tile decoration. Crosscultural comparisons with the arts of these regions may be made most readily to the arts of the ancient Mediterranean, medieval Europe, and South, East, and Southeast Asia. Page 16 of 72 Islamic Art, 265; Islam and Early Islamic Society, 266–268 Lusterware, p. 276–277; Ceramics, p. 283; Metalwork, p. 284; The Arts of the Book, pp. 284–285; Crosscurrents, p. 293 Big Ideas See Chapters 19, 20, 21, 22, & 23 Essential Knowledge 3-4c. Corporate and individual patronage informed the production, content, form, and display of art — from panel painting, altarpieces, sculpture, and print See Chapters 19, 20, to myriad decorative arts, such as metalwork and textiles. Displayed in churches, 21, 22, & 23 chapels, convents, palaces, and civic buildings, the arts performed various functions (e.g., propagandistic, commemorative, didactic, devotional, ritual, recreational, and decorative). See Chapter 30: The Art of the Americas Under Spain, pp. 943–945 Art History 5e, 2014, Student Edition, Image Examples Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 2.3 Essential Knowledge 3-5b. Art production in the Spanish viceroyalties paralleled See Chapter 30: The European art practices in terms of themes, materials, formal vocabulary, display, and Art of the Americas reception. However, given the Spanish Catholic context in which this art production Under Spain, pp. developed, Spanish colonial art of the early modern period corresponded more closely to 943–945 that of southern Europe. 9 Islamic Art Learning Objectives Essential Knowledge 3-4b. The emergence of academies redefined art training and the See Chapters 19, 20, production and identity of the artist by introducing more structured, theoretical curricula 21, 22, & 23 in centralized educational institutions. Essential Knowledge 3-4d. Art production in the Spanish viceroyalties in the Americas exhibited a hybridization of European and indigenous ideas, forms, and materials, with some African and Asian influences. Although much colonial art is religious, nonreligious subjects such as portraiture, allegory, genre, history, and decorative arts were central to Spanish viceregal societies. Essential Understanding 3-5. The 16th-century Protestant Reformation and subsequent Catholic Counter-Reformation compelled a divergence between northern and southern western European art with respect to form, function, and content. Stokstad Art History 5e, 2014 Student Edition Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 3.2 Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 3.2 Chapter Page Numbers Content Area Learning Objectives Art History 5e, 2014, Student Edition, Image Examples Big Ideas Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 9-12: Lusterware Jar, p. 277; 9-20: Baptistery of St. Louis, p. 284; 9-21: Qur’an Frontispiece, p. 284; 9-22: Yusuf Fleeing Zulayhka, p. 285; 9-29: Garden Carpet, p. 291; 930: Mosque at New Gourna, p. 292 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Lusterware, pp. 276–277; A Closer Look: A Mamluk Glass Essential Knowledge 7-1d. The arts of West and Central Asia were created for and Oil Lamp, p. 279; Learning Objective acquired by various kinds of local and global patrons. Audiences for these works included Luxury Arts, pp. 283; 1.2; Learning royal and wealthy patrons, lay and monastic religious practitioners, and foreign collectors Metal Work, p. 284; Objective 1.3 who acquired works through gift or trade. Carpets, p. 291; Technique: Carpet Making, p. 292 9-10: Page from the Qur’an, p. 275; 9-11: Plate with Kufic Border, p. 276; 9-12: Lusterware Jar, p. 277; 9-19: 20: Baptistery of St. Louis, p. 284; Mina’i Bowl with Bahram and Azada, p. 283; 9-21: Qur’an Frontispiece, p. 284; 929: Garden Carpet, p. 291 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable 9-20: Baptistery of St. Louis, p. 284; 9-21: Qur’an Frontispiece, p. 284; 9-22: Yusuf Fleeing Zulayhka, p. 285 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Islamic Art, 265; Islam and Early Islamic Society, 266–268; The Early Period: Ninth through Essential Knowledge 7-2a. Cultures of these regions are diverse, but they were united Twelfth Centuries, Learning Objective through their shared beliefs and practices, particularly the world religions of Buddhism, 268–276; The Later 1.3 which originated in the sixth century B.C.E. in South Asia, and Islam, which originated in Period: Thirteenth the seventh century C.E. in West Asia. Through Fifteenth Centuries, 277–285; Art and Architecture of Later Empires, 286–291; The Modern Era, 291–293 9-2: The Kaaba, Mecca, p. 266; 9-3: Exterior View and Cutaway Drawing of the Dome of the Rock, p. 269; 9-4: Interior: Dome of the Rock, p. 270; 9-5: The Great Mosque, p. 271; 9-7: Plan of the Great Mosque, p. 273; 910: Page from the Qur’an, p. 275 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 7-2b. Architecture in West and Central Asia is frequently religious in function. West and Central Asia is home to many important Islamic mosques, which are decorated with nonfigural imagery, including calligraphy and vegetal forms. All mosques have a Qibla wall, which faces the direction of Mecca, home of the Kaaba. This wall is ornamented with an empty Mihrab niche, serving as a focus for prayer. A large congregational mosque may also include a Minbar (pulpit for the imam), as well as a Minaret and a central courtyard to call and accommodate practitioners for prayer. Other important forms of Islamic religious architecture include commemorative monuments, such as the Kaaba and the Dome of the Rock, and tomb architecture. Central Asia is further recognized for its outstanding Buddhist cave architecture, which incorporates relief carving, constructive sculpture, and wall painting. In the Tibetan lands, Buddhist architecture flourishes in the form of stupas and monastic architecture. Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 3.1; Learning Objective 3.2 9-2: The Kaaba, Mecca, p. 266; 9-3: Exterior View Big Idea 1: Artists and Cutaway Drawing of manipulate materials the Dome of the Rock, p. and idas to create an 269; 9-4: Interior: Dome aesthetic object, act, of the Rock, p. 270; 9-5: or event The Great Mosque, p. Big Idea 2: Art 271; 9-7: Plan of the making is shaped by Great Mosque, p. 273; 9tradition and change 10: 9-9: Minbar, p. 274; 9Big Idea 3: 10: Page from the Qur’an, Interpretations of art p. 275; 9-14: Qibla Wall are variable with Mihrab and Minbar, p. 278 Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 3.1; Learning Objective 3.2 9-2: The Kaaba, Mecca, p. 266; 9-3: Exterior View and Cutaway Drawing of the Dome of the Rock, p. 269; 9-4: Interior: Dome of the Rock, p. 270 Enduring Understanding Essential Knowledge Stokstad Art History 5e, 2014 Student Edition Islamic Art, 265; Islam and Early Islamic Society, 266–268; The Early Period: Ninth through Essential Knowledge 7-1c. West Asia is the cradle of arts produced in regions with a Twelfth Centuries, dominant Islamic culture. These arts may be religious or secular in nature, and may or 268–276; The Later may not have been made by or for Muslims. The term “Islamic Art” may be applied to Period: Thirteenth these diverse art forms. Many examples of Islamic art from across the traditional Islamic Through Fifteenth lands share similarities in terms of their content and visual characteristics. Centuries, 277–285; Art and Architecture of Later Empires, 286–291; The Modern Era, 291–293 Lusterware, pp. 276–277; A Closer Look: A Mamluk Glass Essential Knowledge 7-1e. The arts of West and Central Asia had great international Oil Lamp, p. 279; impact through trade. Textiles were perhaps the most important art form in these Luxury Arts, pp. 283; regions and dominated much of the international trade between Europe and Asia. Islamic Metalwork, p. 284; metalworks, including examples with Christian subject matter, were created for trade in The arts of the Book, the regions bordering the Mediterranean. Ceramics were another important trade item, pp. 284–285; particularly the iznik wares created in Turkey. Carpets, p. 291; Technique: Carpet Making, p. 292 Enduring Understanding 7-2. The religious arts of West and Central Asia are united by the traditions of the region: Buddhism and Islam. Islam and Early Islamic Society, 266–268; Architecture, p. 269–275; Art and Its Contexts: The Five Pillars of Islam, p. 271; Calligraphy, p. 275; Architecture, pp. 277–282 Islam and Early Essential Knowledge 7-2c. Pilgrimage is an important religious practice in Islam and Islamic Society, Buddhism and is a key focus of several monuments and artworks in West and Central 266–268; Art and Its Asia including the following: the Kaaba, the most sacred site in Islam; the Dome of the Contexts: The Five Rock in Jerusalem; and the Buddha sculpture Jobo Rinpoche, considered the most sacred Pillars of Islam, p. image in Tibet. 271; Architecture, p. 269–275 Page 17 of 72 Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Chapter Page Numbers Content Area Enduring Understanding Enduring Understanding 7-3. Use of figural art in religious contexts varies among traditions, whereas figural art is common in secular art forms across West and Central Asia. Enduring Understanding 7-4. Artists of West and Central Asia excelled in the creation of particular art forms exhibiting key characteristics unique to their regions and cultures. Important forms include ceramics, metalwork, textiles, painting, and calligraphy. Essential Knowledge Stokstad Art History 5e, 2014 Student Edition Learning Objectives Art History 5e, 2014, Student Edition, Image Examples Big Ideas Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 3.1; Learning Objective 3.2 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event See Chapters 10, 11, & 12 Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 3.2 9-2: The Kaaba, Mecca, p. 266; 9-3: Exterior View and Cutaway Drawing of the Dome of the Rock, p. 269; 9-10: Page from the Qur’an, p. 275; 9-11: Plate with Kufic Border, p. 276; 9-19: Mina’i Bowl with Bahram and Azada, p. 283; 9-21: Qur’an Frontispiece, p. 284 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 7-3c. Figural art is an important subject of Islamic art in West and Central Asia. Islamic cultures draw a clear distinction between sacred and secular contexts, and figural imagery abounds in secular works, such as decorative arts and manuscript painting, which often depict sociological types, such as hunters or courtiers, or narrative subjects, such as the ancient kings and heroes of the Persian Shahnama. Religious ideas or content are sometimes carried over into secular art forms and may be illustrated when they become the subject of courtly or popular literature and poetry. For example, the prophet Moses might be illustrated in a manuscript of the Khamsa of Nizami. He would not be illustrated, however, in a manuscript of the holy Qur’an. Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective Luxury Arts, pp. 1.4; Learning 283–286; The Modern Objective 2.1; Era, pp. 292–293 Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 3.1; Learning Objective 3.2 9-19: Mina’i Bowl with Bahram and Azada, p. 283; 9-21: Qur’an Frontispiece, p. 284; 922: Yusuf Fleeing Zulayhka, p. 285; 9-27: The Court of Gayumars, p. 289 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 7-4a. Styles of art from West Asia tend to favor two-dimensional design. These works are often highly decorative, employing geometric and organic forms and vegetal designs, qualities that carry over into figural works, where figures inhabit flat or shallow spaces with tipped perspectives and patterned landscapes. West Asian art finds its greatest source of refinement and international influence in the Persianate arts from the Timurid and Safavid Dynasties of Iran, which influenced the Ottoman arts of Turkey and the Mughal arts of India. Styles of art in Central Asia can be divided into Persianate Islamic styles, which maintain developments made in West Asian art, and Indian-inspired styles, which are characterized by the idealized figural art traditions of South Asia. The Early Period: Ninth through Twelfth Centuries, 268–276; The Later Period: Thirteenth Through Fifteenth Centuries, 277–285; Art and Architecture of Later Empires, 286–291 Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 3.1; Learning Objective 3.2 Qur’an, p. 275; 9-11: Plate with Kufic Border, p. 276; 9-19: Mina’i Bowl with Bahram and Azada, p. 283; 9-21: Qur’an Frontispiece, p. 284; 922: Yusuf Fleeing Zulayhka, p. 285; 9-27: The Court of Gayumars, p. 289 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 7-4b. Ceramic arts have flourished in West Asia since the prehistoric era, and many technical advancements in this media, such as the development of lusterware and cobalt-on-white slip painting, developed here. Ceramic arts were used to create utilitarian vessels and elaborate painted and mosaic-tile architectural decoration, carrying forward artistic practices explored in ancient West Asia (the Near East). Highpoints in West and Central Asian ceramics include Persian mosaic-tile architecture from the Seljuk through the Safavid Dynasties, as seen in the Great Mosque of Isfahan, and Iznik tile work and export ceramics created during the Ottoman Dynasty. Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.2; Lusterware, pp. Learning Objective 276–277; A Closer 1.3; Learning Look: A Mamluk Glass Objective 1.4; Oil Lamp, p. 279; Learning Objective Ceramics, pp. 2.1; Learning 283–284 Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 3.1; Learning Objective 3.2 9-12: Lusterware Jar, p. 277; 9-19: Mina’i Bowl with Bahram and Azada, p. 283 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 7-4c. Metalwork and metallurgy flourished in West and Central Asia in the creation of metal plaques, vessels, arms, armor and tack, sculpture, and decorative objects of all kinds. Islamic metalwork is widely regarded as one of the finest decorative art forms of the medieval world. Metal sculpture was an important art form in Central Asian and Himalayan Buddhist art, which created Buddhist figures in bronze, copper, brass and silver, and often ornamented them with gilding, metal inlay, and paint. Metal artworks were created through various processes including casting, beating, chasing, inlaying, and embossing. Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.2; Metalwork, p. 284; Learning Objective Ritual Bronzes, p. 334- 1.3; Learning 335; Technique: Piece- Objective 1.4; Mold Casting, 335; Learning Objective Buddhist Art and 2.1; Learning Architecture, 345 Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 3.1; Learning Objective 3.2 9-20: Baptistery of St. Louis, p. 284; Technique: Piece-Mold Casting, 335; 11-13: Altar to Amitabha Buddha, 345 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 7-3a. Figural art is a primary form of visual communication in Buddhist communities in Central Asia, as it is across Asia. Figural imagery is used to depict Buddhas and various attendants, teachers, practitioners, and deities. This is an iconic culture, and the presence of invoked figural imagery is important to Buddhist practices. These figures may be venerated in shrine settings, may inhabit conceptual landscapes and palaces of ideal Buddhist worlds, may be found in mandalas, or may be depicted in paintings. See Chapters 10, 11, & 12 Essential Knowledge 7-3b. Islamic art that is created for religious purposes does not contain figural imagery. Mosque architecture is decorated with nonfigural imagery, including calligraphy, geometric, and vegetal forms. Manuscripts or objects containing sacred texts may contain calligraphy, illumination, or geometric and vegetal decoration, but should not contain figural imagery. Technique: Ornament, p. 268; Architecture, p. 269–275; Calligraphy, p. 275; Architecture, pp. 277–282; Luxury Arts, pp. 283–286 Page 18 of 72 Chapter Page Numbers Content Area Enduring Understanding Essential Knowledge Essential Knowledge 7-4d. Textile forms from this region include silk-tapestry weaving, silk velvets, and wool and silk carpets. Essential Knowledge 7-4e. Painting in West and Central Asia usually took three forms: wall painting, manuscript painting, and in the Himalayan regions, the painting of thangkas (large paintings on cloth) of Buddhist deities and mandalas. Calligraphy was a prominent art form, particularly in Islamic art in West Asia where beautiful forms were created to transmit sacred texts. Calligraphy is found on architecture, decorative arts objects, and ceramic tiles, as well as in manuscripts written on paper, cloth, or vellum. 10 Art of South and Southeast Asia Before 1200 pp. 294-329 South, East, and Southeast Asia 300 B.C.E.–1980 C.E. Enduring Understanding 8-1. The arts of South, East, and Southeast Asia represent some of the world’s oldest, most diverse, and most sophisticated visual traditions. Essential Knowledge 8-1a. South, East, and Southeast Asia have long traditions of art making, reaching back into prehistoric times. The earliest known ceramic vessels were found in Asia: fired shards from Yuchanyan Cave in China have been dated to 18,300 and 17,500 B.C.E., followed by Jomon vessels from Japan with shards dating back to 10,500 B.C.E. Sophisticated Neolithic and Bronze Age civilizations thrived across Asia, including the Indus Valley civilization in Pakistan and India, the Yangshao* and Longshan* cultures and Shang Dynasty* in China, the Dongson* culture in Southeast Asia, and the Yayoi* and Kofun* cultures in Japan. Essential Knowledge 8-1b. The people and cultures of these regions were diverse, but prehistoric and ancient societies based in key regions (e.g., the Indus River Valley, Gangetic Plain, and Yellow River) developed core social and religious beliefs that were embraced across larger cultural spheres, helping to shape the regional identities of people within Asia. Stokstad Art History 5e, 2014 Student Edition Learning Objectives Page 19 of 72 Big Ideas Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Carpets, p. 291; Technique: Carpet Making, p. 292 Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.4 9-29: Garden Carpet, p. 291 Calligraphy, pp. 275–276 Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.2; Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 3.1; Learning Objective 3.2 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, 9-10: Page from the or event Qur’an, p. 275; 9-11: Big Idea 2: Art Plate with Kufic Border, p. making is shaped by 276 tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 1.1; Learning The Indus Civilization, Objective 1.3; pp. 296–298 Learning Objective 1.4 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an 10-2: Seal Impressions, aesthetic object, act, p. 296; 10-3: Large Water or event Tank, Mohenjo-Daro, p. Big Idea 2: Art 297; 10-4: Torso of a making is shaped by Priest King, p. 298 tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable The Indus Civilization, Learning Objective pp. 296–298 1.3 Map 10-1: South and Southeast Asia, p. 297 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable 10-14: Vishnu Temple, Deogarh, p. 309; 10-15: Vishnu Lying on the Cosmic Waters, p. 310; 10-16: Buddha Preaching His First Sermon, p. 311 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable 10-12: Standing Buddha, p. 307; 10-16: Buddha Preaching His First Sermon, p. 311; 10-17: Bodhisattva, p. 311 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 8-1c. The core cultural centers in Asia became home to many of the world’s great civilizations and ruling dynasties, including the following: Gupta India, Han The Gupta Period and Learning Objective China, Khmer Cambodia, and Heian Japan. The shared cultural ideas in each region and Its Successors, pp. 1.3; Learning 308–312 civilization gave birth to visual traditions that employed related subjects, functions, Objective 2.1 materials, and artistic styles. Essential Knowledge 8-2a. The ancient Indic worldview that dominated South Asia differentiated earthly and cosmic realms of existence, while recognizing certain sites or Enduring Understanding 8-2. Many of the world’s great religious beings as sacred, and understood time and life as cyclic. The religions that developed in and philosophic traditions developed in South and East Asia. this region — Hinduism, Buddhism, Jainism, Sikhism, and numerous folk religions — all Extensive traditions of distinctive religious art forms developed in worked within this worldview and sought spiritual development, spiritual release, or this region to support the beliefs and practices of these religions. divine union through various religious methodologies and social practices. The Indic worldview was also grafted onto the preexisting animistic and popular beliefs in Southeast Asia during several waves of importation and Indian attempts at colonization. Art History 5e, 2014, Student Edition, Image Examples The Vedic Period, p. 299; Art and Its Contexts: Buddhism, p. 301; A Closer Look: The Great Departure, Learning Objective p. 304; The Kushan 1.3 Period, p. 306; Art and Its Contexts: Mudras, p. 308; Art and Its Contexts: Hinduism, p. 309 Chapter Page Numbers Content Area Enduring Understanding Essential Knowledge Stokstad Art History 5e, 2014 Student Edition Learning Objectives Essential Knowledge 8-2b. East Asian religions emphasize the interconnectedness of humans with both the natural world and the spirit world. Chinese societies also developed a hierarchical and differentiated society that encouraged appropriate social behaviors. Daoism, with its almost antisocial focus on living in harmony with nature and the Dao, and Confucianism, more of an ethical system of behaviors rather than a religion, both developed in China in the fifth century B.C.E. from these foundations. Learning Objective Buddhism, which arrived in China in the early centuries of the Common Era, shared clear See Chapters 11 & 12 1.3; Learning affinities with the indigenous Chinese religions through its focus on nature, Objective 1.4 interconnectedness, and appropriate behavior. Korean traditions were heavily influenced by China and incorporate Confucian, Buddhist, and local shamanistic beliefs and practices. The ancient Japanese landscape was alive and inhabited by animistic nature spirits, whose veneration forms the basis of the Shinto religion. Buddhism was actively imported to Japan from Korea and China in the seventh and eighth centuries, and as in China, it succeeded because of courtly patronage and similarities with local traditions. Big Ideas See Chapters 11 & 12 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable 10-12: Standing Buddha, p. 307; 10-16: Buddha Preaching His First Sermon, p. 311; 10-17: Bodhisattva, p. 311 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 1.3 10-12: Standing Buddha, p. 307 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Elements of Architecture: Stupas and Temples, p. 302; Essential Knowledge 8-2e. Architecture from these regions is frequently religious in A Closer Look: The function. Temples intended to house deities or shrines were constructed or rock cut. Great Departure, p. Rock-cut caves containing Buddhist imagery, shrines, stupas, and monastic spaces span 304; Temple of Vishnu across Asia from India through Central Asia to China. Japanese architecture often uses at Deogarh, pp. natural materials such as wood or follows Chinese architectural models with wood 309–310; The structures and tile roofs. Islamic architecture in South and Southeast Asia takes two Bamiyan Buddhas, p. major forms: secular (forts and palaces) and religious (mosques and tombs). Islamic 312; Temple of Shiva mosques are decorated with nonfigural imagery, including calligraphy and vegetal forms. at Elephanta, pp All mosques have a Qibla wall, which faces in the direction of Mecca, home of the Kaaba. 314–315; Kailasha This wall is ornamented with an empty Mihrab niche, which serves as a focus for prayer. Temple, Ellora, pp. 317–318; Borobudur, pp. 323–324 Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 3.1; Learning Objective 3.2 10-8: Stupa 1 (The Great Stupa) at Sanchi, p. 303; 10-10: Chaitya Hall, Karle, p. 305; 10-14: Vishnu Temple, Deogarh, p. 309; 10-19: Sigiriya, p. 313; 10-34: Borobudur, p. 324 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 8-3a. Distinctive art forms from South, East, and Southeast Asia include the following: the construction of Buddhist reliquary stupas; the practice of monochromatic ink painting on silk and paper, which developed in China; the development of the Pagoda, an architectural form based upon a Chinese watchtower; the use of rock gardens, tea houses, and related ceremonies; and Japanese woodblock printing. Elements of Architecture: Stupas and Temples, p. 302; A Closer Look: The Great Departure, p. 304 Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 3.1; Learning Objective 3.2 10-8: Stupa 1 (The Great Stupa) at Sanchi, p. 303; 10-9: Yakshi Bracket Figure, p. 305 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 8-3b. The arts of South, East, and Southeast Asia include important forms developed in a wide range of media. Stone and wood carving was a prominent art form used in architectural construction, decoration, and sculpture. Ceramic arts have flourished in Asia since the prehistoric era, and many technical and stylistic advancements in this media, such as the use of high-fire porcelain, developed here. Metal was used to create sculpture, arms and armor, ritual vessels, and decorative objects of all kinds. Shang Dynasty bronze vessels* from China employed a unique piecemolding technique that has never been successfully replicated. Important textile forms from this region include silk and wool tapestry weaving, cotton weaving, printing, painting, and carpet weaving. Painting in Asia usually took two forms: wall painting and manuscript or album painting. The painting styles that developed in India and East Asia favor contour drawing of forms over modeling. Calligraphy was an important art form in these regions. In China, calligraphy was considered the highest art form, even above painting. Calligraphy was also prominent in Islamic art in Asia, and is found on architecture, decorative arts objects, and ceramic tiles, and in manuscripts written on paper, cloth, or vellum. The Mathura Style, pp. 307–308; Temple of Vishnu at Deogarh, pp. 309–310; Seated Buddha from Sarnath, pp. 310–311; The Bamiyan Buddhas, p. 312 Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 3.1; Learning Objective 3.2 10-13: Buddha and Attendants, p. 307; 1014: Vishnu Temple, Deogarh, p. 309; 10-15: Vishnu Lying on the Cosmic Waters, p. 310; 10-16: Buddha Preaching His First Sermon, p. 311 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 8-2c. Religious practices associated with Hinduism, Buddhism, and Jainism are iconic, therefore figural imagery of divinities and revered teachers plays a prominent role in religious practice. The wealth of Buddhist imagery in Asia alone would rival, if not surpass, the wealth of Christian imagery in medieval Europe. Figural imagery associated with Asian religious art may be venerated in temple or shrine settings; may inhabit conceptual landscapes and palaces of ideal Buddhist worlds, or mandalas; and are depicted in paintings. Figural subjects are common in Indian and East Asian painting. Essential Knowledge 8-2d. South, East, and Southeast Asia were also home to foreign cultures and religions, including Greco–Roman cultures, Christianity, and most notably Islamic cultures from West and Central Asia. Islamic influence is particularly strong in India, Malaysia, and Indonesia, which were under at least partial control of Islamic sultanates during the second millennia C.E. These regions have also been influenced by cultures and beliefs from West Asia and Europe. Today South and Southeast Asia are home to the world’s largest Muslim populations. Enduring Understanding 8-3. South, East, and Southeast Asia developed many artistic and architectural traditions that are deeply rooted in Asian aesthetics and cultural practices. Art History 5e, 2014, Student Edition, Image Examples Page 20 of 72 The Vedic Period, p. 299; Art and Its Contexts: Buddhism, p. 301; A Closer Look: The Great Departure, Learning Objective p. 304; The Kushan 1.3 Period, p. 306; Art and Its Contexts: Mudras, p. 308; Art and Its Contexts: Hinduism, p. 309 The Gandhara Style, pp. 306–307 Chapter Page Numbers Content Area Enduring Understanding 8-4. Asian art was and is global. The cultures of South, East, and Southeast Asia were interconnected through trade and politics and were also in contact with West Asia and Europe throughout history. 11 Chinese and Korean Art pp. 330-359 Before 1279 South, East, and Southeast Asia 300 B.C.E.–1980 C.E. Learning Objectives Art History 5e, 2014, Student Edition, Image Examples Big Ideas Elements of Architecture: Stupas and Temples, p. 302; Essential Knowledge 8-3c. The practice of the indigenous Asian religions necessitated the A Closer Look: The development of novel art and architectural forms to support them. Uniquely Asian art Great Departure, p. forms include the following: iconic images used in Buddhist and Hindu traditions; 304; Temple of Vishnu elaborate narrative and iconographic compositions created in sculptures, textiles, and at Deogarh, pp. wall paintings used to ornament shrines, temples, and caves; the Buddhist stupa and 309–310; Seated monastic complex; the Hindu temple; Raigo scenes* associated with Pure Land Buddha from Sarnath, Buddhism; the Zen rock garden; and Zen ink painting. pp. 310–311; The Bamiyan Buddhas, p. 312 Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 3.1; Learning Objective 3.2 10-8: Stupa 1 (The Great Stupa) at Sanchi, p. 303; 10-13: Buddha and Attendants, p. 307; 1014: Vishnu Temple, Deogarh, p. 309; 10-20: Heavenly Maidens, p. 313 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 8-3d. South, East, and Southeast Asia have rich traditions of courtly and secular art forms that employ local subjects and styles. In India, regional painting styles developed to illustrate mythical and historical subjects, and poetic texts documented court life. In China and Japan, a new genre of literati painting developed among the educated elite. Literati paintings often reveal the nonprofessional artist’s exploration of landscape subjects, which are frequently juxtaposed with poetry. The term secular is a bit misleading when describing Asian art, as religious ideas or content frequently is carried over into secular art forms (e.g., Hindu deities depicted in Ragamala painting* in India, or Zen Buddhist sensibilities applied to ceramic production and flower arranging in Japan). Elegant and elaborate decorative programs featuring floral and animal designs are commonly found on decorative arts from East Asia. Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 3.1 10-20: Heavenly Maidens, p. 313; 10-20: Descent of the Ganges, p. 316; 1025: Cat in Yogic Posture, p. 316; 10-20: Erotic Sculptures, Kandariya Mahadeva Temple, p. 319 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapter 11 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable 10-12: Standing Buddha, p. 307 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapter 11 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Enduring Understanding Enduring Understanding 8-1. The arts of South, East, and Southeast Asia represent some of the world’s oldest, most diverse, and most sophisticated visual traditions. Essential Knowledge Stokstad Art History 5e, 2014 Student Edition The Vedic Period, p. 299; The Mathura Style, pp. 307–308; Art and Its Contexts: Mudras, p. 308; Descent of the Ganges Relief at Mamallapuram, pp. 316–317 Essential Knowledge 8-4a. Trade greatly affected the development of Asian cultures and Asian art. Two major methods for international trade connected Asia: the Silk Route that linked Europe and Asia, connecting the Indian subcontinent to overland trade routes through Central Asia, terminating in X’ian, China, and the vast maritime networks that See Chapter 11 utilized seasonal monsoon winds to move trade between North Africa, West Asia, South and Southeast Asia, and south China. These routes were the vital mechanism for the transmission of cultural ideas and practices, such as Buddhism, and of artistic forms, media, and styles across mainland and maritime Asia. Learning Objective 1.3 Essential Knowledge 8-4b. Asian arts and architecture reveal exchanges of knowledge in visual style, form, and technology with traditions farther west. Early connections with the Greco–Roman world are evident in the Hellenistic-influenced artistic style and subjects found in artwork associated with ancient Gandharan culture in Afghanistan and Pakistan (Gandhara bridges what is categorized as West and East Asian content in AP Art History; influence of Gandharan art is observed in the Buddha of Bamiyan). Early Buddha sculptures in north India, China, and Japan wear a two-shouldered robe based upon the The Gandhara Style, Roman toga. South and Southeast Asia had early contact with Islam through trade and pp. 306–307 in western India, through military campaigns. In the 12th and 13th centuries, Islamic sultanates arose in these lands, creating another layer of cultural practices and interactions and impacting Asian visual culture through the importation and creation of new art forms and styles. Innovations based upon Islamic influence in these areas include the use of paper for manuscripts and paintings, as well as the adoption of Mughal styles in Hindu court architecture, painting, and fashion. European influence is evident in the evolution of architectural styles, and in the adoption of naturalism and perspective in Asian painting traditions during the colonial era. Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 3.1 Essential Knowledge 8-4c. Asian Art forms had great influence upon the arts of West Asia and Europe. Art and ideas were exchanged through trade routes. The impact of Asian art is especially evident during times of free exchange, such as the Silk Route during the Han and Tang Dynasties and Mongol Empire, the colonial era, and the opening of Japan for trade in the 19th century. In West Asia and Europe, collectors acquired Asian art works through gift or trade. Ceramics created in China, from Tang slipwares to high-fire porcelains, have been coveted internationally for over one thousand years. The popularity of Chinese blue-and-white porcelain was so high that ceramic centers in Iran, See Chapter 11 Turkey, and across Europe developed local versions of blue-and-white ceramics to meet market demand. Textiles are also a very important Asian art form and dominated much of the international trade between Europe and Asia. Silk and silk weaving originated in China, where it flourished for thousands of years. Cotton was first spun and woven in the Indus Valley region of Pakistan and was, like silk, important for international trade. Crosscultural comparisons may be made most readily between the arts of South, East, and Southeast Asia and arts of the ancient Mediterranean, medieval Europe, and West Asia. Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 Essential Knowledge 8-1a. South, East, and Southeast Asia have long traditions of art making, reaching back into prehistoric times. The earliest known ceramic vessels were found in Asia: fired shards from Yuchanyan Cave in China have been dated to 18,300 and 17,500 B.C.E., followed by Jomon vessels from Japan with shards dating back to 10,500 B.C.E. Sophisticated Neolithic and Bronze Age civilizations thrived across Asia, including the Indus Valley civilization in Pakistan and India, the Yangshao* and Longshan* cultures and Shang Dynasty* in China, the Dongson* culture in Southeast Asia, and the Yayoi* and Kofun* cultures in Japan. Page 21 of 72 Learning Objective Neolithic Cultures, pp. 1.1; Learning 332–334; Bronze Age Objective 1.3; China, pp. 334–336 Learning Objective 1.4 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an 11-2: Bowl, p. 332; 11-4: aesthetic object, act, Cong, p. 334; 11-5: or event Covered Wine-Pouring Big Idea 2: Art Vessel (Guang), With making is shaped by Tiger and Owl Decor, p. tradition and change 336 Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Chapter Page Numbers Content Area Enduring Understanding Essential Knowledge Essential Knowledge 8-1b. The people and cultures of these regions were diverse, but prehistoric and ancient societies based in key regions (e.g., the Indus River Valley, Gangetic Plain, and Yellow River) developed core social and religious beliefs that were embraced across larger cultural spheres, helping to shape the regional identities of people within Asia. Stokstad Art History 5e, 2014 Student Edition The Middle Kingdom, pp. 332–334 Essential Knowledge 8-2b. East Asian religions emphasize the interconnectedness of humans with both the natural world and the spirit world. Chinese societies also developed a hierarchical and differentiated society that encouraged appropriate social behaviors. Daoism, with its almost antisocial focus on living in harmony with nature and the Dao, and Confucianism, more of an ethical system of behaviors rather than a religion, both developed in China in the fifth century B.C.E. from these foundations. Buddhism, which arrived in China in the early centuries of the Common Era, shared clear affinities with the indigenous Chinese religions through its focus on nature, interconnectedness, and appropriate behavior. Korean traditions were heavily influenced by China and incorporate Confucian, Buddhist, and local shamanistic beliefs and practices. The ancient Japanese landscape was alive and inhabited by animistic nature spirits, whose veneration forms the basis of the Shinto religion. Buddhism was actively imported to Japan from Korea and China in the seventh and eighth centuries, and as in China, it succeeded because of courtly patronage and similarities with local traditions. Essential Knowledge 8-2c. Religious practices associated with Hinduism, Buddhism, and Jainism are iconic, therefore figural imagery of divinities and revered teachers plays a prominent role in religious practice. The wealth of Buddhist imagery in Asia alone would rival, if not surpass, the wealth of Christian imagery in medieval Europe. Figural imagery associated with Asian religious art may be venerated in temple or shrine settings; may inhabit conceptual landscapes and palaces of ideal Buddhist worlds, or mandalas; and are depicted in paintings. Figural subjects are common in Indian and East Asian painting. Big Ideas Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Map 11-1: China and Korea, p. 333 Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 2.1 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, 11-8: Incense Burner, p. or event 339; 11-9: Tomb Model of Big Idea 2: Art a House and Tower, p. making is shaped by 341 tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 1.3 See Chapter 10 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Art and Its Contexts: Daoism, p. 338; Daoism and Nature, p. 339; Confucianism and the State, pp. 340–341; Art and Its Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Contexts: Confucius and Confucianism, p. Objective 1.4 342; Buddhist Art and Architecture, pp. 344, 345; Bodhisattva Seated in Meditation, p. 357 11-8: Incense Burner, p. 339; 11-10: Detail of Admonition of the Imperial Instructress to Court Ladies, p. 342; 1112: Seated Buddha, Cave 20, Yungang, p. 344 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Buddhist Art and Architecture, pp. 344, 345; Seated Guanyin Learning Objective 1.3 Bodhisattva, p. 350; Bodhisattva Seated in Meditation, p. 357 11-12: Seated Buddha, Cave 20, Yungang, p. 344; 11-13: Altar to Amitabha Buddha, p. 345; 11-14: The Western Paradise of Amitabha Buddha, p. 346 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapter 24 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapter 10 Essential Knowledge 8-2d. South, East, and Southeast Asia were also home to foreign cultures and religions, including Greco–Roman cultures, Christianity, and most notably Islamic cultures from West and Central Asia. Islamic influence is particularly strong in India, Malaysia, and Indonesia, which were under at least partial control of Islamic sultanates during the second millennia C.E. These regions have also been influenced by cultures and beliefs from West Asia and Europe. Today South and Southeast Asia are home to the world’s largest Muslim populations. See Chapter 24 Essential Knowledge 8-2e. Architecture from these regions is frequently religious in function. Temples intended to house deities or shrines were constructed or rock cut. Rock-cut caves containing Buddhist imagery, shrines, stupas, and monastic spaces span across Asia from India through Central Asia to China. Japanese architecture often uses natural materials such as wood or follows Chinese architectural models with wood structures and tile roofs. Islamic architecture in South and Southeast Asia takes two major forms: secular (forts and palaces) and religious (mosques and tombs). Islamic mosques are decorated with nonfigural imagery, including calligraphy and vegetal forms. All mosques have a Qibla wall, which faces in the direction of Mecca, home of the Kaaba. This wall is ornamented with an empty Mihrab niche, which serves as a focus for prayer. Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Architecture, p. 341; Objective 1.4; Nanchan Temple, pp. Learning Objective 346–347; Elements of 2.1; Learning Architecture: Objective 2.2; Pagodas, p. 351 Learning Objective 3.1; Learning Objective 3.2 Page 22 of 72 Art History 5e, 2014, Student Edition, Image Examples Learning Objective 1.3 Essential Knowledge 8-1c. The core cultural centers in Asia became home to many of the world’s great civilizations and ruling dynasties, including the following: Gupta India, Han Han Dynasty, pp. China, Khmer Cambodia, and Heian Japan. The shared cultural ideas in each region and 338–341 civilization gave birth to visual traditions that employed related subjects, functions, materials, and artistic styles. Essential Knowledge 8-2a. The ancient Indic worldview that dominated South Asia differentiated earthly and cosmic realms of existence, while recognizing certain sites or Enduring Understanding 8-2. Many of the world’s great religious beings as sacred, and understood time and life as cyclic. The religions that developed in and philosophic traditions developed in South and East Asia. this region — Hinduism, Buddhism, Jainism, Sikhism, and numerous folk religions — all Extensive traditions of distinctive religious art forms developed in worked within this worldview and sought spiritual development, spiritual release, or this region to support the beliefs and practices of these religions. divine union through various religious methodologies and social practices. The Indic worldview was also grafted onto the preexisting animistic and popular beliefs in Southeast Asia during several waves of importation and Indian attempts at colonization. Learning Objectives Learning Objective 1.3 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, 11-9: Tomb Model of a or event House and Tower, p. 341; Big Idea 2: Art 11-15: Nanchan Temple, making is shaped by Wutaishan, p. 346 tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Chapter Page Numbers Content Area Learning Objectives Art History 5e, 2014, Student Edition, Image Examples Big Ideas Essential Knowledge 8-3a. Distinctive art forms from South, East, and Southeast Asia include the following: the construction of Buddhist reliquary stupas; the practice of monochromatic ink painting on silk and paper, which developed in China; the development of the Pagoda, an architectural form based upon a Chinese watchtower; the use of rock gardens, tea houses, and related ceremonies; and Japanese woodblock printing. Elements of Architecture: Pagodas, p. 351; Northern Song Painting, pp. 351–353; Southern Song Painting, pp. 354–355 Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 3.1; Learning Objective 3.2 11-16: Great Wild Goose Pagoda at Ci’en Temple, Chang’an, p. 347; 11-21: Travelers Among Mountains and Streams, p. 352; 11-24: Section of Twelve Views of Landscape, pp. 354–355 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 8-3b. The arts of South, East, and Southeast Asia include important forms developed in a wide range of media. Stone and wood carving was a prominent art form used in architectural construction, decoration, and sculpture. Ceramic arts have flourished in Asia since the prehistoric era, and many technical and stylistic advancements in this media, such as the use of high-fire porcelain, developed here. Metal was used to create sculpture, arms and armor, ritual vessels, and decorative objects of all kinds. Shang Dynasty bronze vessels* from China employed a unique piecemolding technique that has never been successfully replicated. Important textile forms from this region include silk and wool tapestry weaving, cotton weaving, printing, painting, and carpet weaving. Painting in Asia usually took two forms: wall painting and manuscript or album painting. The painting styles that developed in India and East Asia favor contour drawing of forms over modeling. Calligraphy was an important art form in these regions. In China, calligraphy was considered the highest art form, even above painting. Calligraphy was also prominent in Islamic art in Asia, and is found on architecture, decorative arts objects, and ceramic tiles, and in manuscripts written on paper, cloth, or vellum. Technique: Piece-Mold Casting, p. 335; Art and Its Contexts: Chinese Characters, p. 337; Calligraphy, p. 343 Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 3.1; Learning Objective 3.2 11-5: Covered WinePouring Vessel (Guang), With Tiger and Owl Decor, p. 336; 11-11: Portion of a Letter from the Feng Ju Album, p. 343 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 8-3c. The practice of the indigenous Asian religions necessitated the development of novel art and architectural forms to support them. Uniquely Asian art forms include the following: iconic images used in Buddhist and Hindu traditions; elaborate narrative and iconographic compositions created in sculptures, textiles, and wall paintings used to ornament shrines, temples, and caves; the Buddhist stupa and monastic complex; the Hindu temple; Raigo scenes* associated with Pure Land Buddhism; the Zen rock garden; and Zen ink painting. Buddhist Art and Architecture, pp. 344, 345; Seated Guanyin Bodhisattva, p. 350; Bodhisattva Seated in Meditation, p. 357 Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 3.1; Learning Objective 3.2 11-12: Seated Buddha, Cave 20, Yungang, p. 344; 11-13: Altar to Amitabha Buddha, p. 345; 11-14: The Western Paradise of Amitabha Buddha, p. 346 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Northern Song Painting, pp. 351–353; Southern Song Painting, pp. 354–355 Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 3.1 11-21: Travelers Among Mountains and Streams, p. 352; 11-24: Section of Twelve Views of Landscape, pp. 354–355 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Enduring Understanding Enduring Understanding 8-3. South, East, and Southeast Asia developed many artistic and architectural traditions that are deeply rooted in Asian aesthetics and cultural practices. Essential Knowledge Essential Knowledge 8-3d. South, East, and Southeast Asia have rich traditions of courtly and secular art forms that employ local subjects and styles. In India, regional painting styles developed to illustrate mythical and historical subjects, and poetic texts documented court life. In China and Japan, a new genre of literati painting developed among the educated elite. Literati paintings often reveal the nonprofessional artist’s exploration of landscape subjects, which are frequently juxtaposed with poetry. The term secular is a bit misleading when describing Asian art, as religious ideas or content frequently is carried over into secular art forms (e.g., Hindu deities depicted in Ragamala painting* in India, or Zen Buddhist sensibilities applied to ceramic production and flower arranging in Japan). Elegant and elaborate decorative programs featuring floral and animal designs are commonly found on decorative arts from East Asia. Enduring Understanding 8-4. Asian art was and is global. The cultures of South, East, and Southeast Asia were interconnected through trade and politics and were also in contact with West Asia and Europe throughout history. Stokstad Art History 5e, 2014 Student Edition Buddhist Art and Architecture, pp. 344, 345; A Broader Look: Learning Objective The Silk Road During 1.3 the Tang Period, p. 349 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event 11-19: Camel Carrying a Big Idea 2: Art Group of Musicians, p. 349 making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 8-4b. Asian arts and architecture reveal exchanges of knowledge in visual style, form, and technology with traditions farther west. Early connections with the Greco–Roman world are evident in the Hellenistic-influenced artistic style and subjects found in artwork associated with ancient Gandharan culture in Afghanistan and Pakistan (Gandhara bridges what is categorized as West and East Asian content in AP Art History; Learning Objective influence of Gandharan art is observed in the Buddha of Bamiyan). Early Buddha 1.3; Learning sculptures in north India, China, and Japan wear a two-shouldered robe based upon the Buddhist Art and Objective 2.1; Roman toga. South and Southeast Asia had early contact with Islam through trade and Architecture, pp. 344, Learning Objective in western India, through military campaigns. In the 12th and 13th centuries, Islamic 345 2.2; Learning sultanates arose in these lands, creating another layer of cultural practices and Objective 3.1 interactions and impacting Asian visual culture through the importation and creation of new art forms and styles. Innovations based upon Islamic influence in these areas include the use of paper for manuscripts and paintings, as well as the adoption of Mughal styles in Hindu court architecture, painting, and fashion. European influence is evident in the evolution of architectural styles, and in the adoption of naturalism and perspective in Asian painting traditions during the colonial era. Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event 11-12: Seated Buddha, Big Idea 2: Art Cave 20, Yungang, p. 344 making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 8-4a. Trade greatly affected the development of Asian cultures and Asian art. Two major methods for international trade connected Asia: the Silk Route that linked Europe and Asia, connecting the Indian subcontinent to overland trade routes through Central Asia, terminating in X’ian, China, and the vast maritime networks that utilized seasonal monsoon winds to move trade between North Africa, West Asia, South and Southeast Asia, and south China. These routes were the vital mechanism for the transmission of cultural ideas and practices, such as Buddhism, and of artistic forms, media, and styles across mainland and maritime Asia. Page 23 of 72 Chapter Page Numbers Content Area Enduring Understanding Essential Knowledge Stokstad Art History 5e, 2014 Student Edition Essential Knowledge 8-4c. Asian Art forms had great influence upon the arts of West Asia and Europe. Art and ideas were exchanged through trade routes. The impact of Asian art is especially evident during times of free exchange, such as the Silk Route during the Han and Tang Dynasties and Mongol Empire, the colonial era, and the opening of Japan for trade in the 19th century. In West Asia and Europe, collectors acquired Asian art Buddhist Art and works through gift or trade. Ceramics created in China, from Tang slipwares to high-fire Architecture, pp. 344, porcelains, have been coveted internationally for over one thousand years. The 345; A Broader Look: popularity of Chinese blue-and-white porcelain was so high that ceramic centers in Iran, The Silk Road During Turkey, and across Europe developed local versions of blue-and-white ceramics to meet the Tang Period, p. market demand. Textiles are also a very important Asian art form and dominated much 349 of the international trade between Europe and Asia. Silk and silk weaving originated in China, where it flourished for thousands of years. Cotton was first spun and woven in the Indus Valley region of Pakistan and was, like silk, important for international trade. Crosscultural comparisons may be made most readily between the arts of South, East, and Southeast Asia and arts of the ancient Mediterranean, medieval Europe, and West Asia. 12 Japanese Art before 1333 pp. 360-381 South, East, and Southeast Asia 300 B.C.E.–1980 C.E. Enduring Understanding 8-1. The arts of South, East, and Southeast Asia represent some of the world’s oldest, most diverse, and most sophisticated visual traditions. Essential Knowledge 8-1a. South, East, and Southeast Asia have long traditions of art making, reaching back into prehistoric times. The earliest known ceramic vessels were found in Asia: fired shards from Yuchanyan Cave in China have been dated to 18,300 and 17,500 B.C.E., followed by Jomon vessels from Japan with shards dating back to 10,500 B.C.E. Sophisticated Neolithic and Bronze Age civilizations thrived across Asia, including the Indus Valley civilization in Pakistan and India, the Yangshao* and Longshan* cultures and Shang Dynasty* in China, the Dongson* culture in Southeast Asia, and the Yayoi* and Kofun* cultures in Japan. Essential Knowledge 8-1b. The people and cultures of these regions were diverse, but prehistoric and ancient societies based in key regions (e.g., the Indus River Valley, Gangetic Plain, and Yellow River) developed core social and religious beliefs that were embraced across larger cultural spheres, helping to shape the regional identities of people within Asia. Essential Knowledge 8-1c. The core cultural centers in Asia became home to many of the world’s great civilizations and ruling dynasties, including the following: Gupta India, Han China, Khmer Cambodia, and Heian Japan. The shared cultural ideas in each region and civilization gave birth to visual traditions that employed related subjects, functions, materials, and artistic styles. Essential Knowledge 8-2a. The ancient Indic worldview that dominated South Asia differentiated earthly and cosmic realms of existence, while recognizing certain sites or Enduring Understanding 8-2. Many of the world’s great religious beings as sacred, and understood time and life as cyclic. The religions that developed in and philosophic traditions developed in South and East Asia. this region — Hinduism, Buddhism, Jainism, Sikhism, and numerous folk religions — all Extensive traditions of distinctive religious art forms developed in worked within this worldview and sought spiritual development, spiritual release, or this region to support the beliefs and practices of these religions. divine union through various religious methodologies and social practices. The Indic worldview was also grafted onto the preexisting animistic and popular beliefs in Southeast Asia during several waves of importation and Indian attempts at colonization. Prehistoric Japan, pp. 362–364 Japanese Art Before 1333, p. 361; Heian Period, pp. 369–376 Big Ideas Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event 11-19: Camel Carrying a Big Idea 2: Art Group of Musicians, p. 349 making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 1.4 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, 12-2: Haniwa, p. 349; 12- or event 3: Main Hall, Inner Shrine, Big Idea 2: Art p. 364 making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 1.3 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 2.1 See Chapter 10 Art History 5e, 2014, Student Edition, Image Examples Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 Japanese Art Before 1333, p. 361; Asuke Period,368; Heian Period, pp. 369–376 Essential Knowledge 8-2b. East Asian religions emphasize the interconnectedness of humans with both the natural world and the spirit world. Chinese societies also developed a hierarchical and differentiated society that encouraged appropriate social behaviors. Daoism, with its almost antisocial focus on living in harmony with nature and the Dao, and Confucianism, more of an ethical system of behaviors rather than a religion, both developed in China in the fifth century B.C.E. from these foundations. Buddhism, which arrived in China in the early centuries of the Common Era, shared clear Shinto & The Ase Shrine, pp. 363–364 affinities with the indigenous Chinese religions through its focus on nature, interconnectedness, and appropriate behavior. Korean traditions were heavily influenced by China and incorporate Confucian, Buddhist, and local shamanistic beliefs and practices. The ancient Japanese landscape was alive and inhabited by animistic nature spirits, whose veneration forms the basis of the Shinto religion. Buddhism was actively imported to Japan from Korea and China in the seventh and eighth centuries, and as in China, it succeeded because of courtly patronage and similarities with local traditions. Page 24 of 72 Learning Objectives 12-8: Great Buddha Hall (Daibutsuden), Todaiji, Nara, p. 370; 12-12: Amida Buddha, p. 373 12-2: Haniwa, p. 363; 123: Main Hall, p. 364; 128: Great Buddha Hall (Daibutsuden), Todaiji, Nara, p. 370; 12-12: Amida Buddha, p. 373 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 1.3 See Chapter 10 Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 1.4 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, 12-2: Haniwa, p. 349; 12- or event 3: Main Hall, Inner Shrine, Big Idea 2: Art p. 364 making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Chapter Page Numbers Content Area Enduring Understanding Essential Knowledge Essential Knowledge 8-2c. Religious practices associated with Hinduism, Buddhism, and Jainism are iconic, therefore figural imagery of divinities and revered teachers plays a prominent role in religious practice. The wealth of Buddhist imagery in Asia alone would rival, if not surpass, the wealth of Christian imagery in medieval Europe. Figural imagery associated with Asian religious art may be venerated in temple or shrine settings; may inhabit conceptual landscapes and palaces of ideal Buddhist worlds, or mandalas; and are depicted in paintings. Figural subjects are common in Indian and East Asian painting. Enduring Understanding 8-3. South, East, and Southeast Asia developed many artistic and architectural traditions that are deeply rooted in Asian aesthetics and cultural practices. Stokstad Art History 5e, 2014 Student Edition Asuka Period, pp. 364–366; Nara Period, pp. 367–369; Art and Its Contexts: Buddhist Symbols, p. 368; Recovering the Past: The Great Buddha Hall, p. 370; Pure Land Buddhist Art, p. 371 Learning Objectives Art History 5e, 2014, Student Edition, Image Examples Big Ideas Learning Objective 1.3 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an 12-6: Buddha Shaka and aesthetic object, act, Attendant Bodhisattvas in or event the Horyuji Period, p. Big Idea 2: Art 367; 12-10: Womb World making is shaped by Mandala, p. 371; 12-12: tradition and change Amida Buddha, p. 373 Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 8-2d. South, East, and Southeast Asia were also home to foreign cultures and religions, including Greco–Roman cultures, Christianity, and most notably Islamic cultures from West and Central Asia. Islamic influence is particularly strong in India, Malaysia, and Indonesia, which were under at least partial control of Islamic sultanates during the second millennia C.E. These regions have also been influenced by cultures and beliefs from West Asia and Europe. Today South and Southeast Asia are home to the world’s largest Muslim populations. See Chapter 24 Learning Objective 1.3 See Chapter 24 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 8-2e. Architecture from these regions is frequently religious in function. Temples intended to house deities or shrines were constructed or rock cut. Rock-cut caves containing Buddhist imagery, shrines, stupas, and monastic spaces span across Asia from India through Central Asia to China. Japanese architecture often uses natural materials such as wood or follows Chinese architectural models with wood structures and tile roofs. Islamic architecture in South and Southeast Asia takes two major forms: secular (forts and palaces) and religious (mosques and tombs). Islamic mosques are decorated with nonfigural imagery, including calligraphy and vegetal forms. All mosques have a Qibla wall, which faces in the direction of Mecca, home of the Kaaba. This wall is ornamented with an empty Mihrab niche, which serves as a focus for prayer. The Ase Shrine, pp. 363–364; Horyuji, pp. 365–366; Recovering the Past: The Great Buddha Hall, p. 370; Byodin, p. 373; Raigo Paintings, pp. 378– Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 3.1; Learning Objective 3.2 12-3: Main Hall, Inner Shrine, p. 364; 12-4: Aerial View of Horyuji Compound, p. 366; 1211: Phoenix Hall, Byodin Uji, p. 372 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 8-3a. Distinctive art forms from South, East, and Southeast Asia include the following: the construction of Buddhist reliquary stupas; the practice of monochromatic ink painting on silk and paper, which developed in China; the development of the Pagoda, an architectural form based upon a Chinese watchtower; the use of rock gardens, tea houses, and related ceremonies; and Japanese woodblock printing. See Chapter 26 Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 3.1; Learning Objective 3.2 See Chapter 26 Essential Knowledge 8-3b. The arts of South, East, and Southeast Asia include important forms developed in a wide range of media. Stone and wood carving was a prominent art form used in architectural construction, decoration, and sculpture. Ceramic arts have flourished in Asia since the prehistoric era, and many technical and stylistic advancements in this media, such as the use of high-fire porcelain, developed here. Metal was used to create sculpture, arms and armor, ritual vessels, and decorative objects of all kinds. Shang Dynasty bronze vessels* from China employed a unique piecemolding technique that has never been successfully replicated. Important textile forms from this region include silk and wool tapestry weaving, cotton weaving, printing, painting, and carpet weaving. Painting in Asia usually took two forms: wall painting and manuscript or album painting. The painting styles that developed in India and East Asia favor contour drawing of forms over modeling. Calligraphy was an important art form in these regions. In China, calligraphy was considered the highest art form, even above painting. Calligraphy was also prominent in Islamic art in Asia, and is found on architecture, decorative arts objects, and ceramic tiles, and in manuscripts written on paper, cloth, or vellum. Art and Its Contexts: Writing, Language, and Culture, p. 365; Secular Painting and Calligraphy, p. 373–376 Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 3.1; Learning Objective 3.2 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, 12-13: Book Page from or event the Ishiyama-Gire, p. Big Idea 2: Art 375; 12-14: Scene from making is shaped by Frolicking Animals, p. 376 tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable A Broader Look: Daruma, Founder of Zen, p. 380; Zen Buddhist Art, p. 381 Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 3.1; Learning Objective 3.2 12-18: Daruma, p. 380; 12-19: Portrait of the Chinese Chan Master Lanxi Daolong, p. 380 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapter 26 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 8-3c. The practice of the indigenous Asian religions necessitated the development of novel art and architectural forms to support them. Uniquely Asian art forms include the following: iconic images used in Buddhist and Hindu traditions; elaborate narrative and iconographic compositions created in sculptures, textiles, and wall paintings used to ornament shrines, temples, and caves; the Buddhist stupa and monastic complex; the Hindu temple; Raigo scenes* associated with Pure Land Buddhism; the Zen rock garden; and Zen ink painting. Essential Knowledge 8-3d. South, East, and Southeast Asia have rich traditions of courtly and secular art forms that employ local subjects and styles. In India, regional painting styles developed to illustrate mythical and historical subjects, and poetic texts documented court life. In China and Japan, a new genre of literati painting developed among the educated elite. Literati paintings often reveal the nonprofessional artist’s See Chapter 26 exploration of landscape subjects, which are frequently juxtaposed with poetry. The term secular is a bit misleading when describing Asian art, as religious ideas or content frequently is carried over into secular art forms (e.g., Hindu deities depicted in Ragamala painting* in India, or Zen Buddhist sensibilities applied to ceramic production and flower arranging in Japan). Elegant and elaborate decorative programs featuring floral and animal designs are commonly found on decorative arts from East Asia. Page 25 of 72 Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 3.1 Chapter Page Numbers Content Area Enduring Understanding Enduring Understanding 8-4. Asian art was and is global. The cultures of South, East, and Southeast Asia were interconnected through trade and politics and were also in contact with West Asia and Europe throughout history. Essential Knowledge Stokstad Art History 5e, 2014 Student Edition Essential Knowledge 8-4a. Trade greatly affected the development of Asian cultures and Asian art. Two major methods for international trade connected Asia: the Silk Route that linked Europe and Asia, connecting the Indian subcontinent to overland trade routes through Central Asia, terminating in X’ian, China, and the vast maritime networks that See Chapter 11 utilized seasonal monsoon winds to move trade between North Africa, West Asia, South and Southeast Asia, and south China. These routes were the vital mechanism for the transmission of cultural ideas and practices, such as Buddhism, and of artistic forms, media, and styles across mainland and maritime Asia. Essential Knowledge 8-4b. Asian arts and architecture reveal exchanges of knowledge in visual style, form, and technology with traditions farther west. Early connections with the Greco–Roman world are evident in the Hellenistic-influenced artistic style and subjects found in artwork associated with ancient Gandharan culture in Afghanistan and Pakistan (Gandhara bridges what is categorized as West and East Asian content in AP Art History; influence of Gandharan art is observed in the Buddha of Bamiyan). Early Buddha sculptures in north India, China, and Japan wear a two-shouldered robe based upon the Roman toga. South and Southeast Asia had early contact with Islam through trade and in western India, through military campaigns. In the 12th and 13th centuries, Islamic sultanates arose in these lands, creating another layer of cultural practices and interactions and impacting Asian visual culture through the importation and creation of new art forms and styles. Innovations based upon Islamic influence in these areas include the use of paper for manuscripts and paintings, as well as the adoption of Mughal styles in Hindu court architecture, painting, and fashion. European influence is evident in the evolution of architectural styles, and in the adoption of naturalism and perspective in Asian painting traditions during the colonial era. Horyuji, pp. 365–366; Nara Period, pp. 367–369; Art and Its Contexts: Buddhist Symbols, p. 368 Essential Knowledge 8-4c. Asian Art forms had great influence upon the arts of West Asia and Europe. Art and ideas were exchanged through trade routes. The impact of Asian art is especially evident during times of free exchange, such as the Silk Route during the Han and Tang Dynasties and Mongol Empire, the colonial era, and the opening of Japan for trade in the 19th century. In West Asia and Europe, collectors acquired Asian art works through gift or trade. Ceramics created in China, from Tang slipwares to high-fire porcelains, have been coveted internationally for over one thousand years. The popularity of Chinese blue-and-white porcelain was so high that ceramic centers in Iran, See Chapter 11 Turkey, and across Europe developed local versions of blue-and-white ceramics to meet market demand. Textiles are also a very important Asian art form and dominated much of the international trade between Europe and Asia. Silk and silk weaving originated in China, where it flourished for thousands of years. Cotton was first spun and woven in the Indus Valley region of Pakistan and was, like silk, important for international trade. Crosscultural comparisons may be made most readily between the arts of South, East, and Southeast Asia and arts of the ancient Mediterranean, medieval Europe, and West Asia. 13 Art of the Americas before 1300 pp. 382-407 Indigenous Americas 1000 B.C.E.–1980 C.E. Enduring Understanding 5-1. Art of the Indigenous Americas is among the world’s oldest artistic traditions. While its roots lie in northern Asia, it developed independently between c. 10,000 B.C.E. and 1492 C.E., which marked the beginning of the European invasions. Regions and cultures are referred to as the Indigenous Americas to signal the priority of First Nations cultural traditions over those of the colonizing and migrant peoples that have progressively taken over the American continents for the last 500 years. Enduring Understanding 5-2. Ancient Mesoamerica encompassed what is now Mexico (from Mexico City southward), Guatemala, Belize, and western Honduras, from 15,000 B.C.E. to 1521 C.E., which was the time of the Mexica (Aztec) downfall. General cultural similarities of ancient Mesoamerica include similar calendars, pyramidal stepped structures, sites and buildings oriented in relation to sacred mountains and celestial phenomena, and highly valued green materials, such as jadeite and quetzal feathers. Learning Objectives Art History 5e, 2014, Student Edition, Image Examples Big Ideas Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 1.3 See Chapter 11 Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 3.1 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an 12-6: Buddha Shaka and aesthetic object, act, Attendant Bodhisattvas in or event the Horyuji Period, p. Big Idea 2: Art 367; 12-12: Amida making is shaped by Buddha, p. 373 tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 See Chapter 11 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 5-1a. Art of the Indigenous Americas is categorized by geography and chronology into the designations of Ancient America and Native North America. “Ancient America” is the category used for art created before 1550 C.E., south of the current U.S.–Mexico border. This region is traditionally divided into three main areas of culture: Mesoamerica, Central America*, and Andean South America. “Native North America” denotes traditionally oriented cultures north of the U.S.–Mexico border from ancient times to the present, with an emphasis on 1492 C.E. to today. Native North America has many regional subunits, such as the Northwest Coast, Southwest, Plains, and Eastern Woodlands. Art of the Americas Before 1300, p. 383; The New World, p. Learning Objective 384; Mesoamerica, 2.1; Learning pp. 384–396; Central Objective 2.2 America, pp. 396–410; North America, pp. 401–407 13-1: Offering 4, La Venta, p. 382; 13-2: Great Pyramid and Plazza, La Venta, p. 386; 31-11: Portrait of Pakal the Great, p. 393; 13-16: Lanzon, Chavin de Huantar, p. 398 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 5-1b. Artistic traditions of the indigenous Americas exhibit overarching traits: content that emphasizes unity with the natural world and a fivedirection (North, South, East, West, Center) cosmic geometry; spirituality based in visionary shamanism; high value placed on animal-based media, such as featherwork, bone carving, and hide painting; incorporation of trade materials (e.g., greenstones such as turquoise and jadeite, shells such as the spiny oyster, and in the case of Native North America, imported beads, machine-made cloth, and glazes); stylistic focus on the essence rather than the appearance of subjects; and creation of aesthetic objects that have a strong functional aspect, reference, or utility (e.g., vessels, grinding platforms, and pipes). What is called “art” is considered to have, contain, and/or transfer life force rather than simply represent an image. Likewise, art is considered participatory and active, rather than simply made for passive viewing. Teotihuacan, pp. 387–390; A Closer Look: Shield Jaguar and Lady Xok, p. 394; Art and Its Contexts: The Cosmic Ballgame, p. 395; Technique: Andean Textiles, p. 397; The Paracas and Nazca Cultures, p. 399; The Tomb of a Warrior Priest, p. 401 Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.2; Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 3.1; Learning Objective 3.2 13-4: Ceremonial Center of the City of Teotihuacan, p. 387; 13-15: Supernatural Figure with Drum and Snake, p. 397; 13-17: Mantel with Double Fish Pattern, p. 399; 1320: Earspool. P. 401 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 5-2a. Three major distinct cultures and styles of Ancient Mesoamerica (Middle America) were the Olmec, Maya, and Mexica (aka Aztec — the empire was dominated by the Mexica ethnic group). The Olmec existed during the first millennium B.C.E., primarily in the Gulf Coast; the Mayan culture peaked during the first millennium C.E. in eastern Mesoamerica (the Yucatan Peninsula, Guatemala, Belize, and Honduras); and the Mexica existed from 1428 to 1521 C.E. in the region of central Mexico, though subordinating most of Mesoamerica. (Other important cultures include Teotihuacan, Toltec, West Mexican, Mixtec, and Zapotec.)* Styles from the various Mesoamerican cultures differed markedly. Mesoamerican pyramids began as early earthworks, changed to nine-level structures with single temples, and then later became structures with twin temples. Sacred sites were renovated and enlarged repeatedly over the centuries, resulting in acropoli and massive temples. Architecture was mainly stone post-and-lintel, often faced with relief sculpture and painted bright colors, emphasizing large masses that sculpt outdoor space. Plazas were typical for large ritual gatherings. Elaborate burials and other underground installations to honor the role of the Underworld were also found. Mesoamerica, p. 384; The Olmec, pp. 384–387; Teotihuacan, pp. 387–390; The Maya, pp. 390–396 Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 13-19: Moche Portrait Vessel, p. 400; Beaver Effigy Platform Pipe, p. 402; 13-25: Bowl with Scorpions, p. 404; 13-28: Anthropomorphs, The Great Gallery, Horseshoe Canyon, p. 406 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Page 26 of 72 Chapter Page Numbers Content Area Essential Knowledge Stokstad Art History 5e, 2014 Student Edition Learning Objectives Art History 5e, 2014, Student Edition, Image Examples Big Ideas Essential Knowledge 5-2b. Mesoamerican sculptural and two-dimensional art tended toward the figural, particularly in glorification of specific rulers. Mythical events were also depicted in a realistic, figural mode. Despite the naturalistic styles and anthropomorphic interpretations of subject matter, shamanic transformation, visions, and depiction of other cosmic realms figure prominently in Mesoamerican art. Art was produced primarily in workshops, but certain individual artists’ styles have been identified (particularly in Maya), and some works of art were signed. Artists were typically elite specialists and, among the Maya, the second sons of royalty. Rulers were the major, but not the only, patrons. Audiences were both large, for calendrical rituals in plazas, and small, for gatherings of priests and nobles inside small temples atop pyramids. Some audiences were supernatural, as for the elaborate graves considered to be located in the Underworld. Teotihuacan, pp. 387–390; Palenque, 392–393; A Closer Link: Shield Jaguar and Lady Xok, p. 394; Arts and Its Contexts: The Cosmic Ballgame, p. 395 Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.2; Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 13-6: Pyramid of the Feathered Serpent, p. 388; 13-11: Portrait of Pakal the Great, p. 393; 13-13: Cylindrical Vessel with Ballgame Scene, p. 395; 13-15: Supernatural Figure with Drum and Snake, p. 397; 13-16: Lanzon, Chavin de Huantar, p. 398 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable 13-6: Pyramid of the Feathered Serpent, p. 388; 13-11: Portrait of Pakal the Great, p. 393; 13-13: Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Enduring Understanding Essential Knowledge 5-2c. Mesoamerica has had an influence on its invaders and the world at large since the 16th century. Mesoamerica is the origin of many of the world’s staple foods: chocolate, vanilla, tomatoes, avocados, and maize (corn). Mesoamericans discovered rubber, invented the first ballgame, and included a number of matrilinear and matriarchal cultures (promoting women’s power). Recognition of the importance of this area in world history and art has lagged, but it increases as inclusiveness and multiculturalism grow in scholarship and popular consciousness. Indigenous culture continues: over seven million people speak Mayan languages today, and over one million speak Nahuatl, the Aztec language. Enduring Understanding 5-3. The ancient Central Andes comprised present-day southern Ecuador, Peru, western Bolivia, and northern Chile. General cultural similarities across the Andes include an emphasis on surviving and interacting with the challenging environments, reciprocity and cyclicality (rather than individualism), and reverence for the animal and plant worlds as part of the practice of shamanistic religion. Learning Objective Mesoamerica, pp. 1.3; Learning 384–396; Arts and Its Objective 2.1; Contexts: Maya Learning Objective Writing, p. 390 2.2 Essential Knowledge 5-2d. When Mexico was first discovered by Europe, gifts of Mexica art sent to Charles V alerted such artists as Albrecht Dürer to the unfamiliar but impressive media and images from the New World. Colonial artists preserved certain preHispanic traditions both overtly and covertly in their art. After independence from Spain See Chapter 27 (in the early 19th century), the Aztec were claimed in nationalistic causes and national museums were created to promote ancient art. Twentieth-century muralists, such as Diego Rivera, overtly incorporated themes from the Mexica past. Twentieth-century European and American artists, such as Henry Moore* and Frank Lloyd Wright, were strongly influenced by the sculpture and architecture of ancient Mesoamerica as well. Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 2.3 See Chapter 27 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 5-3a. As with ancient Mesoamerica, the Central Andes was a seat of culture and art parallel to the “Old” World in antiquity, diversity, and sophistication. Baskets from this region have been found dating to as early as 8800 B.C.E., proving early peopling from Asia through the rest of the Americas was accomplished by Neolithic times. Chavín and Inka were representative and distinct early and late cultures/styles respectively (Chavín: c. 1200–500 B.C.E. in the northern highlands with reach to the South America: The southern coast; Inka: 1438–1534 C.E. covering the entire Central Andes), although many other important, art-producing cultures existed between them. Similarities within Central Andes, pp. 397–401 Central Andean cultures can be traced to the influence of three significantly distinct ecosystems in close proximity: the dominant Andes mountains, a narrow desert coast, and the planet’s largest rain forest, the Amazon. These environments necessarily play a central role in art, influencing the materials (especially the prominence of camelid fiber and cotton textiles), political systems (coastal diversity, highland impulses toward unification), and overall values such as reciprocity, asymmetrical dualism, and travel across long distances. Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.2; Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 13-16: Lanzon, Chavin de Huantar, p. 398; 13-17: Mantel with Double Fish Pattern, p. 399; 13-18: Earth Drawing of a Hummingbird, p. 400; 1320: Earspool, p. 401 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 5-3b. The necessity to interact with three disparate environments (mountains, desert coast, and rainforest) in order to survive instilled in Andean culture and art an underlying emphasis on trade in exotic materials. Complex ties linked coast with highlands; these connections brought forth themes of reciprocity, interdependence, contrast, asymmetry, and dualism. Accordingly, most Andean art seems to have been made by collaborative groups — the best known being the Inka high-status aclla weavers (the empire’s most talented women weavers, kept cloistered). A hierarchy of materials was based on availability and/or requirement for collaboration to manipulate the materials. Featherwork, textiles, and greenstone were at the top of the materials hierarchy; metalwork, bone, obsidian, and stone toward the middle; and ceramics and wood at the lower end of the hierarchy. Textiles were a primary medium and were extraordinarily well preserved on the desert coast, fulfilling key practical and artistic functions in the various environmental zones. Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.2; Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 3.1 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an 13-17: Mantel with Double aesthetic object, act, Fish Pattern, p. 399; 13- or event 19: Moche Portrait Vessel, Big Idea 2: Art p. 400; 13-20: Earspool, making is shaped by p. 401 tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an 13-16: Lanzon, Chavin de aesthetic object, act, Huantar, p. 398; 13-17: or event Mantel with Double Fish Big Idea 2: Art Pattern, p. 399; 13-19: making is shaped by Moche Portrait Vessel, p. tradition and change 400 Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Technique: Andean Textiles, p. 397; Chavin DeHuantar, p. 398; The Paracas and Nazca Cultures, p. 399–400; The Tomb of the Warrior Priest, p. 401 Essential Knowledge 5-3c. Andean art tends to explore the terrestrial (e.g., animal and plant imagery, mountain veneration, sculpting of nature itself, and organic integration of architecture with the environment). It also concerns the nonterrestrial via abstraction South America: The and orientation toward the afterlife and the other realms of the cosmos. Peoples of the Central Andes, pp. Andes practiced the world’s earliest and most persistent artificial mummification (in 397–401 many forms, from 5500 B.C.E. onward), and almost all art became grave goods for use in the afterlife. Shamanic visionary experience was a strong theme, especially featuring humans transforming into animal selves. Essential Knowledge 5-3d. The European invasions prevailed beginning in 1534 C.E.; however, indigenous descendants of ancient peoples remain: 8 to 10 million people still speak Quechua, the Inka language. Being more distant geographically and aesthetically, Andean art was less well known to early modern Europe and current society than See Chapter 27 Mesoamerican art. However, some key modern Euro–American artists, such as Paul Gauguin, Josef and Anni Albers*, and Paul Klee*, found inspiration in ancient Peruvian textiles and ceramics. Modern Latin American artists, such as Joaquín Torres Garcia of Uruguay*, blended Inka art and architecture with modernist theory and style, exploring a common abstract vocabulary. Page 27 of 72 See Chapter 27 Chapter Page Numbers Content Area Learning Objectives Art History 5e, 2014, Student Edition, Image Examples Big Ideas Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 13-6: Pyramid of the Feathered Serpent, p. 388; 13-11: Portrait of Pakal the Great, p. 393; 13-13: Cylindrical Vessel with Ballgame Scene, p. 395; 13-15: Supernatural Figure with Drum and Snake, p. 397; 13-16: Lanzon, Chavin de Huantar, p. 398 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an 13-24: Pelican aesthetic object, act, Figurehead, p. 403; 13or event 27: Pueblo Bonito, p. 405; Big Idea 2: Art 13-28: Anthropomorphs, making is shaped by The Great Gallery, tradition and change Horseshoe Canyon, p. 406 Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 5-5a. Indians, Native Americans, North American Indians (in the United States), and First Nations (in Canada) are nonindigenous terms for the indigenous See Chapter 27 peoples inhabiting areas north of what is now the U.S.–Mexico border, from ancient times to the present. They did not have a collective name for themselves, being many different tribes and nations. Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 See Chapter 27 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 5-5b. Native American art media include earthworks, stone and adobe architecture, wood and bone carving, weaving and basketry, hide painting, ceramics, quillwork and beadwork, and, recently, painting on canvas and other Europeanstyle media. Many Native American artworks are ritual objects to wear, carry, or use The Woodland Period, during special ceremonies in front of large audiences. Functionality of the object is p. 401; The preferred; the more active a work of art, the more it is believed to contain and transfer Mississippian Period, life force and power. Centuries of interaction with colonial and migrant peoples means p. 402; The North that some imported materials (e.g., glass beads, machine-made cloth, and ribbon) are American Southwest, now considered traditional. Likewise, in subject matter, the Spanish-introduced horse pp. 404–407 has become a cultural and artistic staple, alongside the indigenous buffalo, raven, and bear. European influence is inevitable but may be subtle. What is considered traditional is constantly changing; there is no singular, timeless, authentic Native American art or practice. Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.2; Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 3.1; Learning Objective 3.2 13-21: Beaver Effigy Platform Pipe, p. 402; 1324: Pelican Figurehead, p. 403; 13-25: Bowl with Scorpions, p. 404; 13-26: Seed Jar, p. 404 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapter 27 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapter 27 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Enduring Understanding Essential Knowledge Essential Knowledge 5-4a. Archaeological excavation of works of art, monuments, and cities/sites predating European invasion serves as the mainstay for reconstructing the art and culture of ancient America, although the majority of surviving artworks were not scientifically extracted. Spanish chronicles by invaders, friars, and colonists provide some Enduring Understanding 5-4. Despite underlying similarities, information about monuments and artistic practices of the last independent indigenous there are key differences between the art of Ancient America and peoples, such as the Inka, Mexica (known as Aztecs), and Puebloans; these sources can Native North America with respect to its dating, environment, be cautiously applied to earlier cultures’ basic values and approaches. Hieroglyphs of the cultural continuity from antiquity to the present, and sources of Mayas and Mexica illuminate text and image, historical, and artistic elements for those information. Colonization by different European groups (Catholic cultures. Ethnographic analogy highlights basic cultural continuities so that present and Protestant) undergirds distinct modern political situations for traditional practices, myths, and religious beliefs may illuminate past artistic materials, Amerindian survivors. Persecution, genocide, and marginalization creative processes, and iconography. Other disciplines, such as astronomy, botany, and have shaped current identity and artistic expression. zoology, help identify siting of cities and monuments, as well as native flora and fauna subject matter. Like all art historical research, work in these areas uses iconographic and formal analyses of large numbers of artworks and increasingly employs multidisciplinary collaboration. Essential Knowledge 5-4b. Sources of information for Native North American art include archaeological excavations for precontact and colonial cultures, written ethnohistoric documents, tribal history (oral and written), modern artists’ accounts and interviews, and museum records. Colonial and modern mistreatment of American Indians means that historical information sources may be highly contested by American Indians. Divergent stories depend on whether native or white sources are used. Sometimes the stories converge in a positive way, as in Maria and Julian Martínez’ revival of ancient black-in-black ceramic techniques, which was encouraged by anthropologists. Enduring Understanding 5-5. Although disease and genocide practiced by the European invaders and colonists reduced their population by as much as 90 percent, Native Americans today maintain their cultural identity and uphold modern versions of ancient traditions in addition to creating new art forms as part of the globalized contemporary art world. Stokstad Art History 5e, 2014 Student Edition Art of the Americas Before 1300, p. 383; The New World, p. 384; Mesoamerica, pp. 384–396; Arts and Its Contexts: Maya Writing, p. 390; Art and Its Contexts: The Cosmic Ballgame, p. 395; Central America, pp. 396–410; Technique: Andean Textiles, p. 397; North America, pp. 401–407 North America, pp. 401–407; also see Chapter 27 Essential Knowledge 5-5c. Different regions of Native America have broadly similar styles of art, allowing grouping into Arctic*, Northwest Coast, Southwest, Plains, and Eastern Woodlands, among others. Geometric patterning, figures (often mythic or shamanic), and animals (e.g., snakes, birds, bison, and horses) are often seen. The various Native American groups may be seen to share larger ideas of harmony with nature, oneness See Chapter 27 with animals, respect for elders, community cohesion, dream guidance, shamanic leadership, and participation in large rituals (such as potlatches and sun dances). Postcontact art not only reflects these long-standing values, but it is also concerned with the history of conflict within tribes and between indigenous people and the U.S. and Canadian governments. Essential Knowledge 5-5d. Intellectual pursuits apparent in artistic expressions include astronomical observation; poetry, song, and dance; and medicine (curing and divining). Artistic practices included workshops, apprentice–master relationships, and, less often, solitary art making. Some specialization by gender (e.g., women weaving, men carving) can be seen. Patrons might be the tribal leaders, an elder, or a family member. Audiences mostly were the entire group, though some objects and performances were restricted by their sacred or political nature. Page 28 of 72 See Chapter 27 Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 1.4 Chapter Page Numbers Content Area Enduring Understanding Essential Knowledge Stokstad Art History 5e, 2014 Student Edition Essential Knowledge 5-5e. Due to the history of suppression and forced assimilation into white culture, influence of Native North American art on modern U.S. and European art styles has been minimized. However, recent cultural revitalization of traditions and active See Chapter 27 contemporary artistic production by self-taught and academically trained artists keep Native American participation in global artistry alive. Strains range from self-conscious revival of ancient arts, such as in Puebloan pottery, to cutting political commentary on racism and injustice. 14 Early African Art pp. 408-427 Africa 1100–1980 C.E. Enduring Understanding 6-1. Human life, which is understood to have begun in Africa, developed over millions of years and radiated beyond the continent of Africa. The earliest African art dates to 77,000 years ago. While interpretation of this art is conjectural at best, the clarity and strength of design and expression in the work is obvious. Enduring Understanding 6-2. Human beliefs and interactions in Africa are instigated by the arts. African arts are active; they motivate behavior, contain and express belief, and validate social organization and human relations. Africa-The Cradle of Essential Knowledge 6-1a. Early artistic expression on the African continent is found in Art and Civilization, p. 410; African Rock Art, the rock art of the Sahara and in southern Africa. Those works depict the animals that lived in each region, human pursuits (e.g., herding, combat, and perhaps dance or some pp. 410–412; Art and Its Contexts: sort of regularized behavior), contact among different groups of people, and the use of Southern African Rock technologies (e.g., horses and chariots). Art, p. 414 Art History 5e, 2014, Student Edition, Image Examples Big Ideas Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 See Chapter 27 Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 1.4 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, 14-2: Dancers in or event Ceremonial Attire, p. 413; Big Idea 2: Art 14-4: Section of San Rockmaking is shaped by Wall Painting, p. 414 tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 6-1b. The now-deserts of the Sahara were once grasslands and an original source of agriculture and animal husbandry. As the desert grew, it stretched toward the still well-watered valley of the Nile and the culture of Pharaonic Egypt. Resulting human migrations carried populations southward into central Africa and eventually across the Congo River Basin. The arts, major world religions, and international trade routes followed those paths and flourished in patterns of distribution seen in Africa today. Africa-The Cradle of Art and Civilization, p. 410; Sub-Saharan Learning Objective Civilizations, pp. 1.3 412–419; Other Urban Areas, pp. 419–427 Map 14-1: Ancient Africa, p. 411; 14-2: Dancers in Ceremonial Attire, p. 413; 14-3: Head, p. 413; 1417: Memorial Head of an Oba, p. 417 Essential Knowledge 6-2a. Art in Africa is a combination of objects, acts, and events, created in a wide variety of media (vocal, aural, and visual) and materials (wood, ivory, metals, ceramic, fiber, and elements of nature) that are carved, cast, forged, modeled, woven, and combined by recognized specialists for knowledgeable patrons. Early African Art, p. 409; Africa-The Cradle of Art and Civilization, p. 410; Nok Sculpture, pp. 412–413; Ife, p. 415; A Closer Look: Roped Pot on a Stand, p. 416 Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 1.4 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, 14-3: Head, p. 413; 14-6: or event Ritual Vessel, p. 415; 14Big Idea 2: Art 17: Memorial Head of an making is shaped by Oba, p. 417 tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 1.4 14-5: Burial Chamber, p. 415; 14-17: Memorial Head of an Oba, p. 417; 14-8: Photograph of an Altar, p. 417 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 1.2; Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 3.2 14-5: Burial Chamber, p. 415; 14-17: Memorial Head of an Oba, p. 417; 14-8: Photograph of an Altar, p. 417; 14-11: Senior Town Chief, p. 421; 14-12: Oba Erediauwa, p. 421 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 6-2b. Art reveals belief systems; it presents a world that is known but not necessarily seen, predictable, or even available to everyone. These arts are expressive rather than representational and often require specialized or supernaturally ordained capabilities for their creation, use, and interpretation. African art is concerned with ideas (beliefs and relationships that exist in the social and intellectual world) rather than the with objects of the natural or physical world. Art is created for both daily use and ritual purposes (such as leadership, religious beliefs, diagnosis and divination, education, and personal adornment). Igbo-Ukwu, pp. 414–415; Benin, pp. 416–417 Essential Knowledge 6-2c. Art forms may be prescribed by a diviner, commissioned by a Igbo-Ukwu, pp. supplicant, and produced by a specific artist. The art object comes under the 414–415; Benin, pp. custodianship of the person who commissioned it or a member of his or her family. 416–417; A Broader Performances of objects are accompanied by costumes and music. None of these Look: A Warrior Chief practices is simple or random. Cultural protocols acknowledge and ensure the efficacy Pledging Loyalty, p. and appropriateness of artistic experience in Africa. African art is sung, danced, and 420 presented in holistic experiences for designated audiences; it is created for specific reasons and to produce expected results. Enduring Understanding 6-3. Use and efficacy are central to the art of Africa. African arts, though often characterized, collected, and exhibited as figural sculptures and masks, are by nature meant to be performed rather than simply viewed. African arts are often described in terms of the contexts and functions with which they appear to be associated. Learning Objectives Essential Knowledge 6-3a. As in all arts, aspects of human experience (such as origins, destinies, beliefs, physicality, power, and gender) are expressed through objects and performances. Artistic expression in Africa is an integral part of social life, connecting daily practices to beliefs, systems of power and authority, and social networks that link people to their families, communities, and shared ancestors. African arts mark status, identity, and cycles of human experience (e.g., maturational, seasonal, astronomical, and liturgical). Page 29 of 72 Learning Objective A Broader Look: A 1.1; Learning Warrior Chief Pledging Objective 1.3; Loyalty, p. 420 Learning Objective 1.4 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an 14-10: Plague: Warrior aesthetic object, act, Chief Flanked by Warriors or event and Attendants, p. 420; Big Idea 2: Art 14-11: Senior Town Chief, making is shaped by p. 421; 14-12: Oba tradition and change Erediauwa, p. 421 Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Chapter Page Numbers Content Area Enduring Understanding Essential Knowledge Essential Knowledge 6-3b. Education, incorporation into adulthood, and civic responsibility are processes marked by the creation, manipulation, and interpretation of art objects. The arts of authority (both achieved and inherited status and roles) legitimate traditional leadership. Leaders’ histories and accomplishments are often entrusted to and lauded by historians, bards, and elders. Personal identity, social status, and relationships are delineated by aesthetic choices and artistic expression. Common ancestors link leaders, sanction social behavior and choices, and define the order of social life. Stokstad Art History 5e, 2014 Student Edition Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Benin, pp. 416–419; Objective 1.3; A Broader Look: A Learning Objective Warrior Chief Pledging 1.4; Learning Loyalty, p. 420 Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 Essential Knowledge 6-3c. Urbanization and its monumental trappings (both bureaucratic and architectural) often associated with “civilization” take many forms in Africa. Administrative and liturgical centers exist apart from settlement that is often determined Benin, pp. 416–419; Other Urban Areas, by the spaces required for agriculture or herding. Seasonal climatic shifts and demands pp. 419–427 of political relations affect the scale and distribution of built environments and arts that mark them. The sites of Meroë, Timbuktu, Zimbabwe, Igbo Ukwu, and Kilwa Kisiwani demonstrate that range of monumentalities. Enduring Understanding 6-4. Outsiders have often characterized, collected, and exhibited African arts as primitive, ethnographic, anonymous, and static, when in reality Africa’s interaction with the rest of the world led to dynamic intellectual and artistic traditions that sustain hundreds of cultures and almost as many languages, contributing dramatically to the corpus of human expression. African life and arts have been deeply affected by ongoing, cosmopolitan patterns of interaction with populations around the world and through time. Essential Knowledge 6-4a. African histories, often sung or recited, are traditionally the responsibility of specialists. Outsiders often see those histories as timeless and unchanging. The Africa we know often comes from ideas promulgated by foreigners since See Chapter 29 the ninth century — as though history were brought to, rather than originating from, Africa. Essential Knowledge 6-4b. As they have been traditionally collected by outsiders, African art objects that are similar in form are often grouped with works that come from the same place and are produced by a designated ethnic group. The name of the artist and the date of creation are rarely acknowledged by the outsiders who collected them. These See Chapter 29 gaps in the record do not reflect a lack of interest on the part of those who commission, use, and protect art objects; rather they are the result of ignorance and predisposition by those collecting, describing, and explaining African art. 15 Early Medieval Art in Europe pp. 428-457 Early Europe and Colonial Americas 200–1750 C.E. Enduring Understanding 3-1. European medieval art is generally studied in chronological order and divided into geographical regions, governing cultures, and identifiable styles, with associated but distinctive artistic traditions. There is significant overlap in time, geography, practice, and heritage of art created within this time frame and region. Nationalist agendas and disciplinary divisions based on the predominant language (Greek, Latin, or Arabic) and religion (Judaism, Western or Eastern Orthodox Christianity, or Islam) have caused considerable fragmentation in the study of medieval art. Learning Objectives Art History 5e, 2014, Student Edition, Image Examples Big Ideas 14-9: Hip Pendant Representing an Iyoba, p. 419; 14-10: Plague: Warrior Chief Flanked by Warriors and Attendants, p. 420; 14-11: Senior Town Chief, p. 421; 1412: Oba Erediauwa, p. 421 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 1.4 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, 14-14: Great Friday or event Mosque, p. 423; 14-15: Big Idea 2: Art Conical Tower: Great Enclosure, p. 424; 14-17: making is shaped by tradition and change Bet Giorgis, p. 425 Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 See Chapter 29 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapter 29 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 Essential Knowledge 6-4c. Creative contributions of African life and arts are found in populations around the world. Artistic practices were conveyed by and continue to be serviced by African people and beliefs, from Macao to Manaus to Mauritania. These creative contributions are reflected in diverse art forms, from the practices of Santeria to Japanese screens and the paintings of Renaissance Venice. The literatures of Negritude and the Harlem Renaissance expanded the notions of place and race to new levels that are again changing in the contemporary diaspora. Although traditional African art forms are usually described and exhibited, contemporary African arts have increased awareness and understanding of the arts of the continent across the globe. Kong Kingdom, pp. 425–426; Exporting to the West, p. 427; Think About it: 14-7, p. 427; also see Chapter 29 Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 14-20: Crucifix, p. 426; 14-21: Sapi-Portuguese Style Hunting Horn, p. 427 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 3-1a. Medieval artistic traditions include late antique, early Christian, Byzantine, Islamic, migratory, Carolingian*, Romanesque, and Gothic, named for their principal culture, religion, government, and/or artistic style. Continuities and exchanges between coexisting traditions in medieval Europe are evident in shared artistic forms, functions, and techniques. Contextual information comes primarily from literary, theological, and governmental (both secular and religious) records, which vary in quantity according to period and geographical region, and to a lesser extent from archaeological excavations. Early Medieval Art in Europe, p. 429; The Early Middle Ages, p. 430; Art and Its Contexts: Defining the Middle Ages, p. 431; The Early Christian Art of the British Isles, pp. 435, 438; A Broader Look: The Lindisfarne Gospels, pp. 436–437; Art and Its Contexts: The Medieval Scriptorium, p. 438; Mozarabic Art in Spain, pp. 439–440; The Carolingian Empire, pp. 444–451; Ottonian Europe, pp. 452–457 Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.2; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 15-5: Symbol of the Evangelist Matthew, Gospel Book of Durrow, p. 435; 15-7: Matthew Writing His Gospel, Lindisfarne Gospel Book, p. 437; 15-21: Crucifixion with Angels and Mourning Figures, Lindau Gospels, p. 451 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Page 30 of 72 Chapter Page Numbers Content Area Enduring Understanding Stokstad Art Learning History 5e, 2014 Objectives Student Edition The Early Christian Art of the British Isles, pp. 435, 438; A Broader Look: The Lindisfarne Gospels, Essential Knowledge 3-1b. Before the late Middle Ages, the coexistence of many regional pp. 436–437; Art and styles makes period-wide generalizations impossible. Isolated regional revivals of Learning Objective Its Contexts: The naturalism and classicism occurred, sometimes motivated by the association of classicism Medieval Scriptorium, 2.1; Learning with the Roman Christian emperors and church. Other traditions, such as those of p. 438; Mozarabic Art Objective 2.2 European Islamic art and early medieval migratory art, embraced calligraphic line and in Spain, pp. script, as well as dense geometrical and organic ornament. 439–440; The Carolingian Empire, pp. 444–451; Ottonian Europe, pp. 452–457 Art History 5e, 2014, Student Edition, Image Examples Big Ideas 15-10: Woman Clothed with the Sun, The Morgan Beatus, p. 439; 15-21: Crucifixion with Angels and Mourning Figures, Lindau Gospels, p. 451; 15-15: Equestrian Portrait of Charles the Bald, p. 444; 15-20: Page with St. Matthew the Evangelist, Ebbo Gospels, p. 449 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 2.3 15-1: Chi Rho Iota Page from the Book of Kells, p. 428; 15-5: Symbol of the Evangelist Matthew, Gospel Book of Durrow, p. 435; 15-7: Matthew Writing His Gospel, Lindisfarne Gospel Book, p. 437; 15-21: Crucifixion with Angels and Mourning Figures, Lindau Gospels, p. 451 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Mozarabic Art in Spain, pp. 439–440; Essential Knowledge 3-2a. Elite religious and court cultures throughout the Middle Ages Illustrated Books, pp. Learning Objective prioritized the study of theology, music, literary and poetic invention, and in the Islamic 448–450; A Closer 2.1; Learning world, scientific and mathematical theory. Cultural and artistic exchanges were facilitated Look: Psalm 23 in the Objective 2.2 through trade and conquest. Utrecht Psalter, p. 450; Illustrated Books, pp. 456–457 15-10: Woman Clothed with the Sun, The Morgan Beatus, p. 439; 15-20: Page with St. Matthew the Evangelist, Ebbo Gospels, p. 449; 15-21: Crucifixion with Angels and Mourning Figures, Lindau Gospels, p. 451 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.4 15-16: Interior View and Section Drawing, Palace Chapel of Charlemagne, p. 445; 15-17: Westwork, Abbey Church of Corvey, p. 446; 15-23: Plan and Interior of St. Cyriakus, Gernrode, p. 453 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 3.1; Learning Objective 3.2 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an 15-20: Page with St. aesthetic object, act, Matthew the Evangelist, or event Ebbo Gospels, p. 449; 15Big Idea 2: Art 21: Crucifixion with Angels making is shaped by and Mourning Figures, tradition and change Lindau Gospels, p. 451 Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 3.2 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge Early Medieval Art in Europe, p. 429; The Early Middle Ages, p. 430; Art and Its Contexts: Defining the Middle Ages, p. 431; The Art of the Barbarians in Europe, pp. 431–434; The Early Christian Art of Essential Knowledge 3-1c. Medieval artists and architects were heavily influenced by the British Isles, pp. earlier and contemporary cultures, including coexisting European cultures. Thus early 435, 438; A Broader medieval and Byzantine art was influenced by Roman art and by motifs and techniques Look: The Lindisfarne brought by migratory tribes from eastern Europe, West Asia, and Scandinavia. High Gospels, pp. medieval art was influenced by Roman, Islamic, and migratory art, and European Islamic 436–437; Art and Its art was influenced by Roman, migratory, Byzantine, and West Asian art. Contexts: The Medieval Scriptorium, p. 438; Mozarabic Art in Spain, pp. 439–440; The Viking Era, pp. 441–443; The Carolingian Empire, pp. 444–451; Ottonian Europe, pp. 452–457 Enduring Understanding 3-2. Medieval art (European, c. 300–1400 C.E.; Islamic, c. 300–1600 C.E.) derived from the requirements of worship (Jewish, Christian, or Islamic), elite or court culture, and learning. Essential Knowledge 3-2b. Surviving architecture is primarily religious in function (though domestic architecture survives from the late Middle Ages); ground plans and elevations both accommodated worship and incorporated symbolic numbers, shapes, and ornament. Essential Knowledge 3-2c. Medieval figurative and aniconic two- and three-dimensional works of art are characterized by stylistic variety, avoidance of naturalism, primarily religious or courtly subject matter, and the incorporation of text. Carolingian Architecture, pp. 444–448; Ottonian Architecture, pp. 452–454 Illustrated Books, pp. 448–450; A Closer Look: Psalm 23 in the Utrecht Psalter, p. 450; Illustrated Books, pp. 456–457 Essential Knowledge 3-2d. Periodic rejections of figural imagery on religious structures or objects on theological grounds were common to all three major medieval religions. These See Chapters 7 & 8 artworks could facilitate a connection with the divine through their iconography (icons) or contents (reliquaries). Page 31 of 72 See Chapters 7 & 8 Chapter Page Numbers Content Area Enduring Understanding Enduring Understanding 3-3. Art from the early modern Atlantic World is typically studied in chronological order, by geographical region, according to style, and by medium. Thus, early modernity and the Atlantic arena are highlighted, framing the initiation of globalization and emergence of modern Europe, and recognizing the role of the Americas in these developments. More attention has been given in recent years to larger cultural interactions, exchanges, and appropriations. Essential Knowledge Stokstad Art History 5e, 2014 Student Edition Essential Knowledge 3-3a. The early modern Atlantic World encompasses what today is known as Western Europe — specifically Italy, Spain, France, Germany, England, Belgium, and the Netherlands — and those territories in the Americas that were part of the Spanish empire, including the Caribbean, the Western and Southwestern regions of the United States, Mexico, Central America, and South America, from approximately See Chapters 19, 20, 1400 to 1850 C.E. Study of this art historical period, and specifically of the European 21, 22, & 23 material traditionally identified by the more familiar labels of Renaissance and Baroque, is canonical in the discipline and is thus extremely well documented. Most primary source material is housed in archives and libraries worldwide and includes works of art both in situ and in private and public collections. An immense body of secondary scholarly literature also exists. Essential Knowledge 3-3b. The traditional art history survey presents a historical narrative that, by selectively mapping development of the so-called Old World, constructs the idea of the West. One problem with this model is that in privileging Europe, the Old World is placed in an oppositional relationship to the rest of the world, which tends to be marginalized, if not neglected. A focus upon early modernity and interconnectedness of the Atlantic regions presents a more comprehensive approach to the study of art. Essential Knowledge 3-3c. The advent of the Age of Exploration in the late 15th century resulted in the emergence of global commercial and cultural networks via transoceanic trade and colonization. European ideas, forms, and practices began to be disseminated worldwide as a result of exploration, trade, conquest, and colonization. See Chapters 19, 20, 21, 22, & 23 See Chapter 30: The Art of the Americas Under Spain, pp. 943–945 Learning Objectives Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 2.3 Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 2.3 Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 See Chapters 19, 20, 21, 22, & 23 Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 Enduring Understanding 3-4. The arts of 15th century Europe reflected an interest in classical models, enhanced naturalism, Christianity, pageantry, and increasingly formalized artistic training. In the 17th century, architectural design and figuration Essential Knowledge 3-4a. Developments in the form and use of visual elements, such as See Chapters 19, 20, linear and atmospheric perspective, composition, color, figuration, and narrative, in painting and sculpture continued to be based on classical 21, 22, & 23 enhanced the illusion of naturalism. principles and formulas but with a pronounced interest in compositional complexity, dynamic movement, and theatricality. There was an increasing emphasis on time, narrative, heightened naturalism, and psychological or emotional impact. Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.2; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 3.1 Essential Knowledge 3-3d. Information and objects from different parts of the world were gathered in European cultural centers, where their influence is evident in the contents of curiosity cabinets, advances in science and technology, consolidation of European political and economic power, and the development of modern conceptions of difference such as race and nationalism. Essential Knowledge 3-4b. The emergence of academies redefined art training and the See Chapters 19, 20, production and identity of the artist by introducing more structured, theoretical curricula 21, 22, & 23 in centralized educational institutions. Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 2.3 Essential Knowledge 3-4c. Corporate and individual patronage informed the production, content, form, and display of art — from panel painting, altarpieces, sculpture, and print See Chapters 19, 20, to myriad decorative arts, such as metalwork and textiles. Displayed in churches, 21, 22, & 23 chapels, convents, palaces, and civic buildings, the arts performed various functions (e.g., propagandistic, commemorative, didactic, devotional, ritual, recreational, and decorative). Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.2; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 2.3 Page 32 of 72 Art History 5e, 2014, Student Edition, Image Examples Big Ideas See Chapters 19, 20, 21, 22, & 23 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapters 19, 20, 21, 22, & 23 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapter 30: 30-45: Atrial Cross, p. 943; 3046: Virgin of Guadalupe, p. 944; 30-47: Mission Xavier del Bac, p. 945 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapters 19, 20, 21, 22, & 23 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapters 19, 20, 21, 22, & 23 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapters 19, 20, 21, 22, & 23 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapters 19, 20, 21, 22, & 23 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Chapter Page Numbers Content Area Enduring Understanding Essential Knowledge 16 Romanesque Art pp. 458-493 Early Europe and Colonial Americas 200–1750 C.E. Enduring Understanding 3-1. European medieval art is generally studied in chronological order and divided into geographical regions, governing cultures, and identifiable styles, with associated but distinctive artistic traditions. There is significant overlap in time, geography, practice, and heritage of art created within this time frame and region. Nationalist agendas and disciplinary divisions based on the predominant language (Greek, Latin, or Arabic) and religion (Judaism, Western or Eastern Orthodox Christianity, or Islam) have caused considerable fragmentation in the study of medieval art. Art History 5e, 2014, Student Edition, Image Examples Big Ideas See Chapter 30: 30-45: Atrial Cross, p. 943; 3046: Virgin of Guadalupe, p. 944; 30-47: Mission Xavier del Bac, p. 945 See Chapter 22 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapter 30: The Art of the Americas Under Spain, pp. 943–945 Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 3.2 See Chapter 30: 30-45: Atrial Cross, p. 943; 3046: Virgin of Guadalupe, p. 944; 30-47: Mission Xavier del Bac, p. 945 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 3-1a. Medieval artistic traditions include late antique, early Christian, Byzantine, Islamic, migratory, Carolingian*, Romanesque, and Gothic, named for their principal culture, religion, government, and/or artistic style. Continuities and exchanges between coexisting traditions in medieval Europe are evident in shared artistic forms, functions, and techniques. Contextual information comes primarily from literary, theological, and governmental (both secular and religious) records, which vary in quantity according to period and geographical region, and to a lesser extent from archaeological excavations. Romanesque Art, p. 459; Europe in the Romanesque Period, pp. 460–461; Romanesque Art, pp. 461–462; Architecture, pp. 462–478; Architectural Sculpture, pp. 478–484; Sculpture in Wood and Bronze, pp. 485–487; Textiles and Books, pp. 487–493 Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.2; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 16-1: Christ and Disciples on Road to Emmaus, p. 458; 16-7: Reliquary Statue of Sainte Foy (St. Faith), p. 467; 16-13: Christ in Majesty, p. 473; 16-15: Tower of Babel, p. 474 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 3-1b. Before the late Middle Ages, the coexistence of many regional styles makes period-wide generalizations impossible. Isolated regional revivals of naturalism and classicism occurred, sometimes motivated by the association of classicism with the Roman Christian emperors and church. Other traditions, such as those of European Islamic art and early medieval migratory art, embraced calligraphic line and script, as well as dense geometrical and organic ornament. Romanesque Art, pp. 461–462; Architecture, pp. Learning Objective 462–478; 2.1; Learning Architectural Objective 2.2 Sculpture, pp. 478–484; Sculpture in Wood and Bronze, pp. 485–487 16-2: St-Martin-DuCanigou, p. 462; 16-4: Plan and Reconstruction Drawing of the Cathedral of St. James, Santiago de Compestela, p. 465 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 2.3 16-1: Christ and Disciples on Road to Emmaus, p. 458; 16-7: Reliquary Statue of Sainte Foy (St. Faith), p. 467; 16-13: Christ in Majesty, p. 473; 16-15: Tower of Babel, p. 474 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Textiles and Books, Essential Knowledge 3-2a. Elite religious and court cultures throughout the Middle Ages pp. 487–493; Art and Learning Objective prioritized the study of theology, music, literary and poetic invention, and in the Islamic Its Contexts: 2.1; Learning world, scientific and mathematical theory. Cultural and artistic exchanges were facilitated Hildegard of Bingen, Objective 2.2 through trade and conquest. p. 492 16-32: Those Who Work; Those Who Fight; Those Who Pray—The Dream of Henry I, Worcester Chronical, p. 490; 16-33: St. Matthew from the Codex Colbertinus, p. 491 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapter 30: The Art of the Americas Under Spain, pp. 943–945 Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 See Chapter 22 Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 3.2 Essential Knowledge 3-5b. Art production in the Spanish viceroyalties paralleled European art practices in terms of themes, materials, formal vocabulary, display, and reception. However, given the Spanish Catholic context in which this art production developed, Spanish colonial art of the early modern period corresponded more closely to that of southern Europe. Essential Knowledge 3-5a. Production of religious imagery declined in northern Europe, and nonreligious genres, such as landscape, still life, genre, history, mythology, and portraiture, developed and flourished. In the south, there was an increase in the production of political propaganda, religious imagery, and pageantry, with the elaboration of naturalism, dynamic compositions, bold color schemes, and the affective power of images and constructed spaces. Romanesque Art, p. 459; Europe in the Romanesque Period, pp. 460–461; Essential Knowledge 3-1c. Medieval artists and architects were heavily influenced by Romanesque Art, pp. earlier and contemporary cultures, including coexisting European cultures. Thus early 461–462; medieval and Byzantine art was influenced by Roman art and by motifs and techniques Architecture, pp. brought by migratory tribes from eastern Europe, West Asia, and Scandinavia. High 462–478; medieval art was influenced by Roman, Islamic, and migratory art, and European Islamic Architectural art was influenced by Roman, migratory, Byzantine, and West Asian art. Sculpture, pp. 478–484; Sculpture in Wood and Bronze, pp. 485–487 Enduring Understanding 3-2. Medieval art (European, c. 300–1400 C.E.; Islamic, c. 300–1600 C.E.) derived from the requirements of worship (Jewish, Christian, or Islamic), elite or court culture, and learning. Learning Objectives Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 3-4d. Art production in the Spanish viceroyalties in the Americas exhibited a hybridization of European and indigenous ideas, forms, and materials, with some African and Asian influences. Although much colonial art is religious, nonreligious subjects such as portraiture, allegory, genre, history, and decorative arts were central to Spanish viceregal societies. Essential Understanding 3-5. The 16th-century Protestant Reformation and subsequent Catholic Counter-Reformation compelled a divergence between northern and southern western European art with respect to form, function, and content. Stokstad Art History 5e, 2014 Student Edition Page 33 of 72 Chapter Page Numbers Content Area Art History 5e, 2014, Student Edition, Image Examples Big Ideas Essential Knowledge 3-2b. Surviving architecture is primarily religious in function (though domestic architecture survives from the late Middle Ages); ground plans and elevations both accommodated worship and incorporated symbolic numbers, shapes, and ornament. Architecture, pp. 462–478; Elements of Architecture: The Learning Objective Romanesque Church 1.1; Learning Portal, p. 478; Objective 1.4 Architectural Sculpture, pp. 478–484 16-2: St-Martin-DuCanigou, p. 462; 16-4: Plan and Reconstruction Drawing of the Cathedral of St. James, Santiago de Compestela, p. 465 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 3-2c. Medieval figurative and aniconic two- and three-dimensional works of art are characterized by stylistic variety, avoidance of naturalism, primarily religious or courtly subject matter, and the incorporation of text. The Benedictine Church of San Clemente in Rome, pp. 471–472; Art and Its Contexts: The Paintings of San Climent in Taull: Mozarbic Meets Byzantine, p. 473; A Broader Look: The Bayeux Embroidery, pp. 488–489 16-12: Stags Drinking from Streams Flowing Under the Crucified Christ, p. 472; 16-33: St. Matthew from the Codex Colbertinus, p. 491 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapters 7 & 8 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapters 19, 20, 21, 22, & 23 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapters 19, 20, 21, 22, & 23 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapter 30: 30-45: Atrial Cross, p. 943; 3046: Virgin of Guadalupe, p. 944; 30-47: Mission Xavier del Bac, p. 945 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapters 19, 20, 21, 22, & 23 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Enduring Understanding Essential Knowledge Stokstad Art History 5e, 2014 Student Edition Essential Knowledge 3-2d. Periodic rejections of figural imagery on religious structures or objects on theological grounds were common to all three major medieval religions. These See Chapters 7 & 8 artworks could facilitate a connection with the divine through their iconography (icons) or contents (reliquaries). Enduring Understanding 3-3. Art from the early modern Atlantic World is typically studied in chronological order, by geographical region, according to style, and by medium. Thus, early modernity and the Atlantic arena are highlighted, framing the initiation of globalization and emergence of modern Europe, and recognizing the role of the Americas in these developments. More attention has been given in recent years to larger cultural interactions, exchanges, and appropriations. Essential Knowledge 3-3a. The early modern Atlantic World encompasses what today is known as Western Europe — specifically Italy, Spain, France, Germany, England, Belgium, and the Netherlands — and those territories in the Americas that were part of the Spanish empire, including the Caribbean, the Western and Southwestern regions of the United States, Mexico, Central America, and South America, from approximately See Chapters 19, 20, 1400 to 1850 C.E. Study of this art historical period, and specifically of the European 21, 22, & 23 material traditionally identified by the more familiar labels of Renaissance and Baroque, is canonical in the discipline and is thus extremely well documented. Most primary source material is housed in archives and libraries worldwide and includes works of art both in situ and in private and public collections. An immense body of secondary scholarly literature also exists. Essential Knowledge 3-3b. The traditional art history survey presents a historical narrative that, by selectively mapping development of the so-called Old World, constructs the idea of the West. One problem with this model is that in privileging Europe, the Old World is placed in an oppositional relationship to the rest of the world, which tends to be marginalized, if not neglected. A focus upon early modernity and interconnectedness of the Atlantic regions presents a more comprehensive approach to the study of art. Essential Knowledge 3-3c. The advent of the Age of Exploration in the late 15th century resulted in the emergence of global commercial and cultural networks via transoceanic trade and colonization. European ideas, forms, and practices began to be disseminated worldwide as a result of exploration, trade, conquest, and colonization. Essential Knowledge 3-3d. Information and objects from different parts of the world were gathered in European cultural centers, where their influence is evident in the contents of curiosity cabinets, advances in science and technology, consolidation of European political and economic power, and the development of modern conceptions of difference such as race and nationalism. Page 34 of 72 See Chapters 19, 20, 21, 22, & 23 See Chapter 30: The Art of the Americas Under Spain, pp. 943–945 See Chapters 19, 20, 21, 22, & 23 Learning Objectives Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 3.1; Learning Objective 3.2 Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 3.2 Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 2.3 Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 2.3 Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 Chapter Page Numbers Content Area Enduring Understanding Essential Knowledge Stokstad Art History 5e, 2014 Student Edition Enduring Understanding 3-4. The arts of 15th century Europe reflected an interest in classical models, enhanced naturalism, Christianity, pageantry, and increasingly formalized artistic training. In the 17th century, architectural design and figuration Essential Knowledge 3-4a. Developments in the form and use of visual elements, such as See Chapters 19, 20, linear and atmospheric perspective, composition, color, figuration, and narrative, in painting and sculpture continued to be based on classical 21, 22, & 23 enhanced the illusion of naturalism. principles and formulas but with a pronounced interest in compositional complexity, dynamic movement, and theatricality. There was an increasing emphasis on time, narrative, heightened naturalism, and psychological or emotional impact. Essential Understanding 3-5. The 16th-century Protestant Reformation and subsequent Catholic Counter-Reformation compelled a divergence between northern and southern western European art with respect to form, function, and content. 17 Gothic Art of the Twelfth and Thirteenth Centuries pp. 494-529 Early Europe and Colonial Americas 200–1750 C.E. See Chapters 19, 20, 21, 22, & 23 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapters 19, 20, 21, 22, & 23 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapter 30: 30-45: Atrial Cross, p. 943; 3046: Virgin of Guadalupe, p. 944; 30-47: Mission Xavier del Bac, p. 945 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapters 21 & 22 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 3.2 See Chapter 30: 30-45: Atrial Cross, p. 943; 3046: Virgin of Guadalupe, p. 944; 30-47: Mission Xavier del Bac, p. 945 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.2; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 17-1: Scenes from Genesis, p. 494; 17-8: Masons at Work, p. 504; 17-21: Queen Blanche of Castile and Louis IX, p. 514; 17-37: Crucifix, p. 527; 17-39: The Miracle of the Crib at Greccio, p. 529 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 3-4c. Corporate and individual patronage informed the production, content, form, and display of art — from panel painting, altarpieces, sculpture, and print See Chapters 19, 20, to myriad decorative arts, such as metalwork and textiles. Displayed in churches, 21, 22, & 23 chapels, convents, palaces, and civic buildings, the arts performed various functions (e.g., propagandistic, commemorative, didactic, devotional, ritual, recreational, and decorative). Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.2; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 2.3 Essential Knowledge 3-4d. Art production in the Spanish viceroyalties in the Americas exhibited a hybridization of European and indigenous ideas, forms, and materials, with some African and Asian influences. Although much colonial art is religious, nonreligious subjects such as portraiture, allegory, genre, history, and decorative arts were central to Spanish viceregal societies. See Chapter 30: The Art of the Americas Under Spain, pp. 943–945 Essential Knowledge 3-5a. Production of religious imagery declined in northern Europe, and nonreligious genres, such as landscape, still life, genre, history, mythology, and portraiture, developed and flourished. In the south, there was an increase in the production of political propaganda, religious imagery, and pageantry, with the elaboration of naturalism, dynamic compositions, bold color schemes, and the affective power of images and constructed spaces. Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 2.1; See Chapters 21 & 22 Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 3.2 Essential Knowledge 3-1a. Medieval artistic traditions include late antique, early Christian, Byzantine, Islamic, migratory, Carolingian*, Romanesque, and Gothic, named for their principal culture, religion, government, and/or artistic style. Continuities and exchanges between coexisting traditions in medieval Europe are evident in shared artistic forms, functions, and techniques. Contextual information comes primarily from literary, theological, and governmental (both secular and religious) records, which vary in quantity according to period and geographical region, and to a lesser extent from archaeological excavations. Page 35 of 72 Big Ideas See Chapters 19, 20, 21, 22, & 23 Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.2; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 3.1 Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 2.3 Gothic Art of the Twelfth and Thirteenth Century, p. 495; The Emergence of the Gothic Style, pp. 496–497; Gothic Art in France, pp. 497–515; Gothic Art in England, pp. 515–520; Gothic Art in Germany and The Holy Roman Empire, pp. 520–524; Gothic Art in Italy, pp. 525–529 Art History 5e, 2014, Student Edition, Image Examples Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 3-4b. The emergence of academies redefined art training and the See Chapters 19, 20, production and identity of the artist by introducing more structured, theoretical curricula 21, 22, & 23 in centralized educational institutions. Essential Knowledge 3-5b. Art production in the Spanish viceroyalties paralleled See Chapter 30: The European art practices in terms of themes, materials, formal vocabulary, display, and Art of the Americas reception. However, given the Spanish Catholic context in which this art production Under Spain, pp. developed, Spanish colonial art of the early modern period corresponded more closely to 943–945 that of southern Europe. Enduring Understanding 3-1. European medieval art is generally studied in chronological order and divided into geographical regions, governing cultures, and identifiable styles, with associated but distinctive artistic traditions. There is significant overlap in time, geography, practice, and heritage of art created within this time frame and region. Nationalist agendas and disciplinary divisions based on the predominant language (Greek, Latin, or Arabic) and religion (Judaism, Western or Eastern Orthodox Christianity, or Islam) have caused considerable fragmentation in the study of medieval art. Learning Objectives Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 Chapter Page Numbers Content Area Learning Objectives Art History 5e, 2014, Student Edition, Image Examples Big Ideas Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 17-6: Royal Portal, West Façade, Chartres Cathedral, p. 502; 17-10: Good Samaritan Window, p. 506; 17-19: Upper Chapel Interior, The SaintChappelle, p. 513 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 2.3 17-2: Plan of the Choir and View of the Ambulatory and Apse Chapels of the Abbey Church St-Denis, p. 496; 17-6: Royal Portal, West Façade, Chartres Cathedral, p. 502; 17-15: Interior Looking West, Reims Cathedral, p. 510; 17-19: Upper Chapel Interior, The SaintChappelle, p. 513 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable The Rise of Urban and Essential Knowledge 3-2a. Elite religious and court cultures throughout the Middle Ages Intellectual Life, pp. Learning Objective prioritized the study of theology, music, literary and poetic invention, and in the Islamic 496–497; Illuminated 2.1; Learning world, scientific and mathematical theory. Cultural and artistic exchanges were facilitated Manuscripts, pp. Objective 2.2 through trade and conquest. 514–515; Manuscript Illumination, 515–518 17-21: Queen Blanche of Castile and Louis IX, p. 514; 17-22: Moralizations from the Apocalypse, p. 515; 17-23: Self-Portrait Kneeling Before the Virgin and Child, p. 517 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 3-2b. Surviving architecture is primarily religious in function (though domestic architecture survives from the late Middle Ages); ground plans and elevations both accommodated worship and incorporated symbolic numbers, shapes, and ornament. The Age of Cathedrals, p. 497; Elements of Architecture: Rib Vaulting, p. 499; Learning Objective Gothic Cathedrals, pp. 1.1; Learning 499–511, 515; A Objective 1.4 Broader Look: The Saint-Chapelle in Paris, pp. 512–513; Architecture, pp. 518–520, 521–523 17-2: Plan of the Choir and View of the Ambulatory and Apse Chapels of the Abbey Church St-Denis, p. 496; 17-6: Royal Portal, West Façade, Chartres Cathedral, p. 502; 17-15: Interior Looking West, Reims Cathedral, p. 510; 17-19: Upper Chapel Interior, The SaintChappelle, p. 513 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 3-2c. Medieval figurative and aniconic two- and three-dimensional works of art are characterized by stylistic variety, avoidance of naturalism, primarily religious or courtly subject matter, and the incorporation of text. Illuminated Manuscripts, pp. 514–515; Manuscript Illumination, 515–518; Sculpture, pp. 523–524; Sculpture: The Pisano Family, pp. 525–527; Painting, pp. 527–529 17-21: Queen Blanche of Castile and Louis IX, p. 514; 17-22: Moralizations from the Apocalypse, p. 515; 17-33: Ekkehard and Uta, p. 524; 17-39: The Miracle of the Crib at Greccio, p. 529 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapters 7 & 8 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Enduring Understanding Essential Knowledge Stokstad Art History 5e, 2014 Student Edition Gothic Art in France, pp. 497–515; Gothic Essential Knowledge 3-1b. Before the late Middle Ages, the coexistence of many regional Art in England, pp. styles makes period-wide generalizations impossible. Isolated regional revivals of 515–520; Gothic Art naturalism and classicism occurred, sometimes motivated by the association of classicism in Germany and The with the Roman Christian emperors and church. Other traditions, such as those of Holy Roman Empire, European Islamic art and early medieval migratory art, embraced calligraphic line and pp. 520–524; Gothic script, as well as dense geometrical and organic ornament. Art in Italy, pp. 525–529 Art and Its Contexts: Abbot Suger on the Value of Art in Monasteries, p. 497; The Age of Cathedrals, p. 497; Essential Knowledge 3-1c. Medieval artists and architects were heavily influenced by Elements of earlier and contemporary cultures, including coexisting European cultures. Thus early Architecture: Rib medieval and Byzantine art was influenced by Roman art and by motifs and techniques Vaulting, p. 499; Gothic Cathedrals, pp. brought by migratory tribes from eastern Europe, West Asia, and Scandinavia. High medieval art was influenced by Roman, Islamic, and migratory art, and European Islamic 499–511, 515; A Broader Look: The art was influenced by Roman, migratory, Byzantine, and West Asian art. Saint-Chapelle in Paris, pp. 512–513; Architecture, pp. 518–520, 521–523; Sculpture, pp. 523–524 Enduring Understanding 3-2. Medieval art (European, c. 300–1400 C.E.; Islamic, c. 300–1600 C.E.) derived from the requirements of worship (Jewish, Christian, or Islamic), elite or court culture, and learning. Essential Knowledge 3-2d. Periodic rejections of figural imagery on religious structures or objects on theological grounds were common to all three major medieval religions. These See Chapters 7 & 8 artworks could facilitate a connection with the divine through their iconography (icons) or contents (reliquaries). Page 36 of 72 Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 3.1; Learning Objective 3.2 Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 3.2 Chapter Page Numbers Content Area Enduring Understanding Enduring Understanding 3-3. Art from the early modern Atlantic World is typically studied in chronological order, by geographical region, according to style, and by medium. Thus, early modernity and the Atlantic arena are highlighted, framing the initiation of globalization and emergence of modern Europe, and recognizing the role of the Americas in these developments. More attention has been given in recent years to larger cultural interactions, exchanges, and appropriations. Essential Knowledge Stokstad Art History 5e, 2014 Student Edition Essential Knowledge 3-3a. The early modern Atlantic World encompasses what today is known as Western Europe — specifically Italy, Spain, France, Germany, England, Belgium, and the Netherlands — and those territories in the Americas that were part of the Spanish empire, including the Caribbean, the Western and Southwestern regions of the United States, Mexico, Central America, and South America, from approximately See Chapters 19, 20, 1400 to 1850 C.E. Study of this art historical period, and specifically of the European 21, 22, & 23 material traditionally identified by the more familiar labels of Renaissance and Baroque, is canonical in the discipline and is thus extremely well documented. Most primary source material is housed in archives and libraries worldwide and includes works of art both in situ and in private and public collections. An immense body of secondary scholarly literature also exists. Essential Knowledge 3-3b. The traditional art history survey presents a historical narrative that, by selectively mapping development of the so-called Old World, constructs the idea of the West. One problem with this model is that in privileging Europe, the Old World is placed in an oppositional relationship to the rest of the world, which tends to be marginalized, if not neglected. A focus upon early modernity and interconnectedness of the Atlantic regions presents a more comprehensive approach to the study of art. Essential Knowledge 3-3c. The advent of the Age of Exploration in the late 15th century resulted in the emergence of global commercial and cultural networks via transoceanic trade and colonization. European ideas, forms, and practices began to be disseminated worldwide as a result of exploration, trade, conquest, and colonization. See Chapters 19, 20, 21, 22, & 23 See Chapter 30: The Art of the Americas Under Spain, pp. 943–945 Learning Objectives Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 2.3 Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 2.3 Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 See Chapters 19, 20, 21, 22, & 23 Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 Enduring Understanding 3-4. The arts of 15th century Europe reflected an interest in classical models, enhanced naturalism, Christianity, pageantry, and increasingly formalized artistic training. In the 17th century, architectural design and figuration Essential Knowledge 3-4a. Developments in the form and use of visual elements, such as See Chapters 19, 20, linear and atmospheric perspective, composition, color, figuration, and narrative, in painting and sculpture continued to be based on classical 21, 22, & 23 enhanced the illusion of naturalism. principles and formulas but with a pronounced interest in compositional complexity, dynamic movement, and theatricality. There was an increasing emphasis on time, narrative, heightened naturalism, and psychological or emotional impact. Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.2; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 3.1 Essential Knowledge 3-3d. Information and objects from different parts of the world were gathered in European cultural centers, where their influence is evident in the contents of curiosity cabinets, advances in science and technology, consolidation of European political and economic power, and the development of modern conceptions of difference such as race and nationalism. Essential Knowledge 3-4b. The emergence of academies redefined art training and the See Chapters 19, 20, production and identity of the artist by introducing more structured, theoretical curricula 21, 22, & 23 in centralized educational institutions. Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 2.3 Essential Knowledge 3-4c. Corporate and individual patronage informed the production, content, form, and display of art — from panel painting, altarpieces, sculpture, and print See Chapters 19, 20, to myriad decorative arts, such as metalwork and textiles. Displayed in churches, 21, 22, & 23 chapels, convents, palaces, and civic buildings, the arts performed various functions (e.g., propagandistic, commemorative, didactic, devotional, ritual, recreational, and decorative). Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.2; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 2.3 Page 37 of 72 Art History 5e, 2014, Student Edition, Image Examples Big Ideas See Chapters 19, 20, 21, 22, & 23 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapters 19, 20, 21, 22, & 23 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapter 30: 30-45: Atrial Cross, p. 943; 3046: Virgin of Guadalupe, p. 944; 30-47: Mission Xavier del Bac, p. 945 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapters 19, 20, 21, 22, & 23 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapters 19, 20, 21, 22, & 23 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapters 19, 20, 21, 22, & 23 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapters 19, 20, 21, 22, & 23 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Chapter Page Numbers Content Area Enduring Understanding Essential Knowledge 18 Fourteenth-Century Art pp. 530-561 in Europe Early Europe and Colonial Americas 200–1750 C.E. Enduring Understanding 3-1. European medieval art is generally studied in chronological order and divided into geographical regions, governing cultures, and identifiable styles, with associated but distinctive artistic traditions. There is significant overlap in time, geography, practice, and heritage of art created within this time frame and region. Nationalist agendas and disciplinary divisions based on the predominant language (Greek, Latin, or Arabic) and religion (Judaism, Western or Eastern Orthodox Christianity, or Islam) have caused considerable fragmentation in the study of medieval art. Enduring Understanding 3-2. Medieval art (European, c. 300–1400 C.E.; Islamic, c. 300–1600 C.E.) derived from the requirements of worship (Jewish, Christian, or Islamic), elite or court culture, and learning. Learning Objectives Art History 5e, 2014, Student Edition, Image Examples Big Ideas See Chapter 30: 30-45: Atrial Cross, p. 943; 3046: Virgin of Guadalupe, p. 944; 30-47: Mission Xavier del Bac, p. 945 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapter 22 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapter 30: The Art of the Americas Under Spain, pp. 943–945 Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 3.2 See Chapter 30: 30-45: Atrial Cross, p. 943; 3046: Virgin of Guadalupe, p. 944; 30-47: Mission Xavier del Bac, p. 945 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 3-1a. Medieval artistic traditions include late antique, early Christian, Byzantine, Islamic, migratory, Carolingian*, Romanesque, and Gothic, named for their principal culture, religion, government, and/or artistic style. Continuities and exchanges between coexisting traditions in medieval Europe are evident in shared artistic forms, functions, and techniques. Contextual information comes primarily from literary, theological, and governmental (both secular and religious) records, which vary in quantity according to period and geographical region, and to a lesser extent from archaeological excavations. Fourteenth-Century Art in Europe, p. 531; Fourteenth-Century Europe, pp. 532–532; Italy, pp. 533–548; France, pp. 548–554; England, pp. 554–557; The Holy Roman Empire, pp. 557–561 Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.2; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 18-1: Frescos of the Sala Dei Nove, p. 530; 18-6: Virgin and Child Enthroned, p. 538; 18-15: The Effects of Good Government in the City and in the Country, pp. 548–549; 18-26: St. Luke, p. 560 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 3-1b. Before the late Middle Ages, the coexistence of many regional styles makes period-wide generalizations impossible. Isolated regional revivals of naturalism and classicism occurred, sometimes motivated by the association of classicism with the Roman Christian emperors and church. Other traditions, such as those of European Islamic art and early medieval migratory art, embraced calligraphic line and script, as well as dense geometrical and organic ornament. Italy, pp. 533–548; France, pp. 548–554; Learning Objective England, pp. 2.1; Learning 554–557; The Holy Objective 2.2 Roman Empire, pp. 557–561 18-5: Virgin and Child Enthroned, p. 537; 18-8: Marriage at Cana, Raising of Lazarus, Lamentation, and Resurrection, p. 541; 18-12: Betrayal of Jesus, p. 545 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 3-1c. Medieval artists and architects were heavily influenced by earlier and contemporary cultures, including coexisting European cultures. Thus early medieval and Byzantine art was influenced by Roman art and by motifs and techniques brought by migratory tribes from eastern Europe, West Asia, and Scandinavia. High medieval art was influenced by Roman, Islamic, and migratory art, and European Islamic art was influenced by Roman, migratory, Byzantine, and West Asian art. Art and Its Contexts: A New Spirit in Fourteenth-Century Literature, p. 533; Florentine Painting, pp. 536–542; Mysticism and Suffering, pp. 557–559; The Supremacy of Prague, pp. 559–561 Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 2.3 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, 18-6: Virgin and Child or event Enthroned, p. 538; 18-10: Big Idea 2: Art Kiss of Judas, p. 542; 18making is shaped by 26: St. Luke, p. 560 tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Art and Its Contexts: A New Spirit in Fourteenth-Century Literature, p. 533; Manuscript Essential Knowledge 3-2a. Elite religious and court cultures throughout the Middle Ages Illumination, p. 548; A Learning Objective prioritized the study of theology, music, literary and poetic invention, and in the Islamic Closer Look: The 2.1; Learning world, scientific and mathematical theory. Cultural and artistic exchanges were facilitated Hours of Jeanne Objective 2.2 through trade and conquest. d’Évereux, p. 551; The Hedwig Codex, pp. 558–559; The Supremacy of Prague, pp. 559–561 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an 18-24: St. Hedwig of aesthetic object, act, Silesia with Duke Ludwig I or event of Leonitz-Brieg and Big Idea 2: Art Duchess Agnes, p.558: 18- making is shaped by 26: St. Luke, p. 560 tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 3-4d. Art production in the Spanish viceroyalties in the Americas exhibited a hybridization of European and indigenous ideas, forms, and materials, with some African and Asian influences. Although much colonial art is religious, nonreligious subjects such as portraiture, allegory, genre, history, and decorative arts were central to Spanish viceregal societies. Essential Understanding 3-5. The 16th-century Protestant Reformation and subsequent Catholic Counter-Reformation compelled a divergence between northern and southern western European art with respect to form, function, and content. Stokstad Art History 5e, 2014 Student Edition See Chapter 30: The Art of the Americas Under Spain, pp. 943–945 Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 See Chapter 22 Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 3.2 Essential Knowledge 3-5b. Art production in the Spanish viceroyalties paralleled European art practices in terms of themes, materials, formal vocabulary, display, and reception. However, given the Spanish Catholic context in which this art production developed, Spanish colonial art of the early modern period corresponded more closely to that of southern Europe. Essential Knowledge 3-5a. Production of religious imagery declined in northern Europe, and nonreligious genres, such as landscape, still life, genre, history, mythology, and portraiture, developed and flourished. In the south, there was an increase in the production of political propaganda, religious imagery, and pageantry, with the elaboration of naturalism, dynamic compositions, bold color schemes, and the affective power of images and constructed spaces. Page 38 of 72 Chapter Page Numbers Content Area Enduring Understanding Essential Knowledge Essential Knowledge 3-2b. Surviving architecture is primarily religious in function (though domestic architecture survives from the late Middle Ages); ground plans and elevations both accommodated worship and incorporated symbolic numbers, shapes, and ornament. Essential Knowledge 3-2c. Medieval figurative and aniconic two- and three-dimensional works of art are characterized by stylistic variety, avoidance of naturalism, primarily religious or courtly subject matter, and the incorporation of text. Stokstad Art History 5e, 2014 Student Edition Florentine Architecture and Metalwork, pp. 533–536; Architecture, pp. 556–557 Essential Knowledge 3-3a. The early modern Atlantic World encompasses what today is known as Western Europe — specifically Italy, Spain, France, Germany, England, Belgium, and the Netherlands — and those territories in the Americas that were part of the Spanish empire, including the Caribbean, the Western and Southwestern regions of the United States, Mexico, Central America, and South America, from approximately See Chapters 19, 20, 1400 to 1850 C.E. Study of this art historical period, and specifically of the European 21, 22, & 23 material traditionally identified by the more familiar labels of Renaissance and Baroque, is canonical in the discipline and is thus extremely well documented. Most primary source material is housed in archives and libraries worldwide and includes works of art both in situ and in private and public collections. An immense body of secondary scholarly literature also exists. Essential Knowledge 3-3b. The traditional art history survey presents a historical narrative that, by selectively mapping development of the so-called Old World, constructs the idea of the West. One problem with this model is that in privileging Europe, the Old World is placed in an oppositional relationship to the rest of the world, which tends to be marginalized, if not neglected. A focus upon early modernity and interconnectedness of the Atlantic regions presents a more comprehensive approach to the study of art. Essential Knowledge 3-3c. The advent of the Age of Exploration in the late 15th century resulted in the emergence of global commercial and cultural networks via transoceanic trade and colonization. European ideas, forms, and practices began to be disseminated worldwide as a result of exploration, trade, conquest, and colonization. Essential Knowledge 3-3d. Information and objects from different parts of the world were gathered in European cultural centers, where their influence is evident in the contents of curiosity cabinets, advances in science and technology, consolidation of European political and economic power, and the development of modern conceptions of difference such as race and nationalism. Page 39 of 72 Art History 5e, 2014, Student Edition, Image Examples Big Ideas Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.4 18-2: Piazza della Signoria with Palazzo della Signoria and Loggia dei Lanzi, p. 534; 18-22: Interior, Exeter Cathedral, p. 556; 18-25: Plan and Interior of the Church of the Holy Cross, p. 559 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable 18-8: Marriage at Cana, Raising of Lazarus, Lamentation, and Resurrection, p. 541; 1812: Betrayal of Jesus, p. 545; 18-26: St. Luke, p. 560 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapters 7 & 8 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapters 19, 20, 21, 22, & 23 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapters 19, 20, 21, 22, & 23 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapter 30: 30-45: Atrial Cross, p. 943; 3046: Virgin of Guadalupe, p. 944; 30-47: Mission Xavier del Bac, p. 945 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapters 19, 20, 21, 22, & 23 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective Giotto de Bondone, 1.1; Learning pp. 538–542; Sienese Objective 1.4; Paintings, pp. Learning Objective 542–548; Master 3.1; Learning Theodoric, p. 561 Objective 3.2 Essential Knowledge 3-2d. Periodic rejections of figural imagery on religious structures or objects on theological grounds were common to all three major medieval religions. These See Chapters 7 & 8 artworks could facilitate a connection with the divine through their iconography (icons) or contents (reliquaries). Enduring Understanding 3-3. Art from the early modern Atlantic World is typically studied in chronological order, by geographical region, according to style, and by medium. Thus, early modernity and the Atlantic arena are highlighted, framing the initiation of globalization and emergence of modern Europe, and recognizing the role of the Americas in these developments. More attention has been given in recent years to larger cultural interactions, exchanges, and appropriations. Learning Objectives See Chapters 19, 20, 21, 22, & 23 See Chapter 30: The Art of the Americas Under Spain, pp. 943–945 See Chapters 19, 20, 21, 22, & 23 Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 3.2 Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 2.3 Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 2.3 Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 Chapter Page Numbers Content Area Enduring Understanding Essential Knowledge Stokstad Art History 5e, 2014 Student Edition 19 Fifteenth-Century Art in pp. 562-593 Northern Europe Early Europe and Colonial Americas 200–1750 C.E. Enduring Understanding 3-1. European medieval art is generally studied in chronological order and divided into geographical regions, governing cultures, and identifiable styles, with associated but distinctive artistic traditions. There is significant overlap in time, geography, practice, and heritage of art created within this time frame and region. Nationalist agendas and disciplinary divisions based on the predominant language (Greek, Latin, or Arabic) and religion (Judaism, Western or Eastern Orthodox Christianity, or Islam) have caused considerable fragmentation in the study of medieval art. Art History 5e, 2014, Student Edition, Image Examples Big Ideas See Chapters 19, 20, 21, 22, & 23 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapters 19, 20, 21, 22, & 23 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapters 19, 20, 21, 22, & 23 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapter 30: 30-45: Atrial Cross, p. 943; 3046: Virgin of Guadalupe, p. 944; 30-47: Mission Xavier del Bac, p. 945 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapters 21 & 22 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 3-5b. Art production in the Spanish viceroyalties paralleled See Chapter 30: The European art practices in terms of themes, materials, formal vocabulary, display, and Art of the Americas reception. However, given the Spanish Catholic context in which this art production Under Spain, pp. developed, Spanish colonial art of the early modern period corresponded more closely to 943–945 that of southern Europe. Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 3.2 See Chapter 30: 30-45: Atrial Cross, p. 943; 3046: Virgin of Guadalupe, p. 944; 30-47: Mission Xavier del Bac, p. 945 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 3-1a. Medieval artistic traditions include late antique, early Christian, Byzantine, Islamic, migratory, Carolingian*, Romanesque, and Gothic, named for their principal culture, religion, government, and/or artistic style. Continuities and exchanges between coexisting traditions in medieval Europe are evident in shared artistic forms, functions, and techniques. Contextual information comes primarily from literary, theological, and governmental (both secular and religious) records, which vary in quantity according to period and geographical region, and to a lesser extent from archaeological excavations. Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.2; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event See Chapters 7, 8, 15, 16, Big Idea 2: Art 17 & 18 making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Enduring Understanding 3-4. The arts of 15th century Europe reflected an interest in classical models, enhanced naturalism, Christianity, pageantry, and increasingly formalized artistic training. In the 17th century, architectural design and figuration Essential Knowledge 3-4a. Developments in the form and use of visual elements, such as See Chapters 19, 20, linear and atmospheric perspective, composition, color, figuration, and narrative, in painting and sculpture continued to be based on classical 21, 22, & 23 enhanced the illusion of naturalism. principles and formulas but with a pronounced interest in compositional complexity, dynamic movement, and theatricality. There was an increasing emphasis on time, narrative, heightened naturalism, and psychological or emotional impact. Essential Understanding 3-5. The 16th-century Protestant Reformation and subsequent Catholic Counter-Reformation compelled a divergence between northern and southern western European art with respect to form, function, and content. Learning Objectives Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.2; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 3.1 Essential Knowledge 3-4b. The emergence of academies redefined art training and the See Chapters 19, 20, production and identity of the artist by introducing more structured, theoretical curricula 21, 22, & 23 in centralized educational institutions. Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 2.3 Essential Knowledge 3-4c. Corporate and individual patronage informed the production, content, form, and display of art — from panel painting, altarpieces, sculpture, and print See Chapters 19, 20, to myriad decorative arts, such as metalwork and textiles. Displayed in churches, 21, 22, & 23 chapels, convents, palaces, and civic buildings, the arts performed various functions (e.g., propagandistic, commemorative, didactic, devotional, ritual, recreational, and decorative). Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.2; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 2.3 Essential Knowledge 3-4d. Art production in the Spanish viceroyalties in the Americas exhibited a hybridization of European and indigenous ideas, forms, and materials, with some African and Asian influences. Although much colonial art is religious, nonreligious subjects such as portraiture, allegory, genre, history, and decorative arts were central to Spanish viceregal societies. See Chapter 30: The Art of the Americas Under Spain, pp. 943–945 Essential Knowledge 3-5a. Production of religious imagery declined in northern Europe, and nonreligious genres, such as landscape, still life, genre, history, mythology, and portraiture, developed and flourished. In the south, there was an increase in the production of political propaganda, religious imagery, and pageantry, with the elaboration of naturalism, dynamic compositions, bold color schemes, and the affective power of images and constructed spaces. Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 2.1; See Chapters 21 & 22 Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 3.2 Page 40 of 72 See Chapters 7, 8, 15, 16, 17 & 18 Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 Chapter Page Numbers Content Area Enduring Understanding Essential Knowledge Stokstad Art History 5e, 2014 Student Edition Big Ideas Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 Essential Knowledge 3-1c. Medieval artists and architects were heavily influenced by Learning Objective earlier and contemporary cultures, including coexisting European cultures. Thus early 2.1; Learning medieval and Byzantine art was influenced by Roman art and by motifs and techniques See Chapters 17 & 18 Objective 2.2; brought by migratory tribes from eastern Europe, West Asia, and Scandinavia. High Learning Objective medieval art was influenced by Roman, Islamic, and migratory art, and European Islamic 2.3 art was influenced by Roman, migratory, Byzantine, and West Asian art. See Chapters 17 & 18 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 3-2a. Elite religious and court cultures throughout the Middle Ages Learning Objective prioritized the study of theology, music, literary and poetic invention, and in the Islamic See Chapters 17 & 18 2.1; Learning world, scientific and mathematical theory. Cultural and artistic exchanges were facilitated Objective 2.2 through trade and conquest. See Chapters 17 & 18 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 3-2b. Surviving architecture is primarily religious in function (though domestic architecture survives from the late Middle Ages); ground plans and elevations both accommodated worship and incorporated symbolic numbers, shapes, and ornament. Essential Knowledge 3-2c. Medieval figurative and aniconic two- and three-dimensional works of art are characterized by stylistic variety, avoidance of naturalism, primarily religious or courtly subject matter, and the incorporation of text. See Chapters 7, 8, 15, 16, 17, & 18 Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.4 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event See Chapters 7, 8, 15, 16, Big Idea 2: Art 17, & 18 making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapters 7, 8, 15, 16, 17, & 18 Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 3.1; Learning Objective 3.2 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event See Chapters 7, 8, 15, 16, Big Idea 2: Art 17, & 18 making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 3.2 See Chapters 7 & 8 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 2.3 19-2: Annunciation, Visitation, Presentation in the Temple, and Flight into Egypt, p. 567; 19-5: February: Life in the Country, Trés Riches Heures, p. 569; 19-10: Mérode Altarpiece, p. 574; 19-14: Ghent Altarpiece, p. 578; 19-26: The Temptations of St. Anthony, p. 591 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 3-2d. Periodic rejections of figural imagery on religious structures or objects on theological grounds were common to all three major medieval religions. These See Chapters 7 & 8 artworks could facilitate a connection with the divine through their iconography (icons) or contents (reliquaries). Enduring Understanding 3-3. Art from the early modern Atlantic World is typically studied in chronological order, by geographical region, according to style, and by medium. Thus, early modernity and the Atlantic arena are highlighted, framing the initiation of globalization and emergence of modern Europe, and recognizing the role of the Americas in these developments. More attention has been given in recent years to larger cultural interactions, exchanges, and appropriations. Art History 5e, 2014, Student Edition, Image Examples Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event See Chapters 8, 9, 16, 17 Big Idea 2: Art & 18 making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 3-1b. Before the late Middle Ages, the coexistence of many regional styles makes period-wide generalizations impossible. Isolated regional revivals of naturalism and classicism occurred, sometimes motivated by the association of classicism See Chapters 8, 9, 16, 17 & 18 with the Roman Christian emperors and church. Other traditions, such as those of European Islamic art and early medieval migratory art, embraced calligraphic line and script, as well as dense geometrical and organic ornament. Enduring Understanding 3-2. Medieval art (European, c. 300–1400 C.E.; Islamic, c. 300–1600 C.E.) derived from the requirements of worship (Jewish, Christian, or Islamic), elite or court culture, and learning. Learning Objectives Essential Knowledge 3-3a. The early modern Atlantic World encompasses what today is known as Western Europe — specifically Italy, Spain, France, Germany, England, Belgium, and the Netherlands — and those territories in the Americas that were part of the Spanish empire, including the Caribbean, the Western and Southwestern regions of the United States, Mexico, Central America, and South America, from approximately 1400 to 1850 C.E. Study of this art historical period, and specifically of the European material traditionally identified by the more familiar labels of Renaissance and Baroque, is canonical in the discipline and is thus extremely well documented. Most primary source material is housed in archives and libraries worldwide and includes works of art both in situ and in private and public collections. An immense body of secondary scholarly literature also exists. Page 41 of 72 Fifteenth-Century Art in Northern Europe, p. 563; The Northern Renaissance, p. 564; Art for the French Ducal Courts, pp. 5564–572; Painting in Flanders, pp. 573–585; Europe Beyond Flanders, pp. 585–590; Graphic Arts, pp. 591–593 Chapter Page Numbers Content Area Enduring Understanding Essential Knowledge Essential Knowledge 3-3b. The traditional art history survey presents a historical narrative that, by selectively mapping development of the so-called Old World, constructs the idea of the West. One problem with this model is that in privileging Europe, the Old World is placed in an oppositional relationship to the rest of the world, which tends to be marginalized, if not neglected. A focus upon early modernity and interconnectedness of the Atlantic regions presents a more comprehensive approach to the study of art. Stokstad Art History 5e, 2014 Student Edition Art and Its Contexts: Altars and Altarpieces, p. 566; Manuscript Illumination: The Limbourg Brothers, pp. 568–570; Technique: Oil Painting, p. 573; The Founders of the Flemish School, pp. 573–581; Europe Beyond Flanders, pp. 585–590; Crosscurrents, p. 593 Learning Objectives Art History 5e, 2014, Student Edition, Image Examples Big Ideas Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 2.3 19-2: Annunciation, Visitation, Presentation in the Temple, and Flight into Egypt, p. 567; 19-3: Well of Moses, Detail of Moses and David, p. 567; 19-26: St. Wolfgang Altarpiece, p. 590; Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 3-3c. The advent of the Age of Exploration in the late 15th century resulted in the emergence of global commercial and cultural networks via transoceanic trade and colonization. European ideas, forms, and practices began to be disseminated worldwide as a result of exploration, trade, conquest, and colonization. See Chapter 30: The Art of the Americas Under Spain, pp. 943–945 Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 See Chapter 30: 30-45: Atrial Cross, p. 943; 3046: Virgin of Guadalupe, p. 944; 30-47: Mission Xavier del Bac, p. 945 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 3-3d. Information and objects from different parts of the world were gathered in European cultural centers, where their influence is evident in the contents of curiosity cabinets, advances in science and technology, consolidation of European political and economic power, and the development of modern conceptions of difference such as race and nationalism. Painting and Sculpture for the Chartreuse de Champmol, pp. 564–567; Manuscript Illumination: The Limbourg Brothers, pp. 568–570; Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 19-2: Annunciation, Visitation, Presentation in the Temple, and Flight into Egypt, p. 567; 19-6: January: The Duke of Berry at Table, Trés Riches Heures, p. 569 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Fifteenth-Century Art in Northern Europe, p. Enduring Understanding 3-4. The arts of 15th century Europe 563; Manuscript reflected an interest in classical models, enhanced naturalism, Illumination: The Christianity, pageantry, and increasingly formalized artistic Limbourg Brothers, training. In the 17th century, architectural design and figuration Essential Knowledge 3-4a. Developments in the form and use of visual elements, such as pp. 568–570; The linear and atmospheric perspective, composition, color, figuration, and narrative, in painting and sculpture continued to be based on classical Master of Flémalle, enhanced the illusion of naturalism. principles and formulas but with a pronounced interest in pp. 573–575; A compositional complexity, dynamic movement, and theatricality. Broader Look: The There was an increasing emphasis on time, narrative, heightened Ghent Altarpiece, pp. naturalism, and psychological or emotional impact. 578–579; A Closer Look: A Goldsmith in his Shop, p. 583 Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.2; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 3.1 19-5: February: Life in the Country, Trés Riches Heures, p. 569; 19-6: January: The Duke of Berry at Table, Trés Riches Heures, p. 569; 1910: Mérode Altarpiece, p. 574; 19-14: Ghent Altarpiece, p. 578 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Manuscript Illumination: The Limbourg Brothers, pp. 568–570; The Essential Knowledge 3-4b. The emergence of academies redefined art training and the Founders of the production and identity of the artist by introducing more structured, theoretical curricula Flemish School, pp. 573–581; The Graphic in centralized educational institutions. Arts, pp. 591–593; Technique: Woodcuts and Engravings on Metal, p. 592 Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 2.3 19-5: February: Life in the Country, Trés Riches Heures, p. 569; 19-6: January: The Duke of Berry at Table, Trés Riches Heures, p. 569; 1910: Mérode Altarpiece, p. 574; 19-11: A Flemish City, p. 575; 19-12: Man in a Red Turban, p. 576; 19-26: The Temptations of St. Anthony, p. 591 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Fifteenth-Century Art in Northern Europe, p. 563; Painting and Essential Knowledge 3-4c. Corporate and individual patronage informed the production, Sculpture for the content, form, and display of art — from panel painting, altarpieces, sculpture, and print Chartreuse de to myriad decorative arts, such as metalwork and textiles. Displayed in churches, Champmol, pp. chapels, convents, palaces, and civic buildings, the arts performed various functions 564–567; Manuscript (e.g., propagandistic, commemorative, didactic, devotional, ritual, recreational, and Illumination: The decorative). Limbourg Brothers, pp. 568–570; Jean Fouquet, pp. 586–587 Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.2; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 2.3 19-1: Double Portrait of Giovanni Arnolfini and his Wife, p. 582; 19-2: Annunciation, Visitation, Presentation in the Temple, and Flight into Egypt, p. 567; 19-6: January: The Duke of Berry at Table, Trés Riches Heures, p. 569; 1921: Étienne Chevalier and St Stephen, Virgin and Child, p. 586 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapter 30: 30-45: Atrial Cross, p. 943; 3046: Virgin of Guadalupe, p. 944; 30-47: Mission Xavier del Bac, p. 945 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 3-4d. Art production in the Spanish viceroyalties in the Americas exhibited a hybridization of European and indigenous ideas, forms, and materials, with some African and Asian influences. Although much colonial art is religious, nonreligious subjects such as portraiture, allegory, genre, history, and decorative arts were central to Spanish viceregal societies. Page 42 of 72 See Chapter 30: The Art of the Americas Under Spain, pp. 943–945 Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 Chapter Page Numbers Content Area Enduring Understanding Essential Understanding 3-5. The 16th-century Protestant Reformation and subsequent Catholic Counter-Reformation compelled a divergence between northern and southern western European art with respect to form, function, and content. 20 Renaissance Art in Fifteenth-Century Italy pp. 594-631 Early Europe and Colonial Americas 200–1750 C.E. Enduring Understanding 3-1. European medieval art is generally studied in chronological order and divided into geographical regions, governing cultures, and identifiable styles, with associated but distinctive artistic traditions. There is significant overlap in time, geography, practice, and heritage of art created within this time frame and region. Nationalist agendas and disciplinary divisions based on the predominant language (Greek, Latin, or Arabic) and religion (Judaism, Western or Eastern Orthodox Christianity, or Islam) have caused considerable fragmentation in the study of medieval art. Essential Knowledge Stokstad Art History 5e, 2014 Student Edition Art History 5e, 2014, Student Edition, Image Examples Big Ideas See Chapter 22 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 3-5b. Art production in the Spanish viceroyalties paralleled See Chapter 30: The European art practices in terms of themes, materials, formal vocabulary, display, and Art of the Americas reception. However, given the Spanish Catholic context in which this art production Under Spain, pp. developed, Spanish colonial art of the early modern period corresponded more closely to 943–945 that of southern Europe. Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 3.2 See Chapter 30: 30-45: Atrial Cross, p. 943; 3046: Virgin of Guadalupe, p. 944; 30-47: Mission Xavier del Bac, p. 945 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 3-1a. Medieval artistic traditions include late anEartique, early Christian, Byzantine, Islamic, migratory, Carolingian*, Romanesque, and Gothic, named for their principal culture, religion, government, and/or artistic style. Continuities and exchanges between coexisting traditions in medieval Europe are evident in shared artistic forms, functions, and techniques. Contextual information comes primarily from literary, theological, and governmental (both secular and religious) records, which vary in quantity according to period and geographical region, and to a lesser extent from archaeological excavations. Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.2; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event See Chapters 7, 8, 15, 16, Big Idea 2: Art 17 & 18 making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event See Chapters 8, 9, 16, 17 Big Idea 2: Art & 18 making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 3-1c. Medieval artists and architects were heavily influenced by Learning Objective earlier and contemporary cultures, including coexisting European cultures. Thus early 2.1; Learning medieval and Byzantine art was influenced by Roman art and by motifs and techniques See Chapters 17 & 18 Objective 2.2; brought by migratory tribes from eastern Europe, West Asia, and Scandinavia. High Learning Objective medieval art was influenced by Roman, Islamic, and migratory art, and European Islamic 2.3 art was influenced by Roman, migratory, Byzantine, and West Asian art. See Chapters 17 & 18 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 3-2a. Elite religious and court cultures throughout the Middle Ages Learning Objective prioritized the study of theology, music, literary and poetic invention, and in the Islamic See Chapters 17 & 18 2.1; Learning world, scientific and mathematical theory. Cultural and artistic exchanges were facilitated Objective 2.2 through trade and conquest. See Chapters 17 & 18 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 3-2b. Surviving architecture is primarily religious in function (though domestic architecture survives from the late Middle Ages); ground plans and elevations both accommodated worship and incorporated symbolic numbers, shapes, and ornament. Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event See Chapters 7, 8, 15, 16, Big Idea 2: Art 17, & 18 making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 3-5a. Production of religious imagery declined in northern Europe, and nonreligious genres, such as landscape, still life, genre, history, mythology, and portraiture, developed and flourished. In the south, there was an increase in the production of political propaganda, religious imagery, and pageantry, with the elaboration of naturalism, dynamic compositions, bold color schemes, and the affective power of images and constructed spaces. See Chapter 22 See Chapters 7, 8, 15, 16, 17 & 18 Essential Knowledge 3-1b. Before the late Middle Ages, the coexistence of many regional styles makes period-wide generalizations impossible. Isolated regional revivals of naturalism and classicism occurred, sometimes motivated by the association of classicism See Chapters 8, 9, 16, 17 & 18 with the Roman Christian emperors and church. Other traditions, such as those of European Islamic art and early medieval migratory art, embraced calligraphic line and script, as well as dense geometrical and organic ornament. Enduring Understanding 3-2. Medieval art (European, c. 300–1400 C.E.; Islamic, c. 300–1600 C.E.) derived from the requirements of worship (Jewish, Christian, or Islamic), elite or court culture, and learning. Learning Objectives Page 43 of 72 See Chapters 7, 8, 15, 16, 17, & 18 Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 3.2 Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.4 Chapter Page Numbers Content Area Enduring Understanding Essential Knowledge Essential Knowledge 3-2c. Medieval figurative and aniconic two- and three-dimensional works of art are characterized by stylistic variety, avoidance of naturalism, primarily religious or courtly subject matter, and the incorporation of text. Stokstad Art History 5e, 2014 Student Edition See Chapters 7, 8, 15, 16, 17, & 18 Essential Knowledge 3-2d. Periodic rejections of figural imagery on religious structures or objects on theological grounds were common to all three major medieval religions. These See Chapters 7 & 8 artworks could facilitate a connection with the divine through their iconography (icons) or contents (reliquaries). Enduring Understanding 3-3. Art from the early modern Atlantic World is typically studied in chronological order, by geographical region, according to style, and by medium. Thus, early modernity and the Atlantic arena are highlighted, framing the initiation of globalization and emergence of modern Europe, and recognizing the role of the Americas in these developments. More attention has been given in recent years to larger cultural interactions, exchanges, and appropriations. Essential Knowledge 3-3a. The early modern Atlantic World encompasses what today is known as Western Europe — specifically Italy, Spain, France, Germany, England, Belgium, and the Netherlands — and those territories in the Americas that were part of the Spanish empire, including the Caribbean, the Western and Southwestern regions of the United States, Mexico, Central America, and South America, from approximately 1400 to 1850 C.E. Study of this art historical period, and specifically of the European material traditionally identified by the more familiar labels of Renaissance and Baroque, is canonical in the discipline and is thus extremely well documented. Most primary source material is housed in archives and libraries worldwide and includes works of art both in situ and in private and public collections. An immense body of secondary scholarly literature also exists. Essential Knowledge 3-3b. The traditional art history survey presents a historical narrative that, by selectively mapping development of the so-called Old World, constructs the idea of the West. One problem with this model is that in privileging Europe, the Old World is placed in an oppositional relationship to the rest of the world, which tends to be marginalized, if not neglected. A focus upon early modernity and interconnectedness of the Atlantic regions presents a more comprehensive approach to the study of art. Renaissance Art in Fifteenth-Century Italy, p. 595; Humanism and the Italian Renaissance, p. 596; Florence, pp. 596–617; Italian Art in the Second Half of the Fifteenth Century, pp. 617–631 Florence, pp. 596–617; Italian Art in the Second Half of the Fifteenth Century, pp. 617–631; Crosscurrents, p. 631 Learning Objectives Art History 5e, 2014, Student Edition, Image Examples Big Ideas Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 3.1; Learning Objective 3.2 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event See Chapters 7, 8, 15, 16, Big Idea 2: Art 17, & 18 making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 3.2 See Chapters 7 & 8 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 2.3 20-12: The Four Crowned Martyrs, p. 605; 20-18: Christ Giving the Keys to St. Peter with a Schematic Drawing, p. 610; 20-23: Annunciation, p. 614; 2035: Hercules and Antaeus, p. 623; 20-38: Confirmation fo the Francisco Rule by Pope Honorius III, p. 625 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 2.3 20-9: Sacrifice of Isaac, p. 603: 20-10: Sacrifice of Isaac, p. 603; 20-30: Baptism of Christ, p. 619; 20-31: Battista Sforza and Federico da Montefeltro, p. 620 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 3-3c. The advent of the Age of Exploration in the late 15th century resulted in the emergence of global commercial and cultural networks via transoceanic trade and colonization. European ideas, forms, and practices began to be disseminated worldwide as a result of exploration, trade, conquest, and colonization. See Chapter 30: The Art of the Americas Under Spain, pp. 943–945 Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 See Chapter 30: 30-45: Atrial Cross, p. 943; 3046: Virgin of Guadalupe, p. 944; 30-47: Mission Xavier del Bac, p. 945 Essential Knowledge 3-3d. Information and objects from different parts of the world were gathered in European cultural centers, where their influence is evident in the contents of curiosity cabinets, advances in science and technology, consolidation of European political and economic power, and the development of modern conceptions of difference such as race and nationalism. Art and Its Contexts: The Competition Reliefs, p. 603; Painting in Florence After Masaccio, pp. 613–617; Crosscurrents, p. 631 Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an 20-9: Sacrifice of Isaac, p. aesthetic object, act, 603: 20-10: Sacrifice of or event Isaac, p. 603; 20-32: Two Big Idea 2: Art Views of the Camera making is shaped by Picta, Ducal Palace, p. 621 tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.2; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 3.1 20-6: Infant in Swaddling Clothes, p. 601; 20-10: Sacrifice of Isaac, p. 603; 20-12: The Four Crowned Martyrs, p. 605; 20-18: Christ Giving the Keys to St. Peter with a Schematic Drawing, p. 610; 20-20: Section Diagram of the Illusionistic Spatial World Portrayed in Masaccio’s Trinity, p. 611 A Broader Look: The Foundling Hospital, pp. 600–601; Art and Enduring Understanding 3-4. The arts of 15th century Europe Its Contexts: The Competition Reliefs, p. reflected an interest in classical models, enhanced naturalism, 603; Sculpture, pp. Christianity, pageantry, and increasingly formalized artistic training. In the 17th century, architectural design and figuration Essential Knowledge 3-4a. Developments in the form and use of visual elements, such as 604–609; Painting, p. linear and atmospheric perspective, composition, color, figuration, and narrative, 609; Technique: in painting and sculpture continued to be based on classical enhanced the illusion of naturalism. Renaissance principles and formulas but with a pronounced interest in Perspective, p. 610; compositional complexity, dynamic movement, and theatricality. Art and Its Contexts: There was an increasing emphasis on time, narrative, heightened The Morelli-Nerli naturalism, and psychological or emotional impact. Wedding Chests, p. 616; A Loser Look: Primavera, p. 628 Page 44 of 72 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Chapter Page Numbers Content Area Learning Objectives Art History 5e, 2014, Student Edition, Image Examples Big Ideas Fra Angelico and Dominican Monastery, pp. 613–614; Essential Knowledge 3-4b. The emergence of academies redefined art training and the Verrocchio, p. 623; production and identity of the artist by introducing more structured, theoretical curricula Ghirlandaio, pp. in centralized educational institutions. 625–626; The Bellini Brothers, pp. 629–631 Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 2.3 20-34: David, p. 623; 2039: Nativity and Adoration of the Shepherds, p. 626; 20-42: Procession of the Relic of the True Cross before the Church of St. Mark, p. 630; 20-44: St Francis in Ecstasy, p. 631 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Humanism and the Italian Renaissance, p. 596; Florence (Medici Family), pp. 596–617; Rome (Pope Sixtus IV), pp. 621–622; Venetian Palaces, p. 629 Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.2; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 2.3 20-2: Dome of Florence Cathedral, p. 598; 20-4: David, p. 606; 20-16: “Gates of Paradise” p. 609; 20-33: View of the Sistine Chapel, p. 622 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapter 30: 30-45: Atrial Cross, p. 943; 3046: Virgin of Guadalupe, p. 944; 30-47: Mission Xavier del Bac, p. 945 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapter 22 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 3-5b. Art production in the Spanish viceroyalties paralleled See Chapter 30: The European art practices in terms of themes, materials, formal vocabulary, display, and Art of the Americas reception. However, given the Spanish Catholic context in which this art production Under Spain, pp. developed, Spanish colonial art of the early modern period corresponded more closely to 943–945 that of southern Europe. Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 3.2 See Chapter 30: 30-45: Atrial Cross, p. 943; 3046: Virgin of Guadalupe, p. 944; 30-47: Mission Xavier del Bac, p. 945 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 3-1a. Medieval artistic traditions include late antique, early Christian, Byzantine, Islamic, migratory, Carolingian*, Romanesque, and Gothic, named for their principal culture, religion, government, and/or artistic style. Continuities and exchanges between coexisting traditions in medieval Europe are evident in shared artistic forms, functions, and techniques. Contextual information comes primarily from literary, theological, and governmental (both secular and religious) records, which vary in quantity according to period and geographical region, and to a lesser extent from archaeological excavations. Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.2; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event See Chapters 7, 8, 15, 16, Big Idea 2: Art 17 & 18 making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event See Chapters 8, 9, 16, 17 Big Idea 2: Art & 18 making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Enduring Understanding Essential Knowledge Essential Knowledge 3-4c. Corporate and individual patronage informed the production, content, form, and display of art — from panel painting, altarpieces, sculpture, and print to myriad decorative arts, such as metalwork and textiles. Displayed in churches, chapels, convents, palaces, and civic buildings, the arts performed various functions (e.g., propagandistic, commemorative, didactic, devotional, ritual, recreational, and decorative). Essential Knowledge 3-4d. Art production in the Spanish viceroyalties in the Americas exhibited a hybridization of European and indigenous ideas, forms, and materials, with some African and Asian influences. Although much colonial art is religious, nonreligious subjects such as portraiture, allegory, genre, history, and decorative arts were central to Spanish viceregal societies. Essential Understanding 3-5. The 16th-century Protestant Reformation and subsequent Catholic Counter-Reformation compelled a divergence between northern and southern western European art with respect to form, function, and content. 21 Sixteenth-Century Art in Italy pp. 632-677 Early Europe and Colonial Americas 200–1750 C.E. Enduring Understanding 3-1. European medieval art is generally studied in chronological order and divided into geographical regions, governing cultures, and identifiable styles, with associated but distinctive artistic traditions. There is significant overlap in time, geography, practice, and heritage of art created within this time frame and region. Nationalist agendas and disciplinary divisions based on the predominant language (Greek, Latin, or Arabic) and religion (Judaism, Western or Eastern Orthodox Christianity, or Islam) have caused considerable fragmentation in the study of medieval art. Essential Knowledge 3-5a. Production of religious imagery declined in northern Europe, and nonreligious genres, such as landscape, still life, genre, history, mythology, and portraiture, developed and flourished. In the south, there was an increase in the production of political propaganda, religious imagery, and pageantry, with the elaboration of naturalism, dynamic compositions, bold color schemes, and the affective power of images and constructed spaces. Stokstad Art History 5e, 2014 Student Edition See Chapter 30: The Art of the Americas Under Spain, pp. 943–945 See Chapter 22 See Chapters 7, 8, 15, 16, 17 & 18 Essential Knowledge 3-1b. Before the late Middle Ages, the coexistence of many regional styles makes period-wide generalizations impossible. Isolated regional revivals of naturalism and classicism occurred, sometimes motivated by the association of classicism See Chapters 8, 9, 16, 17 & 18 with the Roman Christian emperors and church. Other traditions, such as those of European Islamic art and early medieval migratory art, embraced calligraphic line and script, as well as dense geometrical and organic ornament. Page 45 of 72 Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 3.2 Chapter Page Numbers Content Area Enduring Understanding Essential Knowledge Stokstad Art History 5e, 2014 Student Edition Learning Objectives Big Ideas See Chapters 17 & 18 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 3-2a. Elite religious and court cultures throughout the Middle Ages Learning Objective prioritized the study of theology, music, literary and poetic invention, and in the Islamic See Chapters 17 & 18 2.1; Learning world, scientific and mathematical theory. Cultural and artistic exchanges were facilitated Objective 2.2 through trade and conquest. See Chapters 17 & 18 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 3-2b. Surviving architecture is primarily religious in function (though domestic architecture survives from the late Middle Ages); ground plans and elevations both accommodated worship and incorporated symbolic numbers, shapes, and ornament. Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.4 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event See Chapters 7, 8, 15, 16, Big Idea 2: Art 17, & 18 making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 3.1; Learning Objective 3.2 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event See Chapters 7, 8, 15, 16, Big Idea 2: Art 17, & 18 making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 3.2 See Chapters 7 & 8 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 2.3 21-3: The Last Supper, p. 637; 21-5: Mona Lisa, p. 638; 21-7: The Small Cowper Madonna, p. 640; 21-9: Pieta, p. 643, 2110: David, p. 644; 21-11: Interior, Sistine Chapel, p. 645; 21-22: Assumption of the Virgin, p. 655; 2128: “Venus” of Urbino, p. 661; 21-38: Last Judgment, Sistine Chapel, p. 669 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 3-1c. Medieval artists and architects were heavily influenced by Learning Objective earlier and contemporary cultures, including coexisting European cultures. Thus early 2.1; Learning medieval and Byzantine art was influenced by Roman art and by motifs and techniques See Chapters 17 & 18 Objective 2.2; brought by migratory tribes from eastern Europe, West Asia, and Scandinavia. High Learning Objective medieval art was influenced by Roman, Islamic, and migratory art, and European Islamic 2.3 art was influenced by Roman, migratory, Byzantine, and West Asian art. Enduring Understanding 3-2. Medieval art (European, c. 300–1400 C.E.; Islamic, c. 300–1600 C.E.) derived from the requirements of worship (Jewish, Christian, or Islamic), elite or court culture, and learning. Art History 5e, 2014, Student Edition, Image Examples Essential Knowledge 3-2c. Medieval figurative and aniconic two- and three-dimensional works of art are characterized by stylistic variety, avoidance of naturalism, primarily religious or courtly subject matter, and the incorporation of text. See Chapters 7, 8, 15, 16, 17, & 18 See Chapters 7, 8, 15, 16, 17, & 18 Essential Knowledge 3-2d. Periodic rejections of figural imagery on religious structures or objects on theological grounds were common to all three major medieval religions. These See Chapters 7 & 8 artworks could facilitate a connection with the divine through their iconography (icons) or contents (reliquaries). Essential Knowledge 3-3a. The early modern Atlantic World encompasses what today is known as Western Europe — specifically Italy, Spain, France, Germany, England, Enduring Understanding 3-3. Art from the early modern Atlantic Belgium, and the Netherlands — and those territories in the Americas that were part of World is typically studied in chronological order, by geographical the Spanish empire, including the Caribbean, the Western and Southwestern regions of region, according to style, and by medium. Thus, early modernity the United States, Mexico, Central America, and South America, from approximately and the Atlantic arena are highlighted, framing the initiation of 1400 to 1850 C.E. Study of this art historical period, and specifically of the European globalization and emergence of modern Europe, and recognizing material traditionally identified by the more familiar labels of Renaissance and Baroque, the role of the Americas in these developments. More attention is canonical in the discipline and is thus extremely well documented. Most primary source has been given in recent years to larger cultural interactions, material is housed in archives and libraries worldwide and includes works of art both in exchanges, and appropriations. situ and in private and public collections. An immense body of secondary scholarly literature also exists. Page 46 of 72 Sixteenth-Century Art in Italy, 633; Europe in the Sixteenth Century, p. 634; Italy in the Early Sixteenth Century: The High Renaissance, pp. 634–660; Mannerism, 661–667; Art and the Counter-Reformation, 668–671; Later Sixteenth-Century Art in Venice and the Veneto, 672–677 Chapter Page Numbers Content Area Enduring Understanding Essential Knowledge Essential Knowledge 3-3b. The traditional art history survey presents a historical narrative that, by selectively mapping development of the so-called Old World, constructs the idea of the West. One problem with this model is that in privileging Europe, the Old World is placed in an oppositional relationship to the rest of the world, which tends to be marginalized, if not neglected. A focus upon early modernity and interconnectedness of the Atlantic regions presents a more comprehensive approach to the study of art. Stokstad Art History 5e, 2014 Student Edition Europe in the Sixteenth Century, p. 634; Leonardo da Vinci, pp. 636–638; Art and Its Context: The Vitruvian Man, p. 639; Architecture in Rome and the Vatican, pp. 652–656; Venice and Veneto, pp. 656–668; Vignola, pp. 671–672; Crosscurrents, p. 677 Learning Objectives Art History 5e, 2014, Student Edition, Image Examples Big Ideas Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 2.3 21-3: The Last Supper, p. 637; 21-5: Mona Lisa, p. 638; 21-6: Vitruvian Man, p. 639; 21-19: Il Tempietto, Church of San Pietro in Montorio, p. 652; 21-40: Plan and Façade of the Church Il Gesú, Rome, p. 671 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 See Chapter 30: 30-45: Atrial Cross, p. 943; 3046: Virgin of Guadalupe, p. 944; 30-47: Mission Xavier del Bac, p. 945 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 3-3c. The advent of the Age of Exploration in the late 15th century resulted in the emergence of global commercial and cultural networks via transoceanic trade and colonization. European ideas, forms, and practices began to be disseminated worldwide as a result of exploration, trade, conquest, and colonization. See Chapter 30: The Art of the Americas Under Spain, pp. 943–945 Essential Knowledge 3-3d. Information and objects from different parts of the world were gathered in European cultural centers, where their influence is evident in the contents of curiosity cabinets, advances in science and technology, consolidation of European political and economic power, and the development of modern conceptions of difference such as race and nationalism. Art of the Vatican: Michelangelo’s Early Work, 642–647; A Broader Look: Raphael’s Cartoons for Tapestries in the Sistine Chapel, pp. 648–649; Art and Is Context: St. Peter’s Basilica, p. 653 Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 21-9: Pieta, p. 643, 2111: Interior, Sistine Chapel, p. 645; 21-15: Cartoon for Tapestry Portraying Christ’s Charge to Peter, p. 649; 21-16: Christ’s Charge to Peter, p. 649; Enduring Understanding 3-4. The arts of 15th century Europe Art and Its Context: reflected an interest in classical models, enhanced naturalism, The Vitruvian Man, p. Christianity, pageantry, and increasingly formalized artistic 639; A Closer Look: training. In the 17th century, architectural design and figuration Essential Knowledge 3-4a. Developments in the form and use of visual elements, such as The School of Athens, p. 642; Michelangelo’s linear and atmospheric perspective, composition, color, figuration, and narrative, in painting and sculpture continued to be based on classical Early Work, pp. enhanced the illusion of naturalism. principles and formulas but with a pronounced interest in 643–650; Art and Is compositional complexity, dynamic movement, and theatricality. Context: St. Peter’s There was an increasing emphasis on time, narrative, heightened Basilica, p. 653 naturalism, and psychological or emotional impact. Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.2; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 3.1 21-6: Vitruvian Man, p. 639; 21-9: Pieta, p. 643, 21-10: David, p. 644; 2111: Interior, Sistine Chapel, p. 645; 21-15: Cartoon for Tapestry Portraying Christ’s Charge to Peter, p. 649; 21-16: Christ’s Charge to Peter, p. 649 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Leonard da Vinci, pp. 636–639; Raphael, 640–642; Essential Knowledge 3-4b. The emergence of academies redefined art training and the Michelangelo’s Early production and identity of the artist by introducing more structured, theoretical curricula Work, pp. in centralized educational institutions. 643–650;Titian, pp. 659–661; Mannerism, pp. 661–668 Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 2.3 21-3: The Last Supper, p. 637; 21-5: Mona Lisa, p. 638; 21-26: 21-9: Pieta, p. 643, 21-11: Interior, Sistine Chapel, p. 645; Pesaro Madonna, p. 659; 21-30: Deposition, p. 663; 21-31: Madonna of the Long Neck, p. 664; Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Art of the Vatican: Michelangelo’s Early Work, 642–647; A Essential Knowledge 3-4c. Corporate and individual patronage informed the production, Broader Look: content, form, and display of art — from panel painting, altarpieces, sculpture, and print Raphael’s Cartoons for Tapestries in the to myriad decorative arts, such as metalwork and textiles. Displayed in churches, Sistine Chapel, pp. chapels, convents, palaces, and civic buildings, the arts performed various functions 648–649; Art and Is (e.g., propagandistic, commemorative, didactic, devotional, ritual, recreational, and Context: St. Peter’s decorative). Basilica, p. 653; Venice and Veneto, pp. 656–668 Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.2; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 2.3 21-9: Pieta, p. 643; 2112: Sistine Chapel Ceiling with Diagram Identifying Scenes, p. 646; 21-15: Cartoon for Tapestry Portraying Christ’s Charge to Peter, p. 649; 21-16: Christ’s Charge to Peter, p. 649; 21-24: The Tempest, p. 657 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapter 30: 30-45: Atrial Cross, p. 943; 3046: Virgin of Guadalupe, p. 944; 30-47: Mission Xavier del Bac, p. 945 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 3-4d. Art production in the Spanish viceroyalties in the Americas exhibited a hybridization of European and indigenous ideas, forms, and materials, with some African and Asian influences. Although much colonial art is religious, nonreligious subjects such as portraiture, allegory, genre, history, and decorative arts were central to Spanish viceregal societies. Page 47 of 72 See Chapter 30: The Art of the Americas Under Spain, pp. 943–945 Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 Chapter Page Numbers Content Area Essential Understanding 3-5. The 16th-century Protestant Reformation and subsequent Catholic Counter-Reformation compelled a divergence between northern and southern western European art with respect to form, function, and content. 22 Sixteenth-Century Art in Northern Europe and the pp. 678-711 Iberian Peninsula Early Europe and Colonial Americas 200–1750 C.E. Art History 5e, 2014, Student Edition, Image Examples Big Ideas 21-38: Last Judgment, Sistine Chapel, p. 669; 2139: St. Peter’s Vasilica, Vatican, p. 670; 21-40: Plan and Façade of the Church Il Gesú, Rome, p. 671 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 3-5b. Art production in the Spanish viceroyalties paralleled See Chapter 30: The European art practices in terms of themes, materials, formal vocabulary, display, and Art of the Americas reception. However, given the Spanish Catholic context in which this art production Under Spain, pp. developed, Spanish colonial art of the early modern period corresponded more closely to 943–945 that of southern Europe. Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 3.2 See Chapter 30: 30-45: Atrial Cross, p. 943; 3046: Virgin of Guadalupe, p. 944; 30-47: Mission Xavier del Bac, p. 945 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 3-1a. Medieval artistic traditions include late antique, early Christian, Byzantine, Islamic, migratory, Carolingian*, Romanesque, and Gothic, named for their principal culture, religion, government, and/or artistic style. Continuities and exchanges between coexisting traditions in medieval Europe are evident in shared artistic forms, functions, and techniques. Contextual information comes primarily from literary, theological, and governmental (both secular and religious) records, which vary in quantity according to period and geographical region, and to a lesser extent from archaeological excavations. Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.2; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event See Chapters 7, 8, 15, 16, Big Idea 2: Art 17 & 18 making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event See Chapters 8, 9, 16, 17 Big Idea 2: Art & 18 making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 3-1c. Medieval artists and architects were heavily influenced by Learning Objective earlier and contemporary cultures, including coexisting European cultures. Thus early 2.1; Learning medieval and Byzantine art was influenced by Roman art and by motifs and techniques See Chapters 17 & 18 Objective 2.2; brought by migratory tribes from eastern Europe, West Asia, and Scandinavia. High Learning Objective medieval art was influenced by Roman, Islamic, and migratory art, and European Islamic 2.3 art was influenced by Roman, migratory, Byzantine, and West Asian art. See Chapters 17 & 18 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 3-2a. Elite religious and court cultures throughout the Middle Ages Learning Objective prioritized the study of theology, music, literary and poetic invention, and in the Islamic See Chapters 17 & 18 2.1; Learning world, scientific and mathematical theory. Cultural and artistic exchanges were facilitated Objective 2.2 through trade and conquest. See Chapters 17 & 18 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 3-2b. Surviving architecture is primarily religious in function (though domestic architecture survives from the late Middle Ages); ground plans and elevations both accommodated worship and incorporated symbolic numbers, shapes, and ornament. Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event See Chapters 7, 8, 15, 16, Big Idea 2: Art 17, & 18 making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Enduring Understanding Enduring Understanding 3-1. European medieval art is generally studied in chronological order and divided into geographical regions, governing cultures, and identifiable styles, with associated but distinctive artistic traditions. There is significant overlap in time, geography, practice, and heritage of art created within this time frame and region. Nationalist agendas and disciplinary divisions based on the predominant language (Greek, Latin, or Arabic) and religion (Judaism, Western or Eastern Orthodox Christianity, or Islam) have caused considerable fragmentation in the study of medieval art. Essential Knowledge Essential Knowledge 3-5a. Production of religious imagery declined in northern Europe, and nonreligious genres, such as landscape, still life, genre, history, mythology, and portraiture, developed and flourished. In the south, there was an increase in the production of political propaganda, religious imagery, and pageantry, with the elaboration of naturalism, dynamic compositions, bold color schemes, and the affective power of images and constructed spaces. Stokstad Art History 5e, 2014 Student Edition Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Art and the Counter- Objective 2.1; Reformation, 668–671 Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 3.2 See Chapters 7, 8, 15, 16, 17 & 18 Essential Knowledge 3-1b. Before the late Middle Ages, the coexistence of many regional styles makes period-wide generalizations impossible. Isolated regional revivals of naturalism and classicism occurred, sometimes motivated by the association of classicism See Chapters 8, 9, 16, 17 & 18 with the Roman Christian emperors and church. Other traditions, such as those of European Islamic art and early medieval migratory art, embraced calligraphic line and script, as well as dense geometrical and organic ornament. Enduring Understanding 3-2. Medieval art (European, c. 300–1400 C.E.; Islamic, c. 300–1600 C.E.) derived from the requirements of worship (Jewish, Christian, or Islamic), elite or court culture, and learning. Page 48 of 72 Learning Objectives See Chapters 7, 8, 15, 16, 17, & 18 Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.4 Chapter Page Numbers Content Area Enduring Understanding Essential Knowledge Essential Knowledge 3-2c. Medieval figurative and aniconic two- and three-dimensional works of art are characterized by stylistic variety, avoidance of naturalism, primarily religious or courtly subject matter, and the incorporation of text. Stokstad Art History 5e, 2014 Student Edition See Chapters 7, 8, 15, 16, 17, & 18 Essential Knowledge 3-2d. Periodic rejections of figural imagery on religious structures or objects on theological grounds were common to all three major medieval religions. These See Chapters 7 & 8 artworks could facilitate a connection with the divine through their iconography (icons) or contents (reliquaries). Enduring Understanding 3-3. Art from the early modern Atlantic World is typically studied in chronological order, by geographical region, according to style, and by medium. Thus, early modernity and the Atlantic arena are highlighted, framing the initiation of globalization and emergence of modern Europe, and recognizing the role of the Americas in these developments. More attention has been given in recent years to larger cultural interactions, exchanges, and appropriations. Essential Knowledge 3-3a. The early modern Atlantic World encompasses what today is known as Western Europe — specifically Italy, Spain, France, Germany, England, Belgium, and the Netherlands — and those territories in the Americas that were part of the Spanish empire, including the Caribbean, the Western and Southwestern regions of the United States, Mexico, Central America, and South America, from approximately 1400 to 1850 C.E. Study of this art historical period, and specifically of the European material traditionally identified by the more familiar labels of Renaissance and Baroque, is canonical in the discipline and is thus extremely well documented. Most primary source material is housed in archives and libraries worldwide and includes works of art both in situ and in private and public collections. An immense body of secondary scholarly literature also exists. Sixteenth-Century Art in Northern Europe and the Iberian Peninsula, p. 679; The Reformation and the Arts, pp. 680–681; Germany, pp. 681–690; France, pp. 691–694; Spain and Portugal, pp.695–697; The Netherlands, pp. 698–707; England, pp. 707–711 Essential Knowledge 3-3b. The traditional art history survey presents a historical narrative that, by selectively mapping development of the so-called Old World, constructs the idea of the West. One problem with this model is that in privileging Europe, the Old World is placed in an oppositional relationship to the rest of the world, which tends to be marginalized, if not neglected. A focus upon early modernity and interconnectedness of the Atlantic regions presents a more comprehensive approach to the study of art. Germany, pp. 681–690; France, pp. 691–694; Spain and Portugal, pp. 697; The Netherlands, pp. 698–707; England, pp. 707–711 Essential Knowledge 3-3c. The advent of the Age of Exploration in the late 15th century resulted in the emergence of global commercial and cultural networks via transoceanic trade and colonization. European ideas, forms, and practices began to be disseminated worldwide as a result of exploration, trade, conquest, and colonization. Essential Knowledge 3-3d. Information and objects from different parts of the world were gathered in European cultural centers, where their influence is evident in the contents of curiosity cabinets, advances in science and technology, consolidation of European political and economic power, and the development of modern conceptions of difference such as race and nationalism. Page 49 of 72 See Chapter 30: The Art of the Americas Under Spain, pp. 943–945 A French Renaissance Under Francis I, pp. 691–694; The Louvre, p. 694; Artists in the Tudor Court, pp. 707–711 Learning Objectives Art History 5e, 2014, Student Edition, Image Examples Big Ideas Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 3.1; Learning Objective 3.2 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event See Chapters 7, 8, 15, 16, Big Idea 2: Art 17, & 18 making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 3.2 See Chapters 7 & 8 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 2.3 22-1: Albert Dürer, p. 678; 22-4: Isenheim Altarpiece, p. 683; 22-9: Four Apostles, p. 687; 2213: Francis I, p. 691; 2219: Burial of Count Orgaz, p. 69722-20: Garden of Earthly Delights, p. 698 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 2.3 22-25: Isenheim Altarpiece (Closed and First Opening), p. 684; 228: Adam and Eve, p. 686; 22-9: Four Apostles, p. 687; 22-27: Elizabeth I (the Ditchley Portrait), p. 708; 22-28: George Clifford, Third Earl of Cumberland, p. 708 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 See Chapter 30: 30-45: Atrial Cross, p. 943; 3046: Virgin of Guadalupe, p. 944; 30-47: Mission Xavier del Bac, p. 945 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 22-14: Château of Chenonceau, p. 692; 2216: West Wing, Palais du Louvre, Paris, p. 694; 2227: Elizabeth I (the Ditchley Portrait), p. 708; 22-29: Third Earl of Cumberland, p. 709; 2230: Hardwick Hall, p. 710 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Chapter Page Numbers Content Area Learning Objectives Art History 5e, 2014, Student Edition, Image Examples Big Ideas Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.2; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 3.1 22-3: Apple Cup, p. 682; 22-7: The Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse, p. 686; 22-9: Four Apostles, p. 687; 22-17: Window, Church in the Convent of Christ, p. 695; 22-25: Return of the Hunters, p. 704; 22-28: The Harvesters, p. 705 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Mathias Grünewald, pp. 683–684; Albert Essential Knowledge 3-4b. The emergence of academies redefined art training and the Dürer, pp. 685–691; production and identity of the artist by introducing more structured, theoretical curricula Painting, pp. in centralized educational institutions. 696–697; Artists in the Tudor Court, pp. 707–711 Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 2.3 22-25: Isenheim Altarpiece (Closed and First Opening), p. 684; 228: Adam and Eve, p. 686; 22-9: Four Apostles, p. 687; 22-27: Elizabeth I (the Ditchley Portrait), p. 708; 22-28: George Clifford, Third Earl of Cumberland, p. 708 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable A French Renaissance Under Francis I, pp. Essential Knowledge 3-4c. Corporate and individual patronage informed the production, 691–694; Spain and content, form, and display of art — from panel painting, altarpieces, sculpture, and print Portugal (Philip II), to myriad decorative arts, such as metalwork and textiles. Displayed in churches, pp.695–697; Art for chapels, convents, palaces, and civic buildings, the arts performed various functions Aristocratic and Noble (e.g., propagandistic, commemorative, didactic, devotional, ritual, recreational, and Patrons, pp. 698–701; decorative). Artists in the Tudor Court, pp. 707–711 Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.2; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 2.3 22-13: Francis I, p. 691; 22-14: Château of Chenonceau, p. 692; 2219: Burial of Count Orgaz, p. 697; 22-22: Drawing the Virgin Mary, p. 701; 22-27: Elizabeth I (the Ditchley Portrait), p. 708; 22-28: George Clifford, Third Earl of Cumberland, p. 708 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 See Chapter 30: 30-45: Atrial Cross, p. 943; 3046: Virgin of Guadalupe, p. 944; 30-47: Mission Xavier del Bac, p. 945 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 3.2 22-1: Albert Dürer, p. 678; 22-4: Isenheim Altarpiece, p. 683; 22-9: Four Apostles, p. 687; 2213: Francis I, p. 691; 2219: Burial of Count Orgaz, p. 697; 22-20: Garden of Earthly Delights, p. 698 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapter 30: 30-45: Atrial Cross, p. 943; 3046: Virgin of Guadalupe, p. 944; 30-47: Mission Xavier del Bac, p. 945 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Enduring Understanding Essential Knowledge Stokstad Art History 5e, 2014 Student Edition Sixteenth-Century Art in Northern Europe and the Iberian Peninsula, p. 679; Technique: German Metalwork: A Collaborative Venture, p. 682; Albert Dürer, pp. 685–691; Art and Enduring Understanding 3-4. The arts of 15th century Europe Its Contexts: The reflected an interest in classical models, enhanced naturalism, Castle of the Ladies, Christianity, pageantry, and increasingly formalized artistic p. 692; Art and Its training. In the 17th century, architectural design and figuration Essential Knowledge 3-4a. Developments in the form and use of visual elements, such as Contexts: Sculpture linear and atmospheric perspective, composition, color, figuration, and narrative, in painting and sculpture continued to be based on classical for the Knights of enhanced the illusion of naturalism. principles and formulas but with a pronounced interest in Christ of Tomar, p. compositional complexity, dynamic movement, and theatricality. 695; Graphic Arts, p. There was an increasing emphasis on time, narrative, heightened 698; A Broader Look: naturalism, and psychological or emotional impact. Bruegel’s Cycle of the Months, oo, 704–705; A Closer Look: The French Ambassadors, p. 706; Art and It Context: Armor for Royal Games, p. 709; Architecture, pp. 710–711 Essential Understanding 3-5. The 16th-century Protestant Reformation and subsequent Catholic Counter-Reformation compelled a divergence between northern and southern western European art with respect to form, function, and content. Essential Knowledge 3-4d. Art production in the Spanish viceroyalties in the Americas exhibited a hybridization of European and indigenous ideas, forms, and materials, with some African and Asian influences. Although much colonial art is religious, nonreligious subjects such as portraiture, allegory, genre, history, and decorative arts were central to Spanish viceregal societies. See Chapter 30: The Art of the Americas Under Spain, pp. 943–945 Essential Knowledge 3-5a. Production of religious imagery declined in northern Europe, and nonreligious genres, such as landscape, still life, genre, history, mythology, and portraiture, developed and flourished. In the south, there was an increase in the production of political propaganda, religious imagery, and pageantry, with the elaboration of naturalism, dynamic compositions, bold color schemes, and the affective power of images and constructed spaces. Sixteenth-Century Art in Northern Europe and the Iberian Peninsula, p. 679; The Reformation and the Arts, pp. 680–681; Germany, pp. 681–690; France, pp. 691–694; Spain and Portugal, pp. 695–697; The Netherlands, pp. 698–707; England, pp. 707–711 Essential Knowledge 3-5b. Art production in the Spanish viceroyalties paralleled See Chapter 30: The European art practices in terms of themes, materials, formal vocabulary, display, and Art of the Americas reception. However, given the Spanish Catholic context in which this art production Under Spain, pp. developed, Spanish colonial art of the early modern period corresponded more closely to 943–945 that of southern Europe. Page 50 of 72 Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 3.2 Chapter 23 Seventeenth-Century Art in Europe Page Numbers pp. 712-769 Content Area Early Europe and Colonial Americas 200–1750 C.E. Enduring Understanding Enduring Understanding 3-1. European medieval art is generally studied in chronological order and divided into geographical regions, governing cultures, and identifiable styles, with associated but distinctive artistic traditions. There is significant overlap in time, geography, practice, and heritage of art created within this time frame and region. Nationalist agendas and disciplinary divisions based on the predominant language (Greek, Latin, or Arabic) and religion (Judaism, Western or Eastern Orthodox Christianity, or Islam) have caused considerable fragmentation in the study of medieval art. Essential Knowledge Stokstad Art History 5e, 2014 Student Edition Art History 5e, 2014, Student Edition, Image Examples Big Ideas Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.2; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event See Chapters 7, 8, 15, 16, Big Idea 2: Art 17 & 18 making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event See Chapters 8, 9, 16, 17 Big Idea 2: Art & 18 making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 3-1c. Medieval artists and architects were heavily influenced by Learning Objective earlier and contemporary cultures, including coexisting European cultures. Thus early 2.1; Learning medieval and Byzantine art was influenced by Roman art and by motifs and techniques See Chapters 17 & 18 Objective 2.2; brought by migratory tribes from eastern Europe, West Asia, and Scandinavia. High Learning Objective medieval art was influenced by Roman, Islamic, and migratory art, and European Islamic 2.3 art was influenced by Roman, migratory, Byzantine, and West Asian art. See Chapters 17 & 18 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 3-2a. Elite religious and court cultures throughout the Middle Ages Learning Objective prioritized the study of theology, music, literary and poetic invention, and in the Islamic See Chapters 17 & 18 2.1; Learning world, scientific and mathematical theory. Cultural and artistic exchanges were facilitated Objective 2.2 through trade and conquest. See Chapters 17 & 18 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 3-2b. Surviving architecture is primarily religious in function (though domestic architecture survives from the late Middle Ages); ground plans and elevations both accommodated worship and incorporated symbolic numbers, shapes, and ornament. Essential Knowledge 3-1a. Medieval artistic traditions include late antique, early Christian, Byzantine, Islamic, migratory, Carolingian*, Romanesque, and Gothic, named for their principal culture, religion, government, and/or artistic style. Continuities and exchanges between coexisting traditions in medieval Europe are evident in shared artistic forms, functions, and techniques. Contextual information comes primarily from literary, theological, and governmental (both secular and religious) records, which vary in quantity according to period and geographical region, and to a lesser extent from archaeological excavations. See Chapters 7, 8, 15, 16, 17 & 18 Essential Knowledge 3-1b. Before the late Middle Ages, the coexistence of many regional styles makes period-wide generalizations impossible. Isolated regional revivals of naturalism and classicism occurred, sometimes motivated by the association of classicism See Chapters 8, 9, 16, 17 & 18 with the Roman Christian emperors and church. Other traditions, such as those of European Islamic art and early medieval migratory art, embraced calligraphic line and script, as well as dense geometrical and organic ornament. Enduring Understanding 3-2. Medieval art (European, c. 300–1400 C.E.; Islamic, c. 300–1600 C.E.) derived from the requirements of worship (Jewish, Christian, or Islamic), elite or court culture, and learning. Learning Objectives Essential Knowledge 3-2c. Medieval figurative and aniconic two- and three-dimensional works of art are characterized by stylistic variety, avoidance of naturalism, primarily religious or courtly subject matter, and the incorporation of text. See Chapters 7, 8, 15, 16, 17, & 18 Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.4 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event See Chapters 7, 8, 15, 16, Big Idea 2: Art 17, & 18 making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapters 7, 8, 15, 16, 17, & 18 Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 3.1; Learning Objective 3.2 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event See Chapters 7, 8, 15, 16, Big Idea 2: Art 17, & 18 making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 3.2 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 3-2d. Periodic rejections of figural imagery on religious structures or objects on theological grounds were common to all three major medieval religions. These See Chapters 7 & 8 artworks could facilitate a connection with the divine through their iconography (icons) or contents (reliquaries). Page 51 of 72 See Chapters 7 & 8 Chapter Page Numbers Content Area Enduring Understanding Enduring Understanding 3-3. Art from the early modern Atlantic World is typically studied in chronological order, by geographical region, according to style, and by medium. Thus, early modernity and the Atlantic arena are highlighted, framing the initiation of globalization and emergence of modern Europe, and recognizing the role of the Americas in these developments. More attention has been given in recent years to larger cultural interactions, exchanges, and appropriations. Essential Knowledge Essential Knowledge 3-3a. The early modern Atlantic World encompasses what today is known as Western Europe — specifically Italy, Spain, France, Germany, England, Belgium, and the Netherlands — and those territories in the Americas that were part of the Spanish empire, including the Caribbean, the Western and Southwestern regions of the United States, Mexico, Central America, and South America, from approximately 1400 to 1850 C.E. Study of this art historical period, and specifically of the European material traditionally identified by the more familiar labels of Renaissance and Baroque, is canonical in the discipline and is thus extremely well documented. Most primary source material is housed in archives and libraries worldwide and includes works of art both in situ and in private and public collections. An immense body of secondary scholarly literature also exists. Essential Knowledge 3-3b. The traditional art history survey presents a historical narrative that, by selectively mapping development of the so-called Old World, constructs the idea of the West. One problem with this model is that in privileging Europe, the Old World is placed in an oppositional relationship to the rest of the world, which tends to be marginalized, if not neglected. A focus upon early modernity and interconnectedness of the Atlantic regions presents a more comprehensive approach to the study of art. Essential Knowledge 3-3c. The advent of the Age of Exploration in the late 15th century resulted in the emergence of global commercial and cultural networks via transoceanic trade and colonization. European ideas, forms, and practices began to be disseminated worldwide as a result of exploration, trade, conquest, and colonization. Essential Knowledge 3-3d. Information and objects from different parts of the world were gathered in European cultural centers, where their influence is evident in the contents of curiosity cabinets, advances in science and technology, consolidation of European political and economic power, and the development of modern conceptions of difference such as race and nationalism. Stokstad Art History 5e, 2014 Student Edition Seventeenth-Century Art in Europe, p. 713; “Baroque” p. 714; Italy, pp. 714–729; Spain, pp. 730–736; Flanders and the Netherlands, pp. 736–756; France, pp. 757–765; England, pp. 766–769 Italy, pp. 714–729; Spain, pp. 730–736; Flanders and the Netherlands, pp. 736–756; France, pp. 757–765; England, pp. 766–769 Art History 5e, 2014, Student Edition, Image Examples Big Ideas Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 2.3 23-1: St. Teresa of Ávila in Ecstasy, p. 712; 23-2: St. Peter’s Basilica and Piazza, p. 716; 23-8: Ceiling of Gallery, Palazzo Farnese, p. 721; 23-12: The Conversion of St. Paul, p. 726; 23-17: Martyrdom of St. Bartholomew, p. 731; 2322: The Immaculate Conception, p. 735; 3-57: Banqueting Hall, Whitehall Palace, p. 766; 23-58: Interior Banqueting Hall, Whitehall Palace, p. 767; 23-59: Façade of St. Paul’s Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 2.3 23-2: St. Peter’s Basilica and Piazza, p. 716; 23-8: Ceiling of Gallery, Palazzo Farnese, p. 721; 23-12: The Conversion of St. Paul, p. 726; 23-36: Three Crosses (First State), p. 748; 23-36: Three Crosses (Fourth State), p. 748; 23-46: Plate 9 from the Metamorphosis of the Insects of Srinam, p. 756; Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapter 30: The Art of the Americas Under Spain, pp. 943–945 Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 See Chapter 30: 30-45: Atrial Cross, p. 943; 3046: Virgin of Guadalupe, p. 944; 30-47: Mission Xavier del Bac, p. 945 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Architecture and Its Decoration at Versailles, pp. 758–760 Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 23-49: Garden Façade of the Palace of Versailles, p. 759; 23-50: Hall of Mirrors, p. 760; 23-51: Plan of the Gardens of the Palace of Versailles, p. 761 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.2; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 3.1 23-36: Three Crosses (First State), p. 748; 2336: Three Crosses (Fourth State), p. 748; 23-46: Plate 9 from the Metamorphosis of the Insects of Srinam, p. 756; 23-54: Landscape with St. Matthew and the Angel, p. 764; 23-56: Pastoral Landscape, p. 765 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable “Baroque” p. 714; Architecture and Sculpture in Rome, pp. 714–720; Painting, pp. Enduring Understanding 3-4. The arts of 15th century Europe 720–723, 726–729; A Broader Look: reflected an interest in classical models, enhanced naturalism, Caravaggio in the Christianity, pageantry, and increasingly formalized artistic training. In the 17th century, architectural design and figuration Essential Knowledge 3-4a. Developments in the form and use of visual elements, such as Contarelli Chapel, pp. linear and atmospheric perspective, composition, color, figuration, and narrative, 724–725; A Closer in painting and sculpture continued to be based on classical enhanced the illusion of naturalism. Look: Prometheus principles and formulas but with a pronounced interest in Bound, p. 740; compositional complexity, dynamic movement, and theatricality. Technique: Etching There was an increasing emphasis on time, narrative, heightened and Drypoint, p. 748; naturalism, and psychological or emotional impact. Art and Its Contexts: Science and the Changing Worldview, p. 756; Pastoral Landscapes, p. 764 Page 52 of 72 Learning Objectives Chapter Page Numbers Content Area Learning Objectives Art History 5e, 2014, Student Edition, Image Examples Big Ideas Dutch Masters: Rubens, pp. 736–742; Rembrandt Van Rijn, pp. 746–749; Essential Knowledge 3-4b. The emergence of academies redefined art training and the Johannes Vermeer, production and identity of the artist by introducing more structured, theoretical curricula pp. 750–751; Art and Its Contexts: Grading in centralized educational institutions. the Old Masters, p. 763; British Architecture, pp. 766–769 Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 2.3 23-26: The Raising of the Cross, p. 738; 23-34: The Anatomy Lesson of Dr. Nicolaes Tulp. P. 746; 2335: The Company of Captain Frans Banning COCQ (The Night Watch), p. 747; 23-57: Banqueting Hall, Whitehall Palace, p. 766; 23-58: Interior Banqueting Hall, Whitehall Palace, p. 767; 23-59: Façade of St. Paul’s Cathedral, p. 768 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable A Broader Look: Caravaggio in the Contarelli Chapel, pp. 724–725; The Dutch Republic, pp. 742–757; France and Louis VIV, pp. 757–761; Roscioli Commissions Poussin, pp. 763–765 Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.2; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 2.3 23-10: Contarelli Chapel, Big Idea 1: Artists p. 724; 23-11: The Calling manipulate materials of St. Matthew, p. 725; 23- and idas to create an 35: The Company of aesthetic object, act, Captain Frans Banning or event COCQ (The Night Watch), Big Idea 2: Art p. 747; 23-54: Landscape making is shaped by with St. Matthew and the tradition and change Angel, p. 764; 23-55: Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art Landscape with St. John are variable on Patmos, p. 765 Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 See Chapter 30: 30-45: Atrial Cross, p. 943; 3046: Virgin of Guadalupe, p. 944; 30-47: Mission Xavier del Bac, p. 945 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapters 21 & 22 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 3.2 See Chapter 30: 30-45: Atrial Cross, p. 943; 3046: Virgin of Guadalupe, p. 944; 30-47: Mission Xavier del Bac, p. 945 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Enduring Understanding Essential Knowledge Essential Knowledge 3-4c. Corporate and individual patronage informed the production, content, form, and display of art — from panel painting, altarpieces, sculpture, and print to myriad decorative arts, such as metalwork and textiles. Displayed in churches, chapels, convents, palaces, and civic buildings, the arts performed various functions (e.g., propagandistic, commemorative, didactic, devotional, ritual, recreational, and decorative). Essential Knowledge 3-4d. Art production in the Spanish viceroyalties in the Americas exhibited a hybridization of European and indigenous ideas, forms, and materials, with some African and Asian influences. Although much colonial art is religious, nonreligious subjects such as portraiture, allegory, genre, history, and decorative arts were central to Spanish viceregal societies. Essential Understanding 3-5. The 16th-century Protestant Reformation and subsequent Catholic Counter-Reformation compelled a divergence between northern and southern western European art with respect to form, function, and content. Essential Knowledge 3-5a. Production of religious imagery declined in northern Europe, and nonreligious genres, such as landscape, still life, genre, history, mythology, and portraiture, developed and flourished. In the south, there was an increase in the production of political propaganda, religious imagery, and pageantry, with the elaboration of naturalism, dynamic compositions, bold color schemes, and the affective power of images and constructed spaces. Stokstad Art History 5e, 2014 Student Edition See Chapter 30: The Art of the Americas Under Spain, pp. 943–945 See Chapters 21 & 22 Essential Knowledge 3-5b. Art production in the Spanish viceroyalties paralleled See Chapter 30: The European art practices in terms of themes, materials, formal vocabulary, display, and Art of the Americas reception. However, given the Spanish Catholic context in which this art production Under Spain, pp. developed, Spanish colonial art of the early modern period corresponded more closely to 943–945 that of southern Europe. 24 Art of South and Southeast Asia after 1200 pp. 770-791 South, East, and Southeast Asia 300 B.C.E.–1980 C.E. Enduring Understanding 8-1. The arts of South, East, and Southeast Asia represent some of the world’s oldest, most diverse, and most sophisticated visual traditions. Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 3.2 Essential Knowledge 8-1a. South, East, and Southeast Asia have long traditions of art making, reaching back into prehistoric times. The earliest known ceramic vessels were found in Asia: fired shards from Yuchanyan Cave in China have been dated to 18,300 and 17,500 B.C.E., followed by Jomon vessels from Japan with shards dating back to 10,500 B.C.E. Sophisticated Neolithic and Bronze Age civilizations thrived across Asia, including the Indus Valley civilization in Pakistan and India, the Yangshao* and Longshan* cultures and Shang Dynasty* in China, the Dongson* culture in Southeast Asia, and the Yayoi* and Kofun* cultures in Japan. See Chapters 10, 11, & 12. Also, the following feature in Chapter 24 provides an overview of the history of the region: Art and Its Contexts: Foundations of Indian Culture, p. 774 Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 1.4 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event See Chapters 10, 11, & 12 Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 8-1b. The people and cultures of these regions were diverse, but prehistoric and ancient societies based in key regions (e.g., the Indus River Valley, Gangetic Plain, and Yellow River) developed core social and religious beliefs that were embraced across larger cultural spheres, helping to shape the regional identities of people within Asia. See Chapters 10, 11, & 12. Also, the following feature in Chapter 24 provides Learning Objective an overview of the 1.3 history of the region: Art and Its Contexts: Foundations of Indian Culture, p. 774 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event See Chapters 10, 11, & 12 Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Page 53 of 72 Chapter Page Numbers Content Area Enduring Understanding Essential Knowledge Learning Objectives Art History 5e, 2014, Student Edition, Image Examples Big Ideas See Chapters 10, 11, & 12. Also, the Essential Knowledge 8-1c. The core cultural centers in Asia became home to many of the following feature in world’s great civilizations and ruling dynasties, including the following: Gupta India, Han Chapter 24 provides Learning Objective China, Khmer Cambodia, and Heian Japan. The shared cultural ideas in each region and an overview of the 1.3; Learning civilization gave birth to visual traditions that employed related subjects, functions, history of the region: Objective 2.1 materials, and artistic styles. Art and Its Contexts: Foundations of Indian Culture, p. 774 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event See Chapters 10, 11, & 12 Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapters 10, 11, & 12. Also, the following feature in Chapter 24 provides Learning Objective an overview of the 1.3 history of the region: Art and Its Contexts: Foundations of Indian Culture, p. 774 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event See Chapters 10, 11, & 12 Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 8-2b. East Asian religions emphasize the interconnectedness of humans with both the natural world and the spirit world. Chinese societies also developed a hierarchical and differentiated society that encouraged appropriate social behaviors. Daoism, with its almost antisocial focus on living in harmony with nature and the Dao, and Confucianism, more of an ethical system of behaviors rather than a religion, both developed in China in the fifth century B.C.E. from these foundations. Buddhism, which arrived in China in the early centuries of the Common Era, shared clear affinities with the indigenous Chinese religions through its focus on nature, interconnectedness, and appropriate behavior. Korean traditions were heavily influenced by China and incorporate Confucian, Buddhist, and local shamanistic beliefs and practices. The ancient Japanese landscape was alive and inhabited by animistic nature spirits, whose veneration forms the basis of the Shinto religion. Buddhism was actively imported to Japan from Korea and China in the seventh and eighth centuries, and as in China, it succeeded because of courtly patronage and similarities with local traditions. See Chapters 10, 11, & 12. Also, the following feature in Chapter 24 provides Learning Objective an overview of the 1.3; Learning history of the region: Objective 1.4 Art and Its Contexts: Foundations of Indian Culture, p. 774 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event See Chapters 10, 11, & 12 Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 8-2c. Religious practices associated with Hinduism, Buddhism, and Jainism are iconic, therefore figural imagery of divinities and revered teachers plays a prominent role in religious practice. The wealth of Buddhist imagery in Asia alone would rival, if not surpass, the wealth of Christian imagery in medieval Europe. Figural imagery associated with Asian religious art may be venerated in temple or shrine settings; may inhabit conceptual landscapes and palaces of ideal Buddhist worlds, or mandalas; and are depicted in paintings. Figural subjects are common in Indian and East Asian painting. Art of South and Southeast Asia after 1200, p. 771; South Asia After 1200, pp. 772–776; Mughal Learning Objective Period, pp. 776–782; 1.3 Southeast Asia After 1200, pp. 785–789; A Closer Look: The Sukhothai Buddha, p. 787 24-2: The Bodhisattva Avalokiteshvara, p. 773; 24-7: Akbar Inpsecting the Construction of Fatehpur Sikri, p. 777; 2417: Seated Buddha, p. 786 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 8-2d. South, East, and Southeast Asia were also home to foreign cultures and religions, including Greco–Roman cultures, Christianity, and most notably Islamic cultures from West and Central Asia. Islamic influence is particularly strong in India, Malaysia, and Indonesia, which were under at least partial control of Islamic sultanates during the second millennia C.E. These regions have also been influenced by cultures and beliefs from West Asia and Europe. Today South and Southeast Asia are home to the world’s largest Muslim populations. Qutb Minar, p. 775–776; Mughal Period, p. 776–782; A Broader Look: Learning Objective Painting of Jahangir 1.3 and Shah Abbas, p. 778; Islamic Art in Southeast Asia, p. 789 24-6: Diwan-I-Khas (Private Audience Hall), p. 777; 24-9: Jahangir and Prince Khurram Feasted by Nur Jahan, p. 779; 2420: Minaret, Kudus Mosque Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 8-2e. Architecture from these regions is frequently religious in function. Temples intended to house deities or shrines were constructed or rock cut. Rock-cut caves containing Buddhist imagery, shrines, stupas, and monastic spaces span across Asia from India through Central Asia to China. Japanese architecture often uses natural materials such as wood or follows Chinese architectural models with wood structures and tile roofs. Islamic architecture in South and Southeast Asia takes two major forms: secular (forts and palaces) and religious (mosques and tombs). Islamic mosques are decorated with nonfigural imagery, including calligraphy and vegetal forms. All mosques have a Qibla wall, which faces in the direction of Mecca, home of the Kaaba. This wall is ornamented with an empty Mihrab niche, which serves as a focus for prayer. Art of South and Southeast Asia after 1200, p. 771; Temple at Madurai, p. 774–775; Taj Mahal, pp. 779–780; Kudus Mosque, Indonesia, p. 789 Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 3.1; Learning Objective 3.2 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an 24-1: Taj Mahal, p. 770; aesthetic object, act, 24-4: Outer Gopura of the or event Minakshi-Sundareshvara Big Idea 2: Art Temple, p. 775; 24-20: making is shaped by Minaret, Kudus Mosque tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapters 10, 11, & 12 Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 3.1; Learning Objective 3.2 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event See Chapters 10, 11, & 12 Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 8-2a. The ancient Indic worldview that dominated South Asia differentiated earthly and cosmic realms of existence, while recognizing certain sites or Enduring Understanding 8-2. Many of the world’s great religious beings as sacred, and understood time and life as cyclic. The religions that developed in and philosophic traditions developed in South and East Asia. this region — Hinduism, Buddhism, Jainism, Sikhism, and numerous folk religions — all Extensive traditions of distinctive religious art forms developed in worked within this worldview and sought spiritual development, spiritual release, or this region to support the beliefs and practices of these religions. divine union through various religious methodologies and social practices. The Indic worldview was also grafted onto the preexisting animistic and popular beliefs in Southeast Asia during several waves of importation and Indian attempts at colonization. Enduring Understanding 8-3. South, East, and Southeast Asia developed many artistic and architectural traditions that are deeply rooted in Asian aesthetics and cultural practices. Stokstad Art History 5e, 2014 Student Edition Essential Knowledge 8-3a. Distinctive art forms from South, East, and Southeast Asia include the following: the construction of Buddhist reliquary stupas; the practice of monochromatic ink painting on silk and paper, which developed in China; the development of the Pagoda, an architectural form based upon a Chinese watchtower; the use of rock gardens, tea houses, and related ceremonies; and Japanese woodblock printing. Page 54 of 72 Chapter Page Numbers Content Area Essential Knowledge Stokstad Art History 5e, 2014 Student Edition Learning Objectives Art History 5e, 2014, Student Edition, Image Examples Big Ideas Essential Knowledge 8-3b. The arts of South, East, and Southeast Asia include important forms developed in a wide range of media. Stone and wood carving was a prominent art form used in architectural construction, decoration, and sculpture. Ceramic arts have flourished in Asia since the prehistoric era, and many technical and stylistic advancements in this media, such as the use of high-fire porcelain, developed here. Metal was used to create sculpture, arms and armor, ritual vessels, and decorative objects of all kinds. Shang Dynasty bronze vessels* from China employed a unique piecemolding technique that has never been successfully replicated. Important textile forms from this region include silk and wool tapestry weaving, cotton weaving, printing, painting, and carpet weaving. Painting in Asia usually took two forms: wall painting and manuscript or album painting. The painting styles that developed in India and East Asia favor contour drawing of forms over modeling. Calligraphy was an important art form in these regions. In China, calligraphy was considered the highest art form, even above painting. Calligraphy was also prominent in Islamic art in Asia, and is found on architecture, decorative arts objects, and ceramic tiles, and in manuscripts written on paper, cloth, or vellum. Changes in Religion and Art, pp. 772–776; A Broader Look: Painting of Jahangir and Shah Abbas, p. 778; Painting in the Court of Jahangir, p. 779; Rajput Painting, pp. 780–782; Technique: Indian Painting on Paper, p. 782; Buddhist Art and Kingship, pp. 785–789; A Closer Look: The Sukhothai Buddha, p. 787 Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 3.1; Learning Objective 3.2 24-2: The Bodhisattva Avalokiteshvara, p. 773; 24-9: Jahangir and Prince Khurram Feasted by Nur Jahan, p. 779; 24-17: Seated Buddha, p. 786 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Temple at Madurai, p. 774–775; Art and Its Contexts: Foundations Essential Knowledge 8-3c. The practice of the indigenous Asian religions necessitated the of Indian Culture, p. development of novel art and architectural forms to support them. Uniquely Asian art 774; Rajput Painting, forms include the following: iconic images used in Buddhist and Hindu traditions; pp. 780–782; elaborate narrative and iconographic compositions created in sculptures, textiles, and Technique: Indian wall paintings used to ornament shrines, temples, and caves; the Buddhist stupa and Painting on Paper, p. 782; Buddhist Art and monastic complex; the Hindu temple; Raigo scenes* associated with Pure Land Kingship, pp. Buddhism; the Zen rock garden; and Zen ink painting. 785–789; A Closer Look: The Sukhothai Buddha, p. 787 Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 3.1; Learning Objective 3.2 24-2: The Bodhisattva Avalokiteshvara, p. 773; 24-4: Outer Gopura of the Minakshi-Sundareshvara Temple, p. 775; 24-18: Shwedagon Stupa (Pagoda), p. 786 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 8-3d. South, East, and Southeast Asia have rich traditions of courtly and secular art forms that employ local subjects and styles. In India, regional painting styles developed to illustrate mythical and historical subjects, and poetic texts documented court life. In China and Japan, a new genre of literati painting developed among the educated elite. Literati paintings often reveal the nonprofessional artist’s exploration of landscape subjects, which are frequently juxtaposed with poetry. The term secular is a bit misleading when describing Asian art, as religious ideas or content frequently is carried over into secular art forms (e.g., Hindu deities depicted in Ragamala painting* in India, or Zen Buddhist sensibilities applied to ceramic production and flower arranging in Japan). Elegant and elaborate decorative programs featuring floral and animal designs are commonly found on decorative arts from East Asia. Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 3.1 24-11: Krishna and the Gopis, p. 781; 24-12: Hour of Cowdust, p. 782; 24-15: Mother India, p. 784 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapter 11 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable 24-6: Diwan-I-Khas (Private Audience Hall), p. 777; 24-9: Jahangir and Prince Khurram Feasted by Nur Jahan, p. 779; 2420: Minaret, Kudus Mosque Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapters 25 & 26 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Enduring Understanding Enduring Understanding 8-4. Asian art was and is global. The cultures of South, East, and Southeast Asia were interconnected through trade and politics and were also in contact with West Asia and Europe throughout history. Rajput Painting, pp. 780–782; Hour of Cowdust, p. 782; Mother India, p. 784 Essential Knowledge 8-4a. Trade greatly affected the development of Asian cultures and Asian art. Two major methods for international trade connected Asia: the Silk Route that linked Europe and Asia, connecting the Indian subcontinent to overland trade routes through Central Asia, terminating in X’ian, China, and the vast maritime networks that See Chapter 11 utilized seasonal monsoon winds to move trade between North Africa, West Asia, South and Southeast Asia, and south China. These routes were the vital mechanism for the transmission of cultural ideas and practices, such as Buddhism, and of artistic forms, media, and styles across mainland and maritime Asia. Essential Knowledge 8-4b. Asian arts and architecture reveal exchanges of knowledge in visual style, form, and technology with traditions farther west. Early connections with the Greco–Roman world are evident in the Hellenistic-influenced artistic style and subjects found in artwork associated with ancient Gandharan culture in Afghanistan and Pakistan (Gandhara bridges what is categorized as West and East Asian content in AP Art History; influence of Gandharan art is observed in the Buddha of Bamiyan). Early Buddha sculptures in north India, China, and Japan wear a two-shouldered robe based upon the Roman toga. South and Southeast Asia had early contact with Islam through trade and in western India, through military campaigns. In the 12th and 13th centuries, Islamic sultanates arose in these lands, creating another layer of cultural practices and interactions and impacting Asian visual culture through the importation and creation of new art forms and styles. Innovations based upon Islamic influence in these areas include the use of paper for manuscripts and paintings, as well as the adoption of Mughal styles in Hindu court architecture, painting, and fashion. European influence is evident in the evolution of architectural styles, and in the adoption of naturalism and perspective in Asian painting traditions during the colonial era. Learning Objective 1.3 Qutb Minar, pp. 775–776; Mughal Learning Objective Period, p. 776–782; A 1.3; Learning Broader Look: Objective 2.1; Painting of Jahangir Learning Objective and Shah Abbas, p. 2.2; Learning 778; Islamic Art in Objective 3.1 Southeast Asia, p. 789 Essential Knowledge 8-4c. Asian Art forms had great influence upon the arts of West Asia and Europe. Art and ideas were exchanged through trade routes. The impact of Asian art is especially evident during times of free exchange, such as the Silk Route during the Han and Tang Dynasties and Mongol Empire, the colonial era, and the opening of Japan Learning Objective for trade in the 19th century. In West Asia and Europe, collectors acquired Asian art 1.1; Learning works through gift or trade. Ceramics created in China, from Tang slipwares to high-fire Objective 1.3; porcelains, have been coveted internationally for over one thousand years. The Learning Objective popularity of Chinese blue-and-white porcelain was so high that ceramic centers in Iran, See Chapters 25 & 26 1.4; Learning Turkey, and across Europe developed local versions of blue-and-white ceramics to meet Objective 2.1; market demand. Textiles are also a very important Asian art form and dominated much Learning Objective of the international trade between Europe and Asia. Silk and silk weaving originated in 2.2 China, where it flourished for thousands of years. Cotton was first spun and woven in the Indus Valley region of Pakistan and was, like silk, important for international trade. Crosscultural comparisons may be made most readily between the arts of South, East, and Southeast Asia and arts of the ancient Mediterranean, medieval Europe, and West Asia. Page 55 of 72 Chapter Page Numbers 25 Chinese and Korean Art pp. 792-813 after 1279 Content Area South, East, and Southeast Asia 300 B.C.E.–1980 C.E. Enduring Understanding Enduring Understanding 8-1. The arts of South, East, and Southeast Asia represent some of the world’s oldest, most diverse, and most sophisticated visual traditions. Essential Knowledge Stokstad Art History 5e, 2014 Student Edition Essential Knowledge 8-1a. South, East, and Southeast Asia have long traditions of art making, reaching back into prehistoric times. The earliest known ceramic vessels were found in Asia: fired shards from Yuchanyan Cave in China have been dated to 18,300 and 17,500 B.C.E., followed by Jomon vessels from Japan with shards dating back to 10,500 B.C.E. Sophisticated Neolithic and Bronze Age civilizations thrived across Asia, including the Indus Valley civilization in Pakistan and India, the Yangshao* and Longshan* cultures and Shang Dynasty* in China, the Dongson* culture in Southeast Asia, and the Yayoi* and Kofun* cultures in Japan. See Chapters 10, 11, & 12. Also, the following feature in Chapter 25 provides an overview of the history of the region: Art and Its Contexts: Foundations of Chinese Culture, p. 774 Essential Knowledge 8-1b. The people and cultures of these regions were diverse, but prehistoric and ancient societies based in key regions (e.g., the Indus River Valley, Gangetic Plain, and Yellow River) developed core social and religious beliefs that were embraced across larger cultural spheres, helping to shape the regional identities of people within Asia. See Chapters 10, 11, & 12. Also, the following feature in Chapter 25 provides an overview of the history of the region: Art and Its Contexts: Foundations of Chinese Culture, p. 774 See Chapters 10, 11, & 12. Also, the following feature in Essential Knowledge 8-1c. The core cultural centers in Asia became home to many of the Chapter 25 provides world’s great civilizations and ruling dynasties, including the following: Gupta India, Han an overview of the China, Khmer Cambodia, and Heian Japan. The shared cultural ideas in each region and history of the region: civilization gave birth to visual traditions that employed related subjects, functions, Art and Its Contexts: materials, and artistic styles. Foundations of Chinese Culture, p. 774 Essential Knowledge 8-2a. The ancient Indic worldview that dominated South Asia differentiated earthly and cosmic realms of existence, while recognizing certain sites or Enduring Understanding 8-2. Many of the world’s great religious beings as sacred, and understood time and life as cyclic. The religions that developed in and philosophic traditions developed in South and East Asia. this region — Hinduism, Buddhism, Jainism, Sikhism, and numerous folk religions — all Extensive traditions of distinctive religious art forms developed in worked within this worldview and sought spiritual development, spiritual release, or this region to support the beliefs and practices of these religions. divine union through various religious methodologies and social practices. The Indic worldview was also grafted onto the preexisting animistic and popular beliefs in Southeast Asia during several waves of importation and Indian attempts at colonization. See Chapters 10, 11, & 12. Also, the following feature in Chapter 25 provides an overview of the history of the region: Art and Its Contexts: Foundations of Chinese Culture, p. 774 Essential Knowledge 8-2b. East Asian religions emphasize the interconnectedness of humans with both the natural world and the spirit world. Chinese societies also developed a hierarchical and differentiated society that encouraged appropriate social behaviors. Daoism, with its almost antisocial focus on living in harmony with nature and the Dao, and Confucianism, more of an ethical system of behaviors rather than a religion, both developed in China in the fifth century B.C.E. from these foundations. Buddhism, which arrived in China in the early centuries of the Common Era, shared clear affinities with the indigenous Chinese religions through its focus on nature, interconnectedness, and appropriate behavior. Korean traditions were heavily influenced by China and incorporate Confucian, Buddhist, and local shamanistic beliefs and practices. The ancient Japanese landscape was alive and inhabited by animistic nature spirits, whose veneration forms the basis of the Shinto religion. Buddhism was actively imported to Japan from Korea and China in the seventh and eighth centuries, and as in China, it succeeded because of courtly patronage and similarities with local traditions. Art and Its Contexts: Foundations of Chinese Culture, p. 774; Arts of Korea: The Joseon Dynasty to the Modern Era, pp. 808–809 Essential Knowledge 8-2c. Religious practices associated with Hinduism, Buddhism, and Jainism are iconic, therefore figural imagery of divinities and revered teachers plays a prominent role in religious practice. The wealth of Buddhist imagery in Asia alone would rival, if not surpass, the wealth of Christian imagery in medieval Europe. Figural imagery associated with Asian religious art may be venerated in temple or shrine settings; may inhabit conceptual landscapes and palaces of ideal Buddhist worlds, or mandalas; and are depicted in paintings. Figural subjects are common in Indian and East Asian painting. See Chapters 10, 11, & 12. Also, the following feature in Chapter 25 provides an overview of the history of the region: Art and Its Contexts: Foundations of Chinese Culture, p. 774 Essential Knowledge 8-2d. South, East, and Southeast Asia were also home to foreign cultures and religions, including Greco–Roman cultures, Christianity, and most notably Islamic cultures from West and Central Asia. Islamic influence is particularly strong in India, Malaysia, and Indonesia, which were under at least partial control of Islamic sultanates during the second millennia C.E. These regions have also been influenced by cultures and beliefs from West Asia and Europe. Today South and Southeast Asia are home to the world’s largest Muslim populations. See Chapters 10, 11, & 12. Also, the following feature in Chapter 25 provides an overview of the history of the region: Art and Its Contexts: Foundations of Chinese Culture, p. 774 Page 56 of 72 Learning Objectives Art History 5e, 2014, Student Edition, Image Examples Big Ideas Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 1.4 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event See Chapters 10, 11, & 12 Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 1.3 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event See Chapters 10, 11, & 12 Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 2.1 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event See Chapters 10, 11, & 12 Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 1.3 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event See Chapters 10, 11, & 12 Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 1.4 25-16: Horizontal Wine Bottle with Decoration of a Bird Carrying a Newly Caught Fish, p. 809; 2519: Panoramic View of the Diamond Mountains, p. 811 Learning Objective 1.3 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event See Chapters 10, 11, & 12 Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 1.3 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event See Chapters 10, 11, & 12 Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Chapter Page Numbers Content Area Enduring Understanding Enduring Understanding 8-3. South, East, and Southeast Asia developed many artistic and architectural traditions that are deeply rooted in Asian aesthetics and cultural practices. Enduring Understanding 8-4. Asian art was and is global. The cultures of South, East, and Southeast Asia were interconnected through trade and politics and were also in contact with West Asia and Europe throughout history. Essential Knowledge Stokstad Art History 5e, 2014 Student Edition Learning Objectives Art History 5e, 2014, Student Edition, Image Examples Big Ideas Essential Knowledge 8-2e. Architecture from these regions is frequently religious in function. Temples intended to house deities or shrines were constructed or rock cut. Rock-cut caves containing Buddhist imagery, shrines, stupas, and monastic spaces span across Asia from India through Central Asia to China. Japanese architecture often uses natural materials such as wood or follows Chinese architectural models with wood structures and tile roofs. Islamic architecture in South and Southeast Asia takes two major forms: secular (forts and palaces) and religious (mosques and tombs). Islamic mosques are decorated with nonfigural imagery, including calligraphy and vegetal forms. All mosques have a Qibla wall, which faces in the direction of Mecca, home of the Kaaba. This wall is ornamented with an empty Mihrab niche, which serves as a focus for prayer. See Chapters 10, 11, & 12. Also, the following feature in Chapter 25 provides an overview of the history of the region: Art and Its Contexts: Foundations of Chinese Culture, p. 774 Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 3.1; Learning Objective 3.2 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event See Chapters 10, 11, & 12 Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 8-3a. Distinctive art forms from South, East, and Southeast Asia include the following: the construction of Buddhist reliquary stupas; the practice of monochromatic ink painting on silk and paper, which developed in China; the development of the Pagoda, an architectural form based upon a Chinese watchtower; the use of rock gardens, tea houses, and related ceremonies; and Japanese woodblock printing. Court and Professional Painting, pp. 797–799; Technique: Formats of Chinese Painting, p. 799; Decorative Arts, pp. 799–800; Technique: the Secret of Porcelain, p. 800; Joseon Ceramics, p. 809; Joseon Painting, pp. 809–811 Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 3.1; Learning Objective 3.2 25-3: The Rongxi Studio, p. 797; 25-5: Returning Home Late from a Spring Outing, p. 796; 25-10: Poet on a Mountaintop, p. 803; 25-16: Horizontal Wine Bottle with Decoration of a Bird Carrying a Newly Caught Fish, p. 809 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 8-3b. The arts of South, East, and Southeast Asia include important forms developed in a wide range of media. Stone and wood carving was a prominent art form used in architectural construction, decoration, and sculpture. Ceramic arts have flourished in Asia since the prehistoric era, and many technical and stylistic advancements in this media, such as the use of high-fire porcelain, developed here. Metal was used to create sculpture, arms and armor, ritual vessels, and decorative objects of all kinds. Shang Dynasty bronze vessels* from China employed a unique piecemolding technique that has never been successfully replicated. Important textile forms from this region include silk and wool tapestry weaving, cotton weaving, printing, painting, and carpet weaving. Painting in Asia usually took two forms: wall painting and manuscript or album painting. The painting styles that developed in India and East Asia favor contour drawing of forms over modeling. Calligraphy was an important art form in these regions. In China, calligraphy was considered the highest art form, even above painting. Calligraphy was also prominent in Islamic art in Asia, and is found on architecture, decorative arts objects, and ceramic tiles, and in manuscripts written on paper, cloth, or vellum. Chinese and Korean Art After 1279, p. 793; Yuan Dynasty, pp. 794–797; Court and Professional Painting, pp. 797–799; Technique: Formats of Chinese Painting, p. 799; Decorative Arts, pp. 799–800; Technique: the Secret of Porcelain, p. 800; A Broader Look: Poet on a Mountaintop, p. 803; Joseon Ceramics, p. 809; Joseon Painting, pp. 809–811 Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 3.1; Learning Objective 3.2 25-7: Flask, p. 800; 2510: Poet on a Mountaintop, p. 803; 2516: Horizontal Wine Bottle with Decoration of a Bird Carrying a Newly Caught Fish, p. 809; 25-17: Broad-Shouldered Jar with Decoration of a Fruiting Grapevine, p. 810 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 8-3c. The practice of the indigenous Asian religions necessitated the development of novel art and architectural forms to support them. Uniquely Asian art forms include the following: iconic images used in Buddhist and Hindu traditions; elaborate narrative and iconographic compositions created in sculptures, textiles, and wall paintings used to ornament shrines, temples, and caves; the Buddhist stupa and monastic complex; the Hindu temple; Raigo scenes* associated with Pure Land Buddhism; the Zen rock garden; and Zen ink painting. Architecture and City Planning, pp. 800–801; Literati Influence on Furniture, Architecture, and Garden Design, p. 802 Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 3.1; Learning Objective 3.2 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, 25-8: The Forbidden City, or event p. 802; 25-11: Garden of Big Idea 2: Art the Cessation of Official making is shaped by Life, p. 804 tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 8-3d. South, East, and Southeast Asia have rich traditions of courtly and secular art forms that employ local subjects and styles. In India, regional painting styles developed to illustrate mythical and historical subjects, and poetic texts documented court life. In China and Japan, a new genre of literati painting developed among the educated elite. Literati paintings often reveal the nonprofessional artist’s exploration of landscape subjects, which are frequently juxtaposed with poetry. The term secular is a bit misleading when describing Asian art, as religious ideas or content frequently is carried over into secular art forms (e.g., Hindu deities depicted in Ragamala painting* in India, or Zen Buddhist sensibilities applied to ceramic production and flower arranging in Japan). Elegant and elaborate decorative programs featuring floral and animal designs are commonly found on decorative arts from East Asia. The Literati Aesthetic, pp. 802–806; A Broader Look: Poet on a Mountaintop, p. 803; Orthodox Painting, pp. 806–807 Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 3.1 25-9: Armchair, p. 802; 25-10: Poet on a Mountaintop, p. 803; 2512: The Qingbian Mountains, p. 805 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 8-4a. Trade greatly affected the development of Asian cultures and Asian art. Two major methods for international trade connected Asia: the Silk Route that linked Europe and Asia, connecting the Indian subcontinent to overland trade routes through Central Asia, terminating in X’ian, China, and the vast maritime networks that utilized seasonal monsoon winds to move trade between North Africa, West Asia, South and Southeast Asia, and south China. These routes were the vital mechanism for the transmission of cultural ideas and practices, such as Buddhism, and of artistic forms, media, and styles across mainland and maritime Asia. Art and Its Contexts: Foundations of Chinese Culture, p. 774; The Modern Learning Objective Period, pp. 807–808; 1.3 Arts of Korea: The Joseon Dynasty to the Modern Era, pp. 808–809 25-16: Horizontal Wine Bottle with Decoration of a Bird Carrying a Newly Caught Fish, p. 809; 2517: Broad-Shouldered Jar with Decoration of a Fruiting Grapevine, p. 810 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Page 57 of 72 Chapter Page Numbers 26 Japanese Art after 1333 pp. 814-835 Content Area South, East, and Southeast Asia 300 B.C.E.–1980 C.E. Essential Knowledge Stokstad Art History 5e, 2014 Student Edition Learning Objectives Art History 5e, 2014, Student Edition, Image Examples Big Ideas Essential Knowledge 8-4b. Asian arts and architecture reveal exchanges of knowledge in visual style, form, and technology with traditions farther west. Early connections with the Greco–Roman world are evident in the Hellenistic-influenced artistic style and subjects found in artwork associated with ancient Gandharan culture in Afghanistan and Pakistan (Gandhara bridges what is categorized as West and East Asian content in AP Art History; influence of Gandharan art is observed in the Buddha of Bamiyan). Early Buddha sculptures in north India, China, and Japan wear a two-shouldered robe based upon the Roman toga. South and Southeast Asia had early contact with Islam through trade and in western India, through military campaigns. In the 12th and 13th centuries, Islamic sultanates arose in these lands, creating another layer of cultural practices and interactions and impacting Asian visual culture through the importation and creation of new art forms and styles. Innovations based upon Islamic influence in these areas include the use of paper for manuscripts and paintings, as well as the adoption of Mughal styles in Hindu court architecture, painting, and fashion. European influence is evident in the evolution of architectural styles, and in the adoption of naturalism and perspective in Asian painting traditions during the colonial era. Art and Its Contexts: Foundations of Chinese Culture, p. 774; The Modern Period, pp. 807–808; Arts of Korea: The Joseon Dynasty to the Modern Era, pp. 808–809 Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 3.1 25-16: Horizontal Wine Bottle with Decoration of a Bird Carrying a Newly Caught Fish, p. 809; 2517: Broad-Shouldered Jar with Decoration of a Fruiting Grapevine, p. 810 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 8-4c. Asian Art forms had great influence upon the arts of West Asia The Mongol Invasions, and Europe. Art and ideas were exchanged through trade routes. The impact of Asian art p. 794; Yuan Dynasty, is especially evident during times of free exchange, such as the Silk Route during the p. 794–797; Art and Han and Tang Dynasties and Mongol Empire, the colonial era, and the opening of Japan Its Contexts: for trade in the 19th century. In West Asia and Europe, collectors acquired Asian art Foundations of works through gift or trade. Ceramics created in China, from Tang slipwares to high-fire Chinese Culture, p. porcelains, have been coveted internationally for over one thousand years. The 774; Art and Its popularity of Chinese blue-and-white porcelain was so high that ceramic centers in Iran, Contexts: Marco Polo, Turkey, and across Europe developed local versions of blue-and-white ceramics to meet p. 796; The Modern market demand. Textiles are also a very important Asian art form and dominated much Period, pp. 807–808; of the international trade between Europe and Asia. Silk and silk weaving originated in Arts of Korea: The China, where it flourished for thousands of years. Cotton was first spun and woven in the Joseon Dynasty to the Indus Valley region of Pakistan and was, like silk, important for international trade. CrossModern Era, pp. cultural comparisons may be made most readily between the arts of South, East, and 808–809 Southeast Asia and arts of the ancient Mediterranean, medieval Europe, and West Asia. Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 25-7: Flask, p. 800; 2516: Horizontal Wine Bottle with Decoration of a Bird Carrying a Newly Caught Fish, p. 809; 25-17: Broad-Shouldered Jar with Decoration of a Fruiting Grapevine, p. 810 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 1.4 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event See Chapters 10, 11, & 12 Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 1.3 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event See Chapters 10, 11, & 12 Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 2.1 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event See Chapters 10, 11, & 12 Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 1.3 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event See Chapters 10, 11, & 12 Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Enduring Understanding Enduring Understanding 8-1. The arts of South, East, and Southeast Asia represent some of the world’s oldest, most diverse, and most sophisticated visual traditions. Essential Knowledge 8-1a. South, East, and Southeast Asia have long traditions of art making, reaching back into prehistoric times. The earliest known ceramic vessels were found in Asia: fired shards from Yuchanyan Cave in China have been dated to 18,300 and 17,500 B.C.E., followed by Jomon vessels from Japan with shards dating back to 10,500 B.C.E. Sophisticated Neolithic and Bronze Age civilizations thrived across Asia, including the Indus Valley civilization in Pakistan and India, the Yangshao* and Longshan* cultures and Shang Dynasty* in China, the Dongson* culture in Southeast Asia, and the Yayoi* and Kofun* cultures in Japan. See Chapters 10, 11, & 12. Also, the following feature in Chapter 26 provides an overview of the history of the region: Art and Its Contexts: Foundations of Japanese Culture, p. 819 Essential Knowledge 8-1b. The people and cultures of these regions were diverse, but prehistoric and ancient societies based in key regions (e.g., the Indus River Valley, Gangetic Plain, and Yellow River) developed core social and religious beliefs that were embraced across larger cultural spheres, helping to shape the regional identities of people within Asia. See Chapters 10, 11, & 12. Also, the following feature in Chapter 26 provides an overview of the history of the region: Art and Its Contexts: Foundations of Japanese Culture, p. 819 See Chapters 10, 11, & 12. Also, the following feature in Essential Knowledge 8-1c. The core cultural centers in Asia became home to many of the Chapter 26 provides world’s great civilizations and ruling dynasties, including the following: Gupta India, Han an overview of the China, Khmer Cambodia, and Heian Japan. The shared cultural ideas in each region and history of the region: civilization gave birth to visual traditions that employed related subjects, functions, Art and Its Contexts: materials, and artistic styles. Foundations of Japanese Culture, p. 819 Essential Knowledge 8-2a. The ancient Indic worldview that dominated South Asia differentiated earthly and cosmic realms of existence, while recognizing certain sites or Enduring Understanding 8-2. Many of the world’s great religious beings as sacred, and understood time and life as cyclic. The religions that developed in and philosophic traditions developed in South and East Asia. this region — Hinduism, Buddhism, Jainism, Sikhism, and numerous folk religions — all Extensive traditions of distinctive religious art forms developed in worked within this worldview and sought spiritual development, spiritual release, or this region to support the beliefs and practices of these religions. divine union through various religious methodologies and social practices. The Indic worldview was also grafted onto the preexisting animistic and popular beliefs in Southeast Asia during several waves of importation and Indian attempts at colonization. Page 58 of 72 See Chapters 10, 11, & 12. Also, the following feature in Chapter 26 provides an overview of the history of the region: Art and Its Contexts: Foundations of Japanese Culture, p. 819 Chapter Page Numbers Content Area Enduring Understanding Enduring Understanding 8-3. South, East, and Southeast Asia developed many artistic and architectural traditions that are deeply rooted in Asian aesthetics and cultural practices. Essential Knowledge Stokstad Art History 5e, 2014 Student Edition Essential Knowledge 8-2b. East Asian religions emphasize the interconnectedness of humans with both the natural world and the spirit world. Chinese societies also developed a hierarchical and differentiated society that encouraged appropriate social behaviors. Daoism, with its almost antisocial focus on living in harmony with nature and the Dao, and Confucianism, more of an ethical system of behaviors rather than a religion, both developed in China in the fifth century B.C.E. from these foundations. Buddhism, which arrived in China in the early centuries of the Common Era, shared clear affinities with the indigenous Chinese religions through its focus on nature, interconnectedness, and appropriate behavior. Korean traditions were heavily influenced by China and incorporate Confucian, Buddhist, and local shamanistic beliefs and practices. The ancient Japanese landscape was alive and inhabited by animistic nature spirits, whose veneration forms the basis of the Shinto religion. Buddhism was actively imported to Japan from Korea and China in the seventh and eighth centuries, and as in China, it succeeded because of courtly patronage and similarities with local traditions. See Chapters 10, 11, & 12. Also, the following feature in Chapter 26 provides an overview of the history of the region: Art and Its Contexts: Foundations of Japanese Culture, p. 819 Essential Knowledge 8-2c. Religious practices associated with Hinduism, Buddhism, and Jainism are iconic, therefore figural imagery of divinities and revered teachers plays a prominent role in religious practice. The wealth of Buddhist imagery in Asia alone would rival, if not surpass, the wealth of Christian imagery in medieval Europe. Figural imagery associated with Asian religious art may be venerated in temple or shrine settings; may inhabit conceptual landscapes and palaces of ideal Buddhist worlds, or mandalas; and are depicted in paintings. Figural subjects are common in Indian and East Asian painting. See Chapters 10, 11, & 12. Also, the following feature in Chapter 26 provides an overview of the history of the region: Art and Its Contexts: Foundations of Japanese Culture, p. 819 Essential Knowledge 8-2d. South, East, and Southeast Asia were also home to foreign cultures and religions, including Greco–Roman cultures, Christianity, and most notably Islamic cultures from West and Central Asia. Islamic influence is particularly strong in India, Malaysia, and Indonesia, which were under at least partial control of Islamic sultanates during the second millennia C.E. These regions have also been influenced by cultures and beliefs from West Asia and Europe. Today South and Southeast Asia are home to the world’s largest Muslim populations. Learning Objectives Art History 5e, 2014, Student Edition, Image Examples Big Ideas Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 1.4 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event See Chapters 10, 11, & 12 Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 1.3 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event See Chapters 10, 11, & 12 Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapters 10, 11, & 12. Also, the following feature in Chapter 26 provides an overview of the history of the region: Art and Its Contexts: Foundations of Japanese Culture, p. 819 Learning Objective 1.3 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event See Chapters 10, 11, & 12 Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 8-2e. Architecture from these regions is frequently religious in function. Temples intended to house deities or shrines were constructed or rock cut. Rock-cut caves containing Buddhist imagery, shrines, stupas, and monastic spaces span across Asia from India through Central Asia to China. Japanese architecture often uses natural materials such as wood or follows Chinese architectural models with wood structures and tile roofs. Islamic architecture in South and Southeast Asia takes two major forms: secular (forts and palaces) and religious (mosques and tombs). Islamic mosques are decorated with nonfigural imagery, including calligraphy and vegetal forms. All mosques have a Qibla wall, which faces in the direction of Mecca, home of the Kaaba. This wall is ornamented with an empty Mihrab niche, which serves as a focus for prayer. See Chapters 10, 11, & 12. Also, the following feature in Chapter 26 provides an overview of the history of the region: Art and Its Contexts: Foundations of Japanese Culture, p. 819 Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 3.1; Learning Objective 3.2 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event See Chapters 10, 11, & 12 Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 8-3a. Distinctive art forms from South, East, and Southeast Asia include the following: the construction of Buddhist reliquary stupas; the practice of monochromatic ink painting on silk and paper, which developed in China; the development of the Pagoda, an architectural form based upon a Chinese watchtower; the use of rock gardens, tea houses, and related ceremonies; and Japanese woodblock printing. The Zen Dry Garden, p. 818; Decorative Paintings for Shoin Rooms, pp. 820–821; The Tea Ceremony; pp. 822–823; Technique: Japanese Woodblock Prints, p. 828; Ukiyo-E: Pictures of the Floating World, p. 828–829; Cloth and Ceramics, pp. 830–832; A Closer Look: Woman’s Kosode, p. 831 Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 3.1; Learning Objective 3.2 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an 26-2: Landscape, p. 817; aesthetic object, act, 26-4: Rock Garden, or event Ryoanji, Kyoto, p. 818; 26Big Idea 2: Art 7: Fusuma, p. 822; 26making is shaped by 15: The Great Wave, p. tradition and change 829 Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Zen Ink Painting, pp. 816–817; The Zen Dry Garden, p. 818; Essential Knowledge 8-3b. The arts of South, East, and Southeast Asia include important Decorative Paintings forms developed in a wide range of media. Stone and wood carving was a prominent art for Shoin Rooms, pp. form used in architectural construction, decoration, and sculpture. Ceramic arts have 820–821; The Tea flourished in Asia since the prehistoric era, and many technical and stylistic Ceremony; pp. advancements in this media, such as the use of high-fire porcelain, developed here. 822–823; A Broader Metal was used to create sculpture, arms and armor, ritual vessels, and decorative Look: Lacquer Box for objects of all kinds. Shang Dynasty bronze vessels* from China employed a unique piece- Writing Implements, molding technique that has never been successfully replicated. Important textile forms p. 824; Technique: from this region include silk and wool tapestry weaving, cotton weaving, printing, Inside a Writing Box, painting, and carpet weaving. Painting in Asia usually took two forms: wall painting and p. 826; Technique: manuscript or album painting. The painting styles that developed in India and East Asia Japanese Woodblock favor contour drawing of forms over modeling. Calligraphy was an important art form in Prints, p. 828; Ukiyothese regions. In China, calligraphy was considered the highest art form, even above E: Pictures of the painting. Calligraphy was also prominent in Islamic art in Asia, and is found on Floating World, p. architecture, decorative arts objects, and ceramic tiles, and in manuscripts written on 828–829; Cloth and paper, cloth, or vellum. Ceramics, pp. 830–832; A Closer Look: Woman’s Kosode, p. 831 Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 3.1; Learning Objective 3.2 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an 26-4: Rock Garden, aesthetic object, act, Ryoanji, Kyoto, p. 818; 26or event 7: Fusuma, p. 822; 26Big Idea 2: Art 11: Waves Matsushima, p. making is shaped by 825; 26-15: The Great tradition and change Wave, p. 829 Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Page 59 of 72 Chapter Page Numbers Content Area Enduring Understanding Essential Knowledge Essential Knowledge 8-3c. The practice of the indigenous Asian religions necessitated the development of novel art and architectural forms to support them. Uniquely Asian art forms include the following: iconic images used in Buddhist and Hindu traditions; elaborate narrative and iconographic compositions created in sculptures, textiles, and wall paintings used to ornament shrines, temples, and caves; the Buddhist stupa and monastic complex; the Hindu temple; Raigo scenes* associated with Pure Land Buddhism; the Zen rock garden; and Zen ink painting. Stokstad Art History 5e, 2014 Student Edition Zen Ink Painting, pp. 816–817; The Zen Dry Garden, p. 818; The Tea Ceremony; pp. 822–823 Essential Knowledge 8-3d. South, East, and Southeast Asia have rich traditions of courtly and secular art forms that employ local subjects and styles. In India, regional painting styles developed to illustrate mythical and historical subjects, and poetic texts documented court life. In China and Japan, a new genre of literati painting developed among the educated elite. Literati paintings often reveal the nonprofessional artist’s Literati Painting, p. exploration of landscape subjects, which are frequently juxtaposed with poetry. The 827 term secular is a bit misleading when describing Asian art, as religious ideas or content frequently is carried over into secular art forms (e.g., Hindu deities depicted in Ragamala painting* in India, or Zen Buddhist sensibilities applied to ceramic production and flower arranging in Japan). Elegant and elaborate decorative programs featuring floral and animal designs are commonly found on decorative arts from East Asia. Enduring Understanding 8-4. Asian art was and is global. The cultures of South, East, and Southeast Asia were interconnected through trade and politics and were also in contact with West Asia and Europe throughout history. 27 Art of the Americas after 1300 pp. 836-859 Early Europe and Colonial Americas 200–1750 C.E. Enduring Understanding 5-1. Art of the Indigenous Americas is among the world’s oldest artistic traditions. While its roots lie in northern Asia, it developed independently between c. 10,000 B.C.E. and 1492 C.E., which marked the beginning of the European invasions. Regions and cultures are referred to as the Indigenous Americas to signal the priority of First Nations cultural traditions over those of the colonizing and migrant peoples that have progressively taken over the American continents for the last 500 years. Learning Objectives Art History 5e, 2014, Student Edition, Image Examples Big Ideas Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 3.1; Learning Objective 3.2 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, 26-2: Landscape, p. 817; or event 26-4: Rock Garden, Big Idea 2: Art Ryoanji, Kyoto, p. 818; 26making is shaped by 7: Fusuma, p. 822 tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 3.1 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable 26-13: View of Kojima Bay, p. 827 Essential Knowledge 8-4a. Trade greatly affected the development of Asian cultures and Asian art. Two major methods for international trade connected Asia: the Silk Route that linked Europe and Asia, connecting the Indian subcontinent to overland trade routes through Central Asia, terminating in X’ian, China, and the vast maritime networks that utilized seasonal monsoon winds to move trade between North Africa, West Asia, South and Southeast Asia, and south China. These routes were the vital mechanism for the transmission of cultural ideas and practices, such as Buddhism, and of artistic forms, media, and styles across mainland and maritime Asia. Japanese Art After 1333, p. 815; Map 261: Japan (annotation about influences on Japanese culture), p. Learning Objective 816; Sesshu, p. 816–818; Edo Period, 1.3 p. 823; Literati Painting, p. 827; Japanese Porcelain, p. 832; The Modern Period, pp. 832–833 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an 26-3: Winter Landscape, aesthetic object, act, or event p. 817; 26-13: View of Big Idea 2: Art Kojima Bay, p. 827; 26making is shaped by 17: Plate with Wisteria and Trellis Pattern, p. 832 tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 8-4b. Asian arts and architecture reveal exchanges of knowledge in visual style, form, and technology with traditions farther west. Early connections with the Greco–Roman world are evident in the Hellenistic-influenced artistic style and subjects found in artwork associated with ancient Gandharan culture in Afghanistan and Pakistan (Gandhara bridges what is categorized as West and East Asian content in AP Art History; influence of Gandharan art is observed in the Buddha of Bamiyan). Early Buddha sculptures in north India, China, and Japan wear a two-shouldered robe based upon the Roman toga. South and Southeast Asia had early contact with Islam through trade and in western India, through military campaigns. In the 12th and 13th centuries, Islamic sultanates arose in these lands, creating another layer of cultural practices and interactions and impacting Asian visual culture through the importation and creation of new art forms and styles. Innovations based upon Islamic influence in these areas include the use of paper for manuscripts and paintings, as well as the adoption of Mughal styles in Hindu court architecture, painting, and fashion. European influence is evident in the evolution of architectural styles, and in the adoption of naturalism and perspective in Asian painting traditions during the colonial era. Art and Its Contexts: Foundations of Japanese Culture, p. 819; Architecture, p. 820; Edo Period, p. 823; Literati Painting, p. 827; Japanese Porcelain, p. 832; The Modern Period, pp. 832–833 Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 3.1 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, 26-5: Himeji Castle, p. or event 820; 26-13: View of Big Idea 2: Art Kojima Bay, p. 827; 26making is shaped by 18: Floating Lights, p. 832 tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 8-4c. Asian Art forms had great influence upon the arts of West Asia and Europe. Art and ideas were exchanged through trade routes. The impact of Asian art is especially evident during times of free exchange, such as the Silk Route during the Han and Tang Dynasties and Mongol Empire, the colonial era, and the opening of Japan Zen Ink Painting, pp. for trade in the 19th century. In West Asia and Europe, collectors acquired Asian art 816–817; The Zen works through gift or trade. Ceramics created in China, from Tang slipwares to high-fire Dry Garden, p. 818; porcelains, have been coveted internationally for over one thousand years. The The Tea Ceremony; popularity of Chinese blue-and-white porcelain was so high that ceramic centers in Iran, pp. 822–823; Turkey, and across Europe developed local versions of blue-and-white ceramics to meet Japanese Porcelain, p. market demand. Textiles are also a very important Asian art form and dominated much 832; The Modern of the international trade between Europe and Asia. Silk and silk weaving originated in Period, pp. 832–833 China, where it flourished for thousands of years. Cotton was first spun and woven in the Indus Valley region of Pakistan and was, like silk, important for international trade. Crosscultural comparisons may be made most readily between the arts of South, East, and Southeast Asia and arts of the ancient Mediterranean, medieval Europe, and West Asia. Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, 26-2: Landscape, p. 817; or event 26-4: Rock Garden, Big Idea 2: Art Ryoanji, Kyoto, p. 818; 26making is shaped by 7: Fusuma, p. 822 tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 5-1a. Art of the Indigenous Americas is categorized by geography and chronology into the designations of Ancient America and Native North America. “Ancient America” is the category used for art created before 1550 C.E., south of the current U.S.–Mexico border. This region is traditionally divided into three main areas of culture: Mesoamerica, Central America*, and Andean South America. “Native North America” denotes traditionally oriented cultures north of the U.S.–Mexico border from ancient times to the present, with an emphasis on 1492 C.E. to today. Native North America has many regional subunits, such as the Northwest Coast, Southwest, Plains, and Eastern Woodlands. Page 60 of 72 Art of the Americas After 1300, p. 837; The Aztec Empire, pp. 838–842; The Inca Learning Objective Empire, pp. 843–846; 2.1; Learning North America, pp. Objective 2.2 846–857; A New Beginning, pp. 857–859 27-6: A View of the World, p. 842; 27-7: Inca Masonry, p. 844; 27-8: Machu Picchu, p. 844; 279: Tunic, p. 845; 27-10: Llama, p. 846; 27-16: Battle Scene, Hide Painting, p. 851 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Chapter Page Numbers Content Area Enduring Understanding Enduring Understanding 5-2. Ancient Mesoamerica encompassed what is now Mexico (from Mexico City southward), Guatemala, Belize, and western Honduras, from 15,000 B.C.E. to 1521 C.E., which was the time of the Mexica (Aztec) downfall. General cultural similarities of ancient Mesoamerica include similar calendars, pyramidal stepped structures, sites and buildings oriented in relation to sacred mountains and celestial phenomena, and highly valued green materials, such as jadeite and quetzal feathers. Stokstad Art History 5e, 2014 Student Edition Tenochtitlan, p. 839; Sculpture, p. 840; Featherwork, pp. 841–842; Manuscripts, p. 842; Essential Knowledge 5-1b. Artistic traditions of the indigenous Americas exhibit Textiles, pp. overarching traits: content that emphasizes unity with the natural world and a five845–846; Metalwork, direction (North, South, East, West, Center) cosmic geometry; spirituality based in p. 846; Wampum, p. visionary shamanism; high value placed on animal-based media, such as featherwork, 847; Quillwork, pp. bone carving, and hide painting; incorporation of trade materials (e.g., greenstones such 847–848; Beadwork, as turquoise and jadeite, shells such as the spiny oyster, and in the case of Native North p. 849; Plains Indian America, imported beads, machine-made cloth, and glazes); stylistic focus on the Painting, pp. essence rather than the appearance of subjects; and creation of aesthetic objects that 850–851; Animal have a strong functional aspect, reference, or utility (e.g., vessels, grinding platforms, Imagery, p. 852; and pipes). What is called “art” is considered to have, contain, and/or transfer life force Textiles, p. 852; rather than simply represent an image. Likewise, art is considered participatory and Masks, p. 852; A active, rather than simply made for passive viewing. Broader Look: Hamatsa Masks, p. 854; Ceramics, p. 855; Arts and Its Context: Craft of Art? P. 857 Learning Objectives Art History 5e, 2014, Student Edition, Image Examples Big Ideas Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.2; Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 3.1; Learning Objective 3.2 27-4: The Goddess Coatlicue, p. 840; 27-6: A View of the World, p. 842; 27-7: Inca Masonry, p. 844; 27-8: Machu Picchu, p. 844; 27-9: Tunic, p. 845; 27-10: Llama, p. 846; 27-16: Battle Scene, Hide Painting, p. 851; 2718: Chilkat Blanket, p. 853 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 5-2a. Three major distinct cultures and styles of Ancient Mesoamerica (Middle America) were the Olmec, Maya, and Mexica (aka Aztec — the empire was dominated by the Mexica ethnic group). The Olmec existed during the first millennium B.C.E., primarily in the Gulf Coast; the Mayan culture peaked during the first millennium C.E. in eastern Mesoamerica (the Yucatan Peninsula, Guatemala, Belize, and Honduras); and the Mexica existed from 1428 to 1521 C.E. in the region of central Mexico, though subordinating most of Mesoamerica. (Other important cultures include Teotihuacan, Toltec, West Mexican, Mixtec, and Zapotec.)* Styles from the various Mesoamerican cultures differed markedly. Mesoamerican pyramids began as early earthworks, changed to nine-level structures with single temples, and then later became structures with twin temples. Sacred sites were renovated and enlarged repeatedly over the centuries, resulting in acropoli and massive temples. Architecture was mainly stone post-and-lintel, often faced with relief sculpture and painted bright colors, emphasizing large masses that sculpt outdoor space. Plazas were typical for large ritual gatherings. Elaborate burials and other underground installations to honor the role of the Underworld were also found. Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Art of the Americas Objective 1.3; After 1300, p. 837; Learning Objective The Aztec Empire, pp. 1.4; Learning 838–842 Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 27-2: The Founding of Tenochtitlan, p. 839; 274: The Goddess Coatlicue, p. 840; 27-6: A View of the World, p. 842; 27-7: Inca Masonry, p. 844; 278: Machu Picchu, p. 844; 27-9: Tunic, p. 845; 2710: Llama, p. 846 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 5-2b. Mesoamerican sculptural and two-dimensional art tended toward the figural, particularly in glorification of specific rulers. Mythical events were also depicted in a realistic, figural mode. Despite the naturalistic styles and anthropomorphic interpretations of subject matter, shamanic transformation, visions, and depiction of other cosmic realms figure prominently in Mesoamerican art. Art was produced primarily in workshops, but certain individual artists’ styles have been identified (particularly in Maya), and some works of art were signed. Artists were typically elite specialists and, among the Maya, the second sons of royalty. Rulers were the major, but not the only, patrons. Audiences were both large, for calendrical rituals in plazas, and small, for gatherings of priests and nobles inside small temples atop pyramids. Some audiences were supernatural, as for the elaborate graves considered to be located in the Underworld. Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.2; Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 Essential Knowledge Tenochtitlan, p. 839; Sculpture, p. 840; Featherwork, pp. 841–842; Manuscripts, p. 842 27-2: The Founding of Tenochtitlan, p. 839; 274: The Goddess Coatlicue, p. 840; 27-5: Feather Headdress of Moctezuma, p. 841 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 2.3 30-45: Atrial Cross, p. 943; 30-46: Virgin of Guadalupe, p. 944; 3047: Mission San Xavier Del Bac, p. 945 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.2; Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, 27-7: Inca Masonry, p. or event 844; 27-8: Machu Picchu, Big Idea 2: Art p. 844; 27-9: Tunic, p. making is shaped by 845; 27-10: Llama, p. 846 tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 5-2c. Mesoamerica has had an influence on its invaders and the world at large since the 16th century. Mesoamerica is the origin of many of the world’s Learning Objective staple foods: chocolate, vanilla, tomatoes, avocados, and maize (corn). Mesoamericans 1.3; Learning discovered rubber, invented the first ballgame, and included a number of matrilinear and The Aztec Empire, pp. Objective 2.1; matriarchal cultures (promoting women’s power). Recognition of the importance of this 838–842 Learning Objective area in world history and art has lagged, but it increases as inclusiveness and 2.2 multiculturalism grow in scholarship and popular consciousness. Indigenous culture continues: over seven million people speak Mayan languages today, and over one million speak Nahuatl, the Aztec language. Essential Knowledge 5-2d. When Mexico was first discovered by Europe, gifts of Mexica art sent to Charles V alerted such artists as Albrecht Dürer to the unfamiliar but impressive media and images from the New World. Colonial artists preserved certain preHispanic traditions both overtly and covertly in their art. After independence from Spain (in the early 19th century), the Aztec were claimed in nationalistic causes and national museums were created to promote ancient art. Twentieth-century muralists, such as Diego Rivera, overtly incorporated themes from the Mexica past. Twentieth-century European and American artists, such as Henry Moore* and Frank Lloyd Wright, were strongly influenced by the sculpture and architecture of ancient Mesoamerica as well. Enduring Understanding 5-3. The ancient Central Andes comprised present-day southern Ecuador, Peru, western Bolivia, and northern Chile. General cultural similarities across the Andes include an emphasis on surviving and interacting with the challenging environments, reciprocity and cyclicality (rather than individualism), and reverence for the animal and plant worlds as part of the practice of shamanistic religion. The Aftermath of the Spanish Conquest, p. 846; also see: Chapter 30: Art in Spain and Spanish America, pp. 940–944 Essential Knowledge 5-3a. As with ancient Mesoamerica, the Central Andes was a seat of culture and art parallel to the “Old” World in antiquity, diversity, and sophistication. Baskets from this region have been found dating to as early as 8800 B.C.E., proving early peopling from Asia through the rest of the Americas was accomplished by Neolithic times. Chavín and Inka were representative and distinct early and late cultures/styles respectively (Chavín: c. 1200–500 B.C.E. in the northern highlands with reach to the southern coast; Inka: 1438–1534 C.E. covering the entire Central Andes), although The Inca Empire, pp. many other important, art-producing cultures existed between them. Similarities within 843–846 Central Andean cultures can be traced to the influence of three significantly distinct ecosystems in close proximity: the dominant Andes mountains, a narrow desert coast, and the planet’s largest rain forest, the Amazon. These environments necessarily play a central role in art, influencing the materials (especially the prominence of camelid fiber and cotton textiles), political systems (coastal diversity, highland impulses toward unification), and overall values such as reciprocity, asymmetrical dualism, and travel across long distances. Page 61 of 72 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an 27-2: The Founding of aesthetic object, act, Tenochtitlan, p. 839; 27or event 4: The Goddess Coatlicue, Big Idea 2: Art p. 840; 27-5: Feather making is shaped by Headdress of Moctezuma, tradition and change p. 841 Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Chapter Page Numbers Content Area Enduring Understanding Essential Knowledge Essential Knowledge 5-3b. The necessity to interact with three disparate environments (mountains, desert coast, and rainforest) in order to survive instilled in Andean culture and art an underlying emphasis on trade in exotic materials. Complex ties linked coast with highlands; these connections brought forth themes of reciprocity, interdependence, contrast, asymmetry, and dualism. Accordingly, most Andean art seems to have been made by collaborative groups — the best known being the Inka high-status aclla weavers (the empire’s most talented women weavers, kept cloistered). A hierarchy of materials was based on availability and/or requirement for collaboration to manipulate the materials. Featherwork, textiles, and greenstone were at the top of the materials hierarchy; metalwork, bone, obsidian, and stone toward the middle; and ceramics and wood at the lower end of the hierarchy. Textiles were a primary medium and were extraordinarily well preserved on the desert coast, fulfilling key practical and artistic functions in the various environmental zones. Stokstad Art History 5e, 2014 Student Edition Elements of Architecture: Inca Masonry, p. 843; Machu Picchu, pp. 844–845; Textiles, pp. 845–846; Metalwork, p. 846 Essential Knowledge 5-3c. Andean art tends to explore the terrestrial (e.g., animal and plant imagery, mountain veneration, sculpting of nature itself, and organic integration of architecture with the environment). It also concerns the nonterrestrial via abstraction The Inca Empire, pp. and orientation toward the afterlife and the other realms of the cosmos. Peoples of the 843–846 Andes practiced the world’s earliest and most persistent artificial mummification (in many forms, from 5500 B.C.E. onward), and almost all art became grave goods for use in the afterlife. Shamanic visionary experience was a strong theme, especially featuring humans transforming into animal selves. Essential Knowledge 5-3d. The European invasions prevailed beginning in 1534 C.E.; however, indigenous descendants of ancient peoples remain: 8 to 10 million people still speak Quechua, the Inka language. Being more distant geographically and aesthetically, Andean art was less well known to early modern Europe and current society than Mesoamerican art. However, some key modern Euro–American artists, such as Paul Gauguin, Josef and Anni Albers*, and Paul Klee*, found inspiration in ancient Peruvian textiles and ceramics. Modern Latin American artists, such as Joaquín Torres Garcia of Uruguay*, blended Inka art and architecture with modernist theory and style, exploring a common abstract vocabulary. Essential Knowledge 5-4a. Archaeological excavation of works of art, monuments, and cities/sites predating European invasion serves as the mainstay for reconstructing the art and culture of ancient America, although the majority of surviving artworks were not scientifically extracted. Spanish chronicles by invaders, friars, and colonists provide some Enduring Understanding 5-4. Despite underlying similarities, information about monuments and artistic practices of the last independent indigenous there are key differences between the art of Ancient America and peoples, such as the Inka, Mexica (known as Aztecs), and Puebloans; these sources can Native North America with respect to its dating, environment, be cautiously applied to earlier cultures’ basic values and approaches. Hieroglyphs of the cultural continuity from antiquity to the present, and sources of Mayas and Mexica illuminate text and image, historical, and artistic elements for those information. Colonization by different European groups (Catholic cultures. Ethnographic analogy highlights basic cultural continuities so that present and Protestant) undergirds distinct modern political situations for traditional practices, myths, and religious beliefs may illuminate past artistic materials, Amerindian survivors. Persecution, genocide, and marginalization creative processes, and iconography. Other disciplines, such as astronomy, botany, and have shaped current identity and artistic expression. zoology, help identify siting of cities and monuments, as well as native flora and fauna subject matter. Like all art historical research, work in these areas uses iconographic and formal analyses of large numbers of artworks and increasingly employs multidisciplinary collaboration. Essential Knowledge 5-4b. Sources of information for Native North American art include archaeological excavations for precontact and colonial cultures, written ethnohistoric documents, tribal history (oral and written), modern artists’ accounts and interviews, and museum records. Colonial and modern mistreatment of American Indians means that historical information sources may be highly contested by American Indians. Divergent stories depend on whether native or white sources are used. Sometimes the stories converge in a positive way, as in Maria and Julian Martínez’ revival of ancient black-in-black ceramic techniques, which was encouraged by anthropologists. Enduring Understanding 5-5. Although disease and genocide practiced by the European invaders and colonists reduced their population by as much as 90 percent, Native Americans today maintain their cultural identity and uphold modern versions of ancient traditions in addition to creating new art forms as part of the globalized contemporary art world. Essential Knowledge 5-5a. Indians, Native Americans, North American Indians (in the United States), and First Nations (in Canada) are nonindigenous terms for the indigenous peoples inhabiting areas north of what is now the U.S.–Mexico border, from ancient times to the present. They did not have a collective name for themselves, being many different tribes and nations. Page 62 of 72 The Aftermath of the Spanish Conquest, p. 846; also see: Chapter 32: Experiments in Latin America, pp. 1072–1073 Tenochtitlan, p. 839; A Closer Look: Calendar Stone, p. 841; Elements of Architecture: Inca Masonry, p. 843; Machu Picchu, pp. 844–845; Textiles, pp. 845–846; Metalwork, p. 846 Ceramics, p. 855; The Santa Fe Indian School, p. 855–857; Art and Its Context: Craft or Art? 857; A New Beginning, pp. 857–859 North America, pp. 846–857; A New Beginning, pp. 857–859 Art History 5e, 2014, Student Edition, Image Examples Big Ideas 27-8: Machu Picchu, p. 844; 27-9: Tunic, p. 845; 27-10: Llama, p. 846 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 27-8: Machu Picchu, p. 844; 27-9: Tunic, p. 845; 27-10: Llama, p. 846 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 32-78: Zambezia, Zambezia, p. 1072; 3279: Joaquin Torres-Garcia, Abstract Art in Five Tones and Complementaries, p. 1073 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, 27-3: Reconstruction of or event the Great Pyramid, p. 840; 27-7: Inca Masonry, Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by p. 844; 27-8: Machu tradition and change Picchu, p. 844 Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 27-21: Maria Montoya Martinez and Julian Martinez, Blackware Storage Jar, p. 855 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event 27-1: Two Grey Hills Big Idea 2: Art Tapestry Weaving, p. 836 making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objectives Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.2; Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 3.1 Chapter Page Numbers Content Area Enduring Understanding Essential Knowledge Stokstad Art History 5e, 2014 Student Edition Wampum, p. 847; Quillwork, pp. Essential Knowledge 5-5b. Native American art media include earthworks, stone and 847–848; Beadwork, adobe architecture, wood and bone carving, weaving and basketry, hide painting, p. 849; Portable ceramics, quillwork and beadwork, and, recently, painting on canvas and other European- Architecture, p. 850; style media. Many Native American artworks are ritual objects to wear, carry, or use Plains Indian Painting, during special ceremonies in front of large audiences. Functionality of the object is pp. 850–851; Animal preferred; the more active a work of art, the more it is believed to contain and transfer Imagery, p. 852; life force and power. Centuries of interaction with colonial and migrant peoples means Textiles, p. 852; that some imported materials (e.g., glass beads, machine-made cloth, and ribbon) are Masks, p. 852; The now considered traditional. Likewise, in subject matter, the Spanish-introduced horse Pueblos, p. 853; A has become a cultural and artistic staple, alongside the indigenous buffalo, raven, and Broader Look: bear. European influence is inevitable but may be subtle. What is considered traditional Hamatsa Masks, p. is constantly changing; there is no singular, timeless, authentic Native American art or 854; Ceramics, p. practice. 855; Arts and Its Context: Craft of Art? P. 857 28 Art of Pacific Cultures pp. 860-879 The Pacific 700–1980 C.E. Enduring Understanding 9-1. The arts of the Pacific vary by virtue of ecological situations, social structure, and impact of external influences, such as commerce, colonialism, and missionary activity. Created in a variety of media, Pacific arts are distinguished by the virtuosity with which materials are used and presented. Essential Knowledge 5-5c. Different regions of Native America have broadly similar styles of art, allowing grouping into Arctic*, Northwest Coast, Southwest, Plains, and Eastern Woodlands, among others. Geometric patterning, figures (often mythic or shamanic), and animals (e.g., snakes, birds, bison, and horses) are often seen. The various Native American groups may be seen to share larger ideas of harmony with nature, oneness with animals, respect for elders, community cohesion, dream guidance, shamanic leadership, and participation in large rituals (such as potlatches and sun dances). Postcontact art not only reflects these long-standing values, but it is also concerned with the history of conflict within tribes and between indigenous people and the U.S. and Canadian governments. The Eastern Woodlands, pp. 847–849; The Great Plains, pp. 850–851; The Northwest Coast, pp. 851–852; The Southwest, pp. 853–857 Essential Knowledge 5-5d. Intellectual pursuits apparent in artistic expressions include astronomical observation; poetry, song, and dance; and medicine (curing and divining). Artistic practices included workshops, apprentice–master relationships, and, less often, solitary art making. Some specialization by gender (e.g., women weaving, men carving) can be seen. Patrons might be the tribal leaders, an elder, or a family member. Audiences mostly were the entire group, though some objects and performances were restricted by their sacred or political nature. The Eastern Woodlands, pp. 847–849; The Great Plains, pp. 850–851; The Northwest Coast, pp. 851–852; The Southwest, pp. 853–857 Learning Objectives Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an 27-16: Battle Scene, Hide aesthetic object, act, or event Painting, p. 851; 27-18: Big Idea 2: Art Chilkat Blanket, p. 853; making is shaped by 27-20: Kwakwaka’wakw tradition and change Bird Mask, p. 954 Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 27-11: Feathered Basket, p. 848; 21-12: Wampum Belt, p. 848; 27-13: Baby Carrier, p. 849; 27-14: Bandolier Bag, p. 849; 2718: Chilkat Blanket, p. 853; 27-20: Kwakwaka’wakw Bird Mask, p. 954 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 1.4 27-1: Two Grey Hills Tapestry Weaving, p. 836; 27-13: Baby Carrier, p. 849; 27-14: Bandolier Bag, p. 849; 27-16: Battle Scene, Hide Painting, p. 851; 27-18: Chilkat Blanket, p. 853; 27-20: Kwakwaka’wakw Bird Mask, p. 954 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable 27-24: The Red Mean: Self-Portrait, p. 858; 2725: The Spirit of Haida Gwaii, p. 858; 27-26: National Museum of the American Indian, p. 859 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable 28-1: The Barunga Statement, p. 860; 2815: Feather Cloak Known as the Kearney Cloak, p. 874 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable 28-2: Fragments of a Large Lapita Jar. P. 862; Map 28-1: Pacific CulturalGeographic Regions, p. 863; 28-9: Wapepe Navigation Chart, p. 869 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable 28-5: Women Wearing Net Bags, p. 866; 28-7: Malagan Display, p. 868; 28-15: Feather Cloak Known as the Kearney Cloak, p. 874 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Art of the Americas After 1300, p. 837; A New Beginning, pp. 857–859 Essential Knowledge 9-1a. The Pacific region — including over 25,000 islands, about 1,500 of which are inhabited — is defined by its location within the Pacific Ocean, which comprises one third of the Earth’s surface. Pacific arts are objects and events created from fibers, pigments, bone, sea ivory and shell, tortoise shell, as well as wood, coral, and stone, which are carried, exchanged, and used by peoples of the region. Art of Pacific Cultures, p. 861; The Peopling of the Pacific, pp. 862–863; Australia, pp. 863–864; Melanesia, pp. 864–869; Micronesia, pp. 869–870; Polynesia, pp. 870–876 Essential Knowledge 9-1b. Geological and archaeological evidence indicates that Papuanspeaking peoples traveled across a land bridge that connected Asia and present-day Australia about 30,000 years ago. Lapita people migrated eastward across the region beginning 4,000 years ago. The region was explored by Europeans as early as the 16th century and most extensively from the second half of the 18th century. By the beginning of the 19th century, Dumont d’Urville had divided the region into three units: micro(small), poly- (many), and mela- (black) nesia (island). The lands are continental, volcanic, and atollian. Each supports distinct ecologies that exist in relation to the migrations and sociocultural systems that were transported across the region. Art of Pacific Cultures, p. 861; The Peopling of the Pacific, pp. 862–863; Australia, Learning Objective pp. 863–864; 1.3 Melanesia, pp. 864–869; Micronesia, pp. 869–870; Polynesia, pp. 870–876 Page 63 of 72 Bilum-Contemporary Net Bags of Highland New Guinea, pp. 865–866; Feather Cloak from Hawaii, p. 874 Big Ideas Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.2; Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 3.1; Learning Objective 3.2 Essential Knowledge 5-5e. Due to the history of suppression and forced assimilation into white culture, influence of Native North American art on modern U.S. and European art styles has been minimized. However, recent cultural revitalization of traditions and active contemporary artistic production by self-taught and academically trained artists keep Native American participation in global artistry alive. Strains range from self-conscious revival of ancient arts, such as in Puebloan pottery, to cutting political commentary on racism and injustice. Essential Knowledge 9-1c. Objects such as shields, ancestral representations, and family treasures were and continue to be constructed to give form to and preserve human history and social continuity. Other art forms are constructed to be displayed and performed to remind people of their heritage and shared bonds (such as the significance of an ancestor or leader) and are intended to be destroyed once the memory is created. Art History 5e, 2014, Student Edition, Image Examples Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 1.4 Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 3.2 Chapter Page Numbers Content Area Enduring Understanding Enduring Understanding 9-2. The sea is ubiquitous as a theme of Pacific art and as a presence in the daily lives of a large portion of Oceania, as the sea both connects and separates the lands and peoples of the Pacific. Enduring Understanding 9-3. The arts of the Pacific are expressions of beliefs, social relations, essential truths, and compendia of information held by designated members of society. Pacific arts are objects, acts, and events that are forces in social life. Enduring Understanding 9-4. Pacific arts are performed (danced, sung, recited, displayed) in an array of colors, scents, textures, and movements that enact narratives and proclaim primordial truths. Belief in the use of costumes, cosmetics, and constructions assembled to enact epics of human history and experience is central to the creation of and participation in Pacific arts. Essential Knowledge Essential Knowledge 9-2a. In the last 4,000 years, populations sailed from Vanuatu eastward, and carried plants, animals, and pottery that now demonstrate a pattern of migration and connection from what was the Lapita culture. By 800 C.E. the distribution that has come to be described as Melanesia, Micronesia, and Polynesia was established. Stokstad Art History 5e, 2014 Student Edition The Peopling of the Pacific, pp. 862–863 Learning Objectives Art History 5e, 2014, Student Edition, Image Examples Big Ideas Learning Objective 1.3 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an 28-2: Fragments of a aesthetic object, act, Large Lapita Jar. P. 862; or event Map 28-1: Pacific Cultural- Big Idea 2: Art Geographic Regions, p. making is shaped by 863 tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 9-2b. Ships and devices of navigation and sailing expertise were built and used to promote exploration, migration, and the exchange of objects and cultural patterns across the Pacific. Navigators created personal charts or expressions of the truths of their experience of the sea and other objects intended to protect and ensure the success of sailing. Ocean-going vessels carried families, and often communities, across vast distances; passengers could also return to their place of departure. The Peopling of the Pacific, pp. 862–863; Wepepe Navigation Chart, p. 869 Learning Objective 1.3 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, Map 28-1: Pacific Culturalor event Geographic Regions, p. Big Idea 2: Art 863; 28-9: Wapepe making is shaped by Navigation Chart, p. 869 tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 9-3a. Arts of the Pacific involve the power and forces of deities, ancestors, founders, and hereditary leaders, as well as symbols of primal principles, which are protected by wrapping, sheathing, and other forms of covering to prevent human access. Ritual dress, forms of armor, and tattoos encase and shield the focus of power from human interaction. One’s vital force, identity, or strength (mana) is expressed and protected by rules and prohibitions, as well as by wrapping or shielding practices, or tapu. Mana is also associated with communities and leaders who represent their peoples. Objects that project status and sustain structure hold and become mana. These objects are made secure through tapu or behaviors that limit access to and protect the objects. Bilum-Contemporary Net Bags of Highland New Guinea, pp. 865–866; Spirit Poles of the Asmat of West Papua, pp. 866–867; Tubuan Mask of New Britain, pp. 868–869; Tattoo in the Marquesas Islands, p. 871; Monumental Moai, pp. 874–875 Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 28-5: Women Wearing Net Bags, p. 866; 28-6: Asmat Ancestral Spirit Poles, p. 867; 28-6: Tubuan Mask Being Danced, p. 868; 28-11: Teve Tupuhia, p. 871 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 9-3b. Rulers of the Sayudeleur Dynasty commanded construction of Nan Madol in Micronesia, a residential and ceremonial complex of numerous humanmade islets. Rulers of Hawaii were clothed in feather capes that announce their status and shield them from contact. Societies of Polynesia in New Zealand, Rapa Nui, and Samoa create sacred ceremonial spaces that both announce and contain their legitimacy, power, and life force. In Melanesia, individuals and clans earn status and power and sustain social balance in a set of relationships marked by the exchange of objects. Masks, and the performance of masks, are a recital and commemoration of ancestors’ histories and wisdom. Tubuan Mask of New Britain, pp. 868–869; Nan Modal, pp. 869–870; Feather Cloak from Hawaii, p. 874 Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 3.1; Learning Objective 3.2 28-6: Tubuan Mask Being Danced, p. 868; Map 282: The Complex of Nan Madol, p. 870; 28-10: Royal Mortuary Compound, Nan Madol, p. 870; 28-16: Moai Ancestor Figures, p. 875; 28-15: Feather Cloak Known as the Kearney Cloak, p. 874 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 9-4a. Objects and behaviors in the cultures of the Pacific are often designed and presented to stimulate a particular response. Rare and precious materials are used to demonstrate wealth, status, and particular circumstance. Ritual settings are structured with elements that address all of the senses. Physical combat and warfare are announced and preceded by displays of ferocity in dress, dance, verbal aggression, and gestural threats. Tubuan Mask of New Britain, pp. 868–869; Tattoo in the Marquesas Islands, p. 871; Festival of Pacific Arts, pp. 876–877 Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 3.1; Learning Objective 3.2 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an 28-6: Tubuan Mask Being aesthetic object, act, or event Danced, p. 868; 28-11: Teve Tupuhia, p. 871; 28- Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by 18: Musicians from Paua tradition and change New Guinea, p. 877 Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 9-4b. The acts of creation, performance, and even destruction of a mask, costume, or installation often carry the meaning of the work of art (instead of the object itself carrying the meaning). Meaning is communicated at the time of the work’s appearance, as well as in the future when the work, or the context of its appearance, is recalled. This sort of memory is evoked through the presentation of primordial forms such as cultural heroes, founding ancestors, or totemic animals in order to reaffirm shared values and important truths. In some instances the memory is created and performed, and then the objects that appeared in those processes are destroyed, leaving a new iteration of the memory. Spirit Poles of the Asmat of West Papua, pp. 866–867; Malagan Display of New Zealand, pp. 867–868; Tubuan Mask of New Britain, pp. 868–869; Tattoo in the Marquesas Islands, p. 871 Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.2; Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 3.2 28-6: Asmat Ancestral Spirit Poles, p. 867; 28-7: Malagan Display, p. 868; 28-6: Tubuan Mask Being Danced, p. 868; 28-11: Teve Tupuhia, p. 871 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 9-4c. Reciprocity is demonstrated by cycles of exchange in which designated people and communities provide specific items and in exchange receive equally predictable items. The process of exchange is complex and prescribed. Chants, dances, scents, costumes, and people of particular lineage and social position are called into play to create a performance that engages all of the senses and expands the form and significance of the exchange. Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.2; Tubuan Mask of New Learning Objective Britain, pp. 868–869; 1.3; Learning Feather Cloak from Objective 1.4; Hawaii, p. 874; Learning Objective Festival of Pacific Arts, 2.1; Learning pp. 876–877 Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 3.2 28-6: Tubuan Mask Being Danced, p. 868; 28-15: Feather Cloak Known as the Kearney Cloak, p. 874; 28-18: Musicians from Paua New Guinea, p. 877 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Page 64 of 72 Chapter Page Numbers Content Area Enduring Understanding Essential Knowledge Essential Knowledge 9-4d. Duality and complementarity are aspects of social relations that are often characterized by opposing forces or circumstances and express the balance of relations necessary between those seemingly divergent forces. Gender, for example, is the basis for inclusion in some societies but is understood in the context of complement rather than opposition. Spatial organization, shared spaces, and exclusive or rarified spaces are created and used to reinforce social order. 29 Art of Africa in the Modern Era pp. 880-903 Africa 1100–1980 C.E. Enduring Understanding 6-1. Human life, which is understood to have begun in Africa, developed over millions of years and radiated beyond the continent of Africa. The earliest African art dates to 77,000 years ago. While interpretation of this art is conjectural at best, the clarity and strength of design and expression in the work is obvious. Art History 5e, 2014, Student Edition, Image Examples Big Ideas 28-6: Tubuan Mask Being Danced, p. 868; 28-7: Malagan Display, p. 868; 28-11: Teve Tupuhia, p. 871; 28-12: Te-Hau-kiTuranga, p. 872; 28-13: Carved Figure From Storehouse Doorway, p. 873 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable See Chapter 14 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Traditional and Contemporary Africa, pp. 882–883; Art and Learning Objective 1.3 Its Contexts: Foundations of African Cultures, p. 885 Map 29-1: Present-Day Africa, p. 883 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Art of Africa in the Modern Age, p. 881; Traditional and Contemporary Africa, pp. 882–900; Contemporary Art, pp. 900–903 Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 1.4 29-4: Twin Figures, p. 886; 29-5: Elder Guiding Small Boy in Egunon Performance, p. 886; 297: Temne Nowo Masquerade with Attendants, p. 888; 2910: Spirit Spouse, p. 891; 29-11: IFA Divination Session, p. 892; 29-12: Divination Basket (Ngombo), p. 893; 29-21: Kanaga and Rabbit Masquerade Figures at Dama, p. 899; Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 6-2a. Art in Africa is a combination of objects, acts, and events, created in a wide variety of media (vocal, aural, and visual) and materials (wood, ivory, metals, ceramic, fiber, and elements of nature) that are carved, cast, forged, modeled, woven, and combined by recognized specialists for knowledgeable patrons. Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 1.4 29-17: Ngady Mwaash Mask, p. 896; 29-18: Bwoom Masked Dancer at Funeral of an Initiated Man, p. 897; 29-19: Initiation Wall Panels, p. 890; 29-10: Spirit Spouse, p. 891; 29-11: IFA Divination Session, p. 892; 29-12: Divination Basket (Ngombo), p. 893; 29-21: Kanaga and Rabbit Masquerade Figures at Dama, p. 899; 29-22: Reliquary Guardian, p. 900 Essential Knowledge 6-2b. Art reveals belief systems; it presents a world that is known but not necessarily seen, predictable, or even available to everyone. These arts are expressive rather than representational and often require specialized or supernaturally ordained capabilities for their creation, use, and interpretation. African art is concerned with ideas (beliefs and relationships that exist in the social and intellectual world) rather than the with objects of the natural or physical world. Art is created for both daily use and ritual purposes (such as leadership, religious beliefs, diagnosis and divination, education, and personal adornment). Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 1.2; Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 3.2 29-17: Ngady Mwaash Mask, p. 896; 29-18: Bwoom Masked Dancer at Funeral of an Initiated Man, p. 897; 29-19: Initiation Wall Panels, p. 890; 29-10: Spirit Spouse, p. 891; 29-11: IFA Divination Session, p. 892; 29-12: Divination Basket (Ngombo), p. 893; 29-13: Kente Cloth, p. 893; 29-16: Kot Ambweek in Ceremonial Dress, p. 895; 29-21: Kanaga and Rabbit Masquerade Figures at Dama, p. 899; 29-22: Reliquary Guardian, p. 900 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable The Spirit World, pp. 890–892; Art and Its Contexts: Divination among the Chokwe, p. 893; A Broader Look: Kuba Funerary Mask, pp. 896–897; Death and Ancestors, pp. 898–900 The Spirit World, pp. 890–892; Art and Its Essential Knowledge 6-2c. Art forms may be prescribed by a diviner, commissioned by a Contexts: Divination supplicant, and produced by a specific artist. The art object comes under the among the Chokwe, custodianship of the person who commissioned it or a member of his or her family. p. 893; A Broader Performances of objects are accompanied by costumes and music. None of these Look: Kuba Funerary practices is simple or random. Cultural protocols acknowledge and ensure the efficacy Mask, pp. 896–897; and appropriateness of artistic experience in Africa. African art is sung, danced, and Leadership, pp. presented in holistic experiences for designated audiences; it is created for specific 892–898; Death and reasons and to produce expected results. Ancestors, pp. 898–900 Page 65 of 72 Learning Objectives Malagan Display of New Zealand, pp. Learning Objective 867–868; Tubuan 1.1; Learning Mask of New Britain, pp. 868–869; Tattoo Objective 1.3; Learning Objective in the Marquesas 1.4; Learning Islands, p. 871; A Broader Look: Te-Hau- Objective 3.2 ki-Turanga, pp. 872–873 Essential Knowledge 6-1a. Early artistic expression on the African continent is found in the rock art of the Sahara and in southern Africa. Those works depict the animals that lived in each region, human pursuits (e.g., herding, combat, and perhaps dance or some See Chapter 14 sort of regularized behavior), contact among different groups of people, and the use of technologies (e.g., horses and chariots). Essential Knowledge 6-1b. The now-deserts of the Sahara were once grasslands and an original source of agriculture and animal husbandry. As the desert grew, it stretched toward the still well-watered valley of the Nile and the culture of Pharaonic Egypt. Resulting human migrations carried populations southward into central Africa and eventually across the Congo River Basin. The arts, major world religions, and international trade routes followed those paths and flourished in patterns of distribution seen in Africa today. Enduring Understanding 6-2. Human beliefs and interactions in Africa are instigated by the arts. African arts are active; they motivate behavior, contain and express belief, and validate social organization and human relations. Stokstad Art History 5e, 2014 Student Edition Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 1.4 Chapter Page Numbers Content Area Enduring Understanding Enduring Understanding 6-3. Use and efficacy are central to the art of Africa. African arts, though often characterized, collected, and exhibited as figural sculptures and masks, are by nature meant to be performed rather than simply viewed. African arts are often described in terms of the contexts and functions with which they appear to be associated. Essential Knowledge Essential Knowledge 6-3a. As in all arts, aspects of human experience (such as origins, destinies, beliefs, physicality, power, and gender) are expressed through objects and performances. Artistic expression in Africa is an integral part of social life, connecting daily practices to beliefs, systems of power and authority, and social networks that link people to their families, communities, and shared ancestors. African arts mark status, identity, and cycles of human experience (e.g., maturational, seasonal, astronomical, and liturgical). Essential Knowledge 6-3b. Education, incorporation into adulthood, and civic responsibility are processes marked by the creation, manipulation, and interpretation of art objects. The arts of authority (both achieved and inherited status and roles) legitimate traditional leadership. Leaders’ histories and accomplishments are often entrusted to and lauded by historians, bards, and elders. Personal identity, social status, and relationships are delineated by aesthetic choices and artistic expression. Common ancestors link leaders, sanction social behavior and choices, and define the order of social life. Essential Knowledge 6-3c. Urbanization and its monumental trappings (both bureaucratic and architectural) often associated with “civilization” take many forms in Africa. Administrative and liturgical centers exist apart from settlement that is often determined by the spaces required for agriculture or herding. Seasonal climatic shifts and demands of political relations affect the scale and distribution of built environments and arts that mark them. The sites of Meroë, Timbuktu, Zimbabwe, Igbo Ukwu, and Kilwa Kisiwani demonstrate that range of monumentalities. Enduring Understanding 6-4. Outsiders have often characterized, collected, and exhibited African arts as primitive, ethnographic, anonymous, and static, when in reality Africa’s interaction with the rest of the world led to dynamic intellectual and artistic traditions that sustain hundreds of cultures and almost as many languages, contributing dramatically to the corpus of human expression. African life and arts have been deeply affected by ongoing, cosmopolitan patterns of interaction with populations around the world and through time. Essential Knowledge 6-4a. African histories, often sung or recited, are traditionally the responsibility of specialists. Outsiders often see those histories as timeless and unchanging. The Africa we know often comes from ideas promulgated by foreigners since the ninth century — as though history were brought to, rather than originating from, Africa. Stokstad Art History 5e, 2014 Student Edition Learning Objectives Art History 5e, 2014, Student Edition, Image Examples Big Ideas Children and the Continuity of Life, pp. 865–889; A Broader Look: Kuba Funerary Mask, pp. 896–897 Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 1.4 29-4: Twin Figures, p. 886; 29-5: Elder Guiding Small Boy in Egunon Performance, p. 886; 297: Temne Nowo Masquerade with Attendants, p. 888; 29-8: Bwami Mask, p. 889; 299: Initiation Wall Panels, p. 890 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Leadership, pp. 892–898; Death and Ancestors, pp. 898–900 Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 29-5: Elder Guiding Small Boy in Egunon Performance, p. 886; 2913: Kente Cloth, p. 893; 29-16: Kot Ambweek in Ceremonial Dress, p. 895; 29-20: Palace Door, p. 898; 29-21: Kanaga and Rabbit Masquerade Figures at Dama, p. 899; 29-22: Reliquary Guardian, p. 900 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 1.4 29-3: Nankani Compound, p. 884; 29-14: Decorated Building, p. 895; 29-16: Veranda Posts Installed in the Courtyard of the Palace, p. 895; 29-20: Palace Door, p. 898 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 29-7: Temne Nowo Masquerade with Attendants, p. 888; 2911: IFA Divination Session, p. 892; 29-18: Bwoom Masked Dancer at Funeral of an Initiated Man, p. 897; 29-19: Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 29-4: Twin Figures, p. 886; 29-5: Elder Guiding Small Boy in Egunon Performance, p. 886; 297: Temne Nowo Masquerade with Attendants, p. 888; 2910: Spirit Spouse, p. 891; 29-11: IFA Divination Session, p. 892; 29-12: Divination Basket (Ngombo), p. 893; 29-21: Kanaga and Rabbit Masquerade Figures at Dama, p. 899; Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 29-23: Untitled, p. 901; 29-24: Flag for a New World Power, p. 902; 2925: Dispersion, p. 903; also see: Chapter 32: 3265: Aspects of Negro Life from Slavery through Reconstruction, p. 1064; 32-66: La Citadelle: Freedom, p. 1064; 32-67: The Migration Series, Panel 1, p. 1065 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Domestic Agriculture, p. 884; Art and Its Contexts: Foundations of African Cultures, p. 885 Death and Ancestors, pp. 898–900; Leadership, p. 892; A Broader Look: Kuba Funerary Mask, pp. 896–897 Essential Knowledge 6-4b. As they have been traditionally collected by outsiders, African art objects that are similar in form are often grouped with works that come from the same place and are produced by a designated ethnic group. The name of the artist and the date of creation are rarely acknowledged by the outsiders who collected them. These gaps in the record do not reflect a lack of interest on the part of those who commission, use, and protect art objects; rather they are the result of ignorance and predisposition by those collecting, describing, and explaining African art. Art of Africa in the Modern Age, p. 881; Traditional and Contemporary Africa, pp. 882–900; Contemporary Art, pp. 900–903 Essential Knowledge 6-4c. Creative contributions of African life and arts are found in populations around the world. Artistic practices were conveyed by and continue to be serviced by African people and beliefs, from Macao to Manaus to Mauritania. These creative contributions are reflected in diverse art forms, from the practices of Santeria to Japanese screens and the paintings of Renaissance Venice. The literatures of Negritude and the Harlem Renaissance expanded the notions of place and race to new levels that are again changing in the contemporary diaspora. Although traditional African art forms are usually described and exhibited, contemporary African arts have increased awareness and understanding of the arts of the continent across the globe. Contemporary Art, pp. 900–902; African Artists in the Diaspora, pp. 902–903; also see: Chapter 32: The Harlem Renaissance, pp. 1060, 1064–1065 Page 66 of 72 Chapter 30 Eighteenth-and Early Nineteenth-Century Art in Europe and North America Page Numbers pp. 904-961 Content Area Later Europe and Americas 1750–1980 C.E. Learning Objectives Art History 5e, 2014, Student Edition, Image Examples Big Ideas Eighteenth- and Early Nineteenth-Century Art in Europe and North America, 905; Industrial, Intellectual, and Political Revolutions, pp. 906–907; Rococo, pp. 907–912; Italy: The Grand Tour and Neoclassicism, pp. 913–917; Essential Knowledge 4-1a. The Enlightenment set the stage for this era. Scientific inquiry Neoclassicism and and empirical evidence were promoted in order to reveal and understand the physical Early Romanticism in world. Belief in knowledge and progress led to revolutions and a new emphasis on Britain, 917–931; human rights. Subsequently, Romanticism offered a critique of Enlightenment principles Later EighteenthCentury Art in France, and industrialization. pp. 932–940; Art in Spain and Spanish America, 940–945; Early NineteenthCentury Art: Neoclassicism and Romanticism, 945–958; Gothic and Neoclassical Styles in Early NineteenthCentury Architecture, pp. 658–651 Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 30-1: Thomas Mifflin and Sarah Morris, p. 904; 303: The Signboard of Gersaint, p. 908; 30-5: Girl Reclining: Louise O’Murphy, p. 910; 30-6: The Swing, p. 911; 30-7: The Invention of the Balloon, p. 912; 30-9: Interior, Church of the Vierzehnheiligen, p. 913; 30-21: The Marriage Contract, p. 923; 30-24: An Experiment on a Bird in the Air-Pump, p. 925; 30-25: Academicians of the Royal Academy, p. 926; 30-29: The Nightmare, p. 930; 3044: Third of May, 1808, p. 942: 30-67: Altes Museum, Berlin, p. 960 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 4-1b. Philosophies of Marx and Darwin impacted worldviews, followed by the work of Freud and Einstein. Later, postmodern theory influenced art making and the study of art. In addition, artists were affected by exposure to diverse cultures, largely as a result of colonialism. The advent of mass production supplied artists with ready images, which they were quick to appropriate. Industrial, Intellectual, and Political Revolutions, pp. 906–907; The Satiric Spirit, pp. 922–923; The Romance of Science, pp. 924–926; Romantic Painting, pp. 929–932; Portraiture and Protest in Spain: Goya, pp. 940–943 Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.2; Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 30-21: The Marriage Contract, p. 923; 30-24: An Experiment on a Bird in the Air-Pump, p. 925; 30-29: The Nightmare, p. 930; 30-44: Third of May, 1808, p. 942 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 4-2a. Diverse artists with a common dedication to innovation came to be discussed as the avant-garde. Subdivisions include Neoclassicism, Romanticism, Realism, Impressionism, Post-Impressionism, Symbolism, Expressionism, Cubism, Constructivism, Abstraction, Surrealism, Abstract Expressionism, Pop Art, performance art, and earth and environmental art. Many of these categories fall under the general heading of modernism. Eighteenth- and Early Nineteenth-Century Art in Europe and North America, 905; Industrial, Intellectual, and Political Revolutions, pp. 906–907; Rococo, pp. 907–912; Italy: The Grand Tour and Neoclassicism, pp. 913–917; Neoclassicism and Early Romanticism in Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Britain, 917–931; Objective 2.2 Later EighteenthCentury Art in France, pp. 932–940; Art in Spain and Spanish America, 940–945; Early NineteenthCentury Art: Neoclassicism and Romanticism, 945–958; Gothic and Neoclassical Styles in Early NineteenthCentury Architecture, pp. 658–651 30-6: The Swing, p. 911; 30-7: The Invention of the Balloon, p. 912; 30-9: Interior, Church of the Vierzehnheiligen, p. 913; 30-21: The Marriage Contract, p. 923; 30-24: An Experiment on a Bird in the Air-Pump, p. 925; 30-25: Academicians of the Royal Academy, p. 926; 30-29: The Nightmare, p. 930; 3044: Third of May, 1808, p. 942: 30-67: Altes Museum, Berlin, p. 960 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable 30-3: The Signboard of Gersaint, p. 908; 30-5: Girl Reclining: Louise O’Murphy, p. 910; 30-6: The Swing, p. 911; 30-7: The Invention of the Balloon, p. 912; 30-21: The Marriage Contract, p. 923; 30-25: Academicians of the Royal Academy, p. 926; 30-27: Severn River Bridge, p. 928; 30-40: Self Portrait with Two Pupils, p. 939 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Enduring Understanding Enduring Understanding 4-1. From the mid-1700s to 1980 C.E., Europe and the Americas experienced rapid change and innovation. Art existed in the context of dramatic events such as industrialization, urbanization, economic upheaval, migrations, and wars. Countries and governments were re-formed; women’s and civil rights’ movements catalyzed social change. Enduring Understanding 4-2. Artists assumed new roles in society. Styles of art proliferated and often gave rise to artistic movements. Art and architecture exhibited a diversity of styles, forming an array of “isms.” Essential Knowledge Stokstad Art History 5e, 2014 Student Edition Rococo Salons, pp. 907–908; Rococo Painting and Sculpture, pp. 908–912; Essential Knowledge 4-2b. Artists were initially bonded by sanctioned academies and Wedgewood, pp. pursued inclusion in juried salons for their work to be displayed. Later, when this system 919–921; Art and Its broke down, they joined together in self-defined groups, often on the margins of the Contexts: Academies mainstream art world, and they often published manifestos of their beliefs. Change and and Academy innovation dominated this era and became goals in their own right. Women artists slowly Exhibitions, p. 926; gained recognition as many artists competed for admiration of their individuality and The Satiric Spirit, pp. genius. 922–923; Elements of Architecture: Iron as a Building Material, p. 928; Adelaide LablleGuiard, p. 938 Page 67 of 72 Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 Chapter Page Numbers Content Area Enduring Understanding Essential Knowledge Stokstad Art History 5e, 2014 Student Edition Learning Objectives Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.2; Essential Knowledge 4-2c. Artists employed new media, including lithography, Elements of Learning Objective photography, film, and serigraphy. They used industrial technology and prefabrication, Architecture: Iron as 1.3; Learning as well as many new materials, to create innovative and monumental works, culminating a Building Material, p. Objective 1.4; with massive earthworks. Performance was enacted in novel ways and recorded on film 928; Technique: Learning Objective and video. Lithography, p. 954 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 3.1 Essential Knowledge 4-2d. Architecture witnessed a series of revival styles, including classical, Gothic, Renaissance, and Baroque. In the mid-19th century, advances in technology, such as the steel frame, ferroconcrete construction, and cantilevering, hastened the development of building construction. Skyscrapers proliferated and led to an international style of architecture that was later challenged by postmodernism. Enduring Understanding 4-3. Works of art took on new roles and functions in society and were experienced by audiences in new ways. Art of this era often proved challenging for audiences and patrons to immediately understand. Rococo Church Decoration, pp. Essential Knowledge 4-3b. Church patronage declined and corporate patronage 912–913; Canaletto, emerged. The influence of the academies receded in favor of radical individualism; some p. 915; The Satiric artists worked without patronage. Audiences ranged from private patrons to the public, Spirit, pp. 922–923; which was sometimes hostile toward art that broke with tradition. Contexts: Academies and Academy Exhibitions, p. 926 31 Mid-to Late NineteenthLater Europe and Americas Century Art in Europe and pp. 962-1015 1750–1980 C.E. the United States Enduring Understanding 4-1. From the mid-1700s to 1980 C.E., Europe and the Americas experienced rapid change and innovation. Art existed in the context of dramatic events such as industrialization, urbanization, economic upheaval, migrations, and wars. Countries and governments were re-formed; women’s and civil rights’ movements catalyzed social change. Essential Knowledge 4-1b. Philosophies of Marx and Darwin impacted worldviews, followed by the work of Freud and Einstein. Later, postmodern theory influenced art making and the study of art. In addition, artists were affected by exposure to diverse cultures, largely as a result of colonialism. The advent of mass production supplied artists with ready images, which they were quick to appropriate. Page 68 of 72 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an 30-27: Severn River aesthetic object, act, Bridge, p. 928; 30-58: or event Rue Transnonain, Le 15 Big Idea 2: Art Avril 1834, p. 953; 30-59: making is shaped by The Print Lovers, p. 954 tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 30-3: The Signboard of Gersaint, p. 908; 30-5: Girl Reclining: Louise O’Murphy, p. 910; 30-6: The Swing, p. 911; 30-7: The Invention of the Balloon, p. 912; 30-25: Academicians of the Royal Academy, p. 926; 30-67: Altes Museum, Berlin, p. 960 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 30-9: Interior, Church of the Vierzehnheiligen, p. 913; 30-11: The Doge’s Palace and the Riva Degli Schivoni, p. 915; 30-21: The Marriage Contract, p. 923; 30-25: Academicians of the Royal Academy, p. 926 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Mid- to Late Nineteenth-Century Art in Europe and the United States, p. 963; Europe and the United States in the Mid to Late Nineteenth Century, p. 964; French Academic Essential Knowledge 4-1a. The Enlightenment set the stage for this era. Scientific inquiry Architecture and Art, Learning Objective and empirical evidence were promoted in order to reveal and understand the physical 1.3; Learning pp. 964–968; Early world. Belief in knowledge and progress led to revolutions and a new emphasis on Objective 2.1; Photography in human rights. Subsequently, Romanticism offered a critique of Enlightenment principles Europe and the United Learning Objective States, pp. 968–970; 2.2 and industrialization. Realism and the AvantGarde, pp. 972–986; Impressionism, pp. 987–993; The LateNineteenth Century, pp. 994–1006; The Beginning of Modernism, pp. 1007–1015 Europe and the United States in the Mid to Late Nineteenth Century, p. 964; Art and Its Contexts: Orientalism, p. 968; Realism and Revolution, p. 972; Art and Its Contexts: The Mass Dissemination of Art, p. 978; Developments in Britain, p. 984; Impressionism, p. 987 Big Ideas 30-9: Interior, Church of the Vierzehnheiligen, p. 913; 30-27: Severn River Bridge, p. 928; 30-32: Panthéon, p. 933; 30-65: Houses of Parliament, p. 959; 30-69: Monticello, p. 961 Rococo Church Decoration, pp. 912–913; Elements of Architecture: Iron as Learning Objective a Building Material, p. 2.1; Learning 928; Architecture, p. Objective 2.2 932–933; Gothic and Neoclassical Architecture, pp. 958–961 Rococo Salons, pp. 907–908; Rococo Painting and Sculpture, pp. Essential Knowledge 4-3a. Art was displayed at public exhibitions such as the Salon in 908–912; Paris and later at commercial art galleries. The museum became an important institution Wedgewood, pp. of civic and national status and pride. The sale of art to the public became the leading 919–921; Art and Its driver of art production. The collection of art increased, driving up prices, as art became Contexts: Academies a commodity that appreciated in value. After the devastation of Europe in World War II, and Academy artists in the United States dominated the art market. Exhibitions, p. 926; Neoclassical Architecture, pp. 959–961 Art History 5e, 2014, Student Edition, Image Examples Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.2; Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 31-4: The Birth of Venus, p. 967; 31-8: Daguerreotype of Samuel Big Idea 1: Artists Finley Breese Morse, p. manipulate materials 969; 31-10: The Home of and idas to create an the Rebel Sharpshotter: aesthetic object, act, Battlefield at Gettysburg, or event p. 970; 31-14: The Big Idea 2: Art Gleaners, p. 974; 31-17: making is shaped by Le Déjeuner sur L’Herbe, tradition and change p. 977; 31-21: the Gross Big Idea 3: Clinic, p. 981; 31-22: Interpretations of art Summer’s Day, p. 991; 31are variable 40: The Starry Night, p. 998; 31-57: Still Life with Basket of Apples, p. 1015 31-6: The Snake Charmer, p. 968; 31-13: A Burial at Ornans, p. 973; 31-28: Impression: Sunrise, p. 989 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Chapter Page Numbers Content Area Enduring Understanding Enduring Understanding 4-2. Artists assumed new roles in society. Styles of art proliferated and often gave rise to artistic movements. Art and architecture exhibited a diversity of styles, forming an array of “isms.” Essential Knowledge Essential Knowledge 4-2a. Diverse artists with a common dedication to innovation came to be discussed as the avant-garde. Subdivisions include Neoclassicism, Romanticism, Realism, Impressionism, Post-Impressionism, Symbolism, Expressionism, Cubism, Constructivism, Abstraction, Surrealism, Abstract Expressionism, Pop Art, performance art, and earth and environmental art. Many of these categories fall under the general heading of modernism. Stokstad Art History 5e, 2014 Student Edition Mid- to Late Nineteenth-Century Art in Europe and the United States, p. 963; Europe and the United States in the Mid to Late Nineteenth Century, p. 964; French Academic Architecture and Art, Learning Objective pp. 964–968; Early 2.1; Learning Photography in Europe and the United Objective 2.2 States, pp. 968–970; Realism and the AvantGarde, pp. 972–986; Impressionism, pp. 987–993; The LateNineteenth Century, pp. 994–1006; The Beginning of Modernism, pp. 1007–1015 Early Photography in Europe and the United States, pp. 968–970; Technique: The Photographic Process, p. 971; Juliam Margaret Cameron, p. 971; Rosa Bonheur, Essential Knowledge 4-2b. Artists were initially bonded by sanctioned academies and pp. 975–976; Art pursued inclusion in juried salons for their work to be displayed. Later, when this system Noveau, pp. broke down, they joined together in self-defined groups, often on the margins of the 1004–1005; mainstream art world, and they often published manifestos of their beliefs. Change and Developments in innovation dominated this era and became goals in their own right. Women artists slowly Britain, p. 984; A Broader Look: Modern gained recognition as many artists competed for admiration of their individuality and Artists and World genius. Cultures: Japonisme, pp. 996–997; Symbolism, pp. 999–1003; European Architecture: Technology and Structure, p. 1007–1012 Art History 5e, 2014, Student Edition, Image Examples Big Ideas 31-4: The Birth of Venus, p. 967; 31-8: Daguerreotype of Samuel Finley Breese Morse, p. 969; 31-10: The Home of the Rebel Sharpshotter: Battlefield at Gettysburg, Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials p. 970; 31-14: The Gleaners, p. 974; 31-17: and idas to create an Le Déjeuner sur L’Herbe, aesthetic object, act, p. 977; 31-21: the Gross or event Big Idea 2: Art Clinic, p. 981; 31-22: Summer’s Day, p. 991; 31- making is shaped by 40: The Starry Night, p. tradition and change 998; 31-50: The Crystal Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art Palace, p. 1007; 31-54: are variable Marshall Field Wholesale Store, Chicago, p. 1011; 31-55: Wainwright Building, St. Louis, p. 1012; 31-57: Still Life with Basket of Apples, p. 1015 31-7: The Artist’s Studio, p. 969; 31-8: Daguerreotype of Samuel Finley Breese Morse, p. 969; 31-16: The Horse Fair, p. 976; 31-25: La Pia De’Tolomei, p. 984; 3139: Japonaiserie: Flowring Plum Tree, p. 997; 31-47: Casa Batlló, Barcelona, p. 1005; 31-50: The Crystal Palace, p. 1007; 31-54: Marshall Field Wholesale Store, Chicago, p. 1011; 31-55: Wainwright Building, St. Louis, p. 1012 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.2; Essential Knowledge 4-2c. Artists employed new media, including lithography, Learning Objective Early Photography in 1.3; Learning photography, film, and serigraphy. They used industrial technology and prefabrication, as well as many new materials, to create innovative and monumental works, culminating Europe and the United Objective 1.4; with massive earthworks. Performance was enacted in novel ways and recorded on film States, pp. 968–970; Learning Objective and video. 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 3.1 31-7: The Artist’s Studio, p. 969; 31-8: Daguerreotype of Samuel Finley Breese Morse, p. 969; 31-10: The Home of the Rebel Sharpshotter: Battlefield at Gettysburg, p. 970; 31-11: Portrait of Thomas Carlyle, p. 971 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Art Noveau, pp. 1004–1005; European Learning Objective Architecture: 2.1; Learning Technology and Objective 2.2 Structure, p. 1007–1012 31-1: Eiffel Tower, Paris, p. 923; 31-46: Stairway, Tassel House, Brussels, p. 1004; 31-47: Casa Batlló, Barcelona, p. 1005; 3150: The Crystal Palace, p. 1007; 31-54: Marshall Field Wholesale Store, Chicago, p. 1011; 31-55: Wainwright Building, St. Louis, p. 1012 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 4-2d. Architecture witnessed a series of revival styles, including classical, Gothic, Renaissance, and Baroque. In the mid-19th century, advances in technology, such as the steel frame, ferroconcrete construction, and cantilevering, hastened the development of building construction. Skyscrapers proliferated and led to an international style of architecture that was later challenged by postmodernism. Enduring Understanding 4-3. Works of art took on new roles and functions in society and were experienced by audiences in new ways. Art of this era often proved challenging for audiences and patrons to immediately understand. Learning Objectives Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 Mid- to Late Nineteenth-Century Art in Europe and the United States, p. 963; Art and Its Contexts: Essential Knowledge 4-3a. Art was displayed at public exhibitions such as the Salon in The Mass Paris and later at commercial art galleries. The museum became an important institution Dissemination of Art, Learning Objective of civic and national status and pride. The sale of art to the public became the leading p. 978; Realism in the 2.1; Learning driver of art production. The collection of art increased, driving up prices, as art became United States, pp. Objective 2.2 a commodity that appreciated in value. After the devastation of Europe in World War II, 980–981; European artists in the United States dominated the art market. Architecture: Impressionism, p. 987; Technology and Structure, p. 1007–1012 Page 69 of 72 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an 31-1: Eiffel Tower, Paris, aesthetic object, act, p. 923; 31-46: Stairway, or event Tassel House, Brussels, p. Big Idea 2: Art 1004; 31-21: The Gross making is shaped by Clinic. P. 981 tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Chapter Page Numbers Content Area Enduring Understanding Essential Knowledge Stokstad Art History 5e, 2014 Student Edition Mid- to Late Nineteenth-Century Essential Knowledge 4-3b. Church patronage declined and corporate patronage Art in Europe and the emerged. The influence of the academies receded in favor of radical individualism; some United States, p. 963; artists worked without patronage. Audiences ranged from private patrons to the public, Arts and Its Contexts: Art on Trial in 1877, which was sometimes hostile toward art that broke with tradition. p. 985; Impressionism, p. 987 32 Modern Art in Europe and the Americas 19001950 pp. 10161081 Later Europe and Americas 1750–1980 C.E. Enduring Understanding 4-1. From the mid-1700s to 1980 C.E., Europe and the Americas experienced rapid change and innovation. Art existed in the context of dramatic events such as industrialization, urbanization, economic upheaval, migrations, and wars. Countries and governments were re-formed; women’s and civil rights’ movements catalyzed social change. Enduring Understanding 4-2. Artists assumed new roles in society. Styles of art proliferated and often gave rise to artistic movements. Art and architecture exhibited a diversity of styles, forming an array of “isms.” Modern Art in Europe and the Americas, 1900–1950, p. 1017; Europe and America in the Early Twentieth Century, p. 1018; Early Modern Art in Europe, pp. 1019–1040; Essential Knowledge 4-1a. The Enlightenment set the stage for this era. Scientific inquiry Modernist Tendencies and empirical evidence were promoted in order to reveal and understand the physical in America, pp. world. Belief in knowledge and progress led to revolutions and a new emphasis on 1040–1043; Early human rights. Subsequently, Romanticism offered a critique of Enlightenment principles Modern Architecture, and industrialization. pp. 1044–1049; Art Between the Wars in Europe, pp. 1050–1060; Modern Art in the Americas Between the Wars, pp. 1060–1071; Postwar Art in Europe and the Americas, pp. 1071–1081 Learning Objectives Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 32-3: The Woman with the Hat, p. 1020; 32-5: Family of Sal Timbanques, p. 1022; 32-11: Standing Child, p. 1027; 32-24: Electric Light, p. 1034; 3234: The Flatiron Building, p. 1041; 32-39: Steiner Houe, p. 1045; 32-40: Villa Savoye, p. 1045; 3243: Fallingwater, p. 1047; 32-52: Bauhaus Building, p. 1054; 32-54: Wall Hanging, p. 1055; 32-65: Aspects of Negor Life, p. 1064; 32-66: La Citadelle: Freedom, p. 1064; 32-68: Migrant Mother, Nipomo, California, p. 1066; 3281: Autumn Rhythm, p. 1075 Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.2; Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an 32-48: Worker and aesthetic object, act, Collective Farm Woman, or event p. 1052; 32-55: The Dada Big Idea 2: Art Wall in Room 3 of the making is shaped by “Degenerate Art”, p. 1056 tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 4-1b. Philosophies of Marx and Darwin impacted worldviews, followed by the work of Freud and Einstein. Later, postmodern theory influenced art making and the study of art. In addition, artists were affected by exposure to diverse cultures, largely as a result of colonialism. The advent of mass production supplied artists with ready images, which they were quick to appropriate. Essential Knowledge 4-2a. Diverse artists with a common dedication to innovation came to be discussed as the avant-garde. Subdivisions include Neoclassicism, Romanticism, Realism, Impressionism, Post-Impressionism, Symbolism, Expressionism, Cubism, Constructivism, Abstraction, Surrealism, Abstract Expressionism, Pop Art, performance art, and earth and environmental art. Many of these categories fall under the general heading of modernism. Modern Art in Europe and the Americas, 1900–1950, p. 1017; Europe and America in the Early Twentieth Century, p. 1018; Early Modern Art in Europe, pp. 1019–1040; Modernist Tendencies Learning Objective in America, pp. 2.1; Learning 1040–1043; Early Modern Architecture, Objective 2.2 pp. 1044–1049; Art Between the Wars in Europe, pp. 1050–1060; Modern Art in the Americas Between the Wars, pp. 1060–1071; Postwar Art in Europe and the Americas, pp. 1071–1081 Page 70 of 72 Big Ideas Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an 31-1: Eiffel Tower, Paris, aesthetic object, act, or event p. 923; 31-29: Rouen Cathedral, p. 988; 31-33: Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by The Rehearsal on Stage, tradition and change p. 992 Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Socialist Realism, pp. 1051–1052; Art and Its Contexts: Suppression of the Avant-Garde in Nazi Germany, p. 1056 The Bauhaus in Germany, pp. Essential Knowledge 4-2b. Artists were initially bonded by sanctioned academies and 1054–1055; pursued inclusion in juried salons for their work to be displayed. Later, when this system Surrealism and the broke down, they joined together in self-defined groups, often on the margins of the Mind, pp. 1057–1060; mainstream art world, and they often published manifestos of their beliefs. Change and The Harlem innovation dominated this era and became goals in their own right. Women artists slowly Renaissance, pp. gained recognition as many artists competed for admiration of their individuality and 1061, 1064–1065; genius. Dorothea Lange, p. 1067 Art History 5e, 2014, Student Edition, Image Examples Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable 32-3: The Woman with the Hat, p. 1020; 32-5: Family of Sal Timbanques, p. 1022; 32-11: Standing Child, p. 1027; 32-24: Electric Light, p. 1034; 3234: The Flatiron Building, p. 1041; 32-39: Steiner Houe, p. 1045; 32-40: Villa Savoye, p. 1045; 3243: Fallingwater, p. 1047; 32-52: Bauhaus Building, p. 1054; 32-54: Wall Hanging, p. 1055; 32-65: Aspects of Negro Life, p. 1064; 32-66: La Citadelle: Freedom, p. 1064; 32-68: Migrant Mother, Nipomo, California, p. 1066; 3281: Autumn Rhythm, p. 1075 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable 32-52: Bauhaus Building, p. 1054; 32-54: Wall Hanging, p. 1055; 32-57: Birth of Liquid Desires, p. 1058; 32-59: Composition, p. 1059; 3265: Aspects of Negor Life, p. 1064; 32-66: La Citadelle: Freedom, p. 1064; 32-68: Migrant Mother, Nipomo, California, p. 1066 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Chapter Page Numbers Content Area Enduring Understanding Essential Knowledge Stokstad Art History 5e, 2014 Student Edition Learning Objectives Art History 5e, 2014, Student Edition, Image Examples Big Ideas Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.2; Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 3.1 32-34: The Flatiron Building, p. 1041; 32-39: Steiner Houe, p. 1045; 3240: Villa Savoye, p. 1045; 32-43: Fallingwater, p. 1047; 32-45: Woolworth Building, p. 1051; 32-58: Object (Fur covered Cup), p. 1059 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Early Modern Architecture, pp. 1044–1049; Early Modern Architecture, pp. 1044–1049; Learning Objective Elements of 2.1; Learning Architecture: The Skyscraper, p. 1049; Objective 2.2 Gerrit Rietveld, p. 1052; Elements of Architecture: The International Style, p. 1057 32-39: Steiner Houe, p. 1045; 32-40: Villa Savoye, p. 1045; 32-43: Fallingwater, p. 1047; 3245: Woolworth Building, p. 1051; Schröder House, p. 1053 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable The Armory Show and Home-Grown Learning Objective Modernism, pp. 2.1; Learning 1041–1044; The Objective 2.2 Center Shifts to New York, pp. 1073–1081 32-35: Nature Symbolized No. 2, p. 1043; 32-36: City Night, p. 1043; 3280: Garden in Sochi, p. 1074; 32-81: Autumn Rhythm, p. 1075; 32-84: Woman I, p. 1077 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Stieglitz and the “291” Gallery, pp. Essential Knowledge 4-2c. Artists employed new media, including lithography, 1040–1041; Early photography, film, and serigraphy. They used industrial technology and prefabrication, Modern Architecture, as well as many new materials, to create innovative and monumental works, culminating pp. 1044–1049; with massive earthworks. Performance was enacted in novel ways and recorded on film Elements of and video. Architecture: The Skyscraper, p. 1049 Essential Knowledge 4-2d. Architecture witnessed a series of revival styles, including classical, Gothic, Renaissance, and Baroque. In the mid-19th century, advances in technology, such as the steel frame, ferroconcrete construction, and cantilevering, hastened the development of building construction. Skyscrapers proliferated and led to an international style of architecture that was later challenged by postmodernism. Enduring Understanding 4-3. Works of art took on new roles and functions in society and were experienced by audiences in new ways. Art of this era often proved challenging for audiences and patrons to immediately understand. 33 The International Scene pp. 1082since 1950 1137 Global Contemporary 1980 C.E. to Present Essential Knowledge 4-3a. Art was displayed at public exhibitions such as the Salon in Paris and later at commercial art galleries. The museum became an important institution of civic and national status and pride. The sale of art to the public became the leading driver of art production. The collection of art increased, driving up prices, as art became a commodity that appreciated in value. After the devastation of Europe in World War II, artists in the United States dominated the art market. Stieglitz and the “291” Gallery, pp. 1040–1041; The Bauhaus in Germany, Essential Knowledge 4-3b. Church patronage declined and corporate patronage pp. 1054–1055; Unit emerged. The influence of the academies receded in favor of radical individualism; some One in England, p. artists worked without patronage. Audiences ranged from private patrons to the public, 1060; Art and Its which was sometimes hostile toward art that broke with tradition. Contexts: Federal Patronage for American Art During the Depression, p. 1066 Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 32-34: The Flatiron Building, p. 1041; 32-52: Bauhaus Building, p. 1054; 32-54: Wall Hanging, p. 1055; 32-60: Forms in Echelon, p. 1060; 32-68: Migrant Mother, Nipomo, California, p. 1066 The Expanding World, pp. 1084–1095; The Dematerialization of the Art Object, pp. 1095–1103; Architecture: MidCentury Modernism to Postmodernism, pp. 1104–1107; Postmodernism, pp. 1107–1116; Art, Activism, and Controversy: The Nineties, pp. 1116–1129; Globalism: Into the New Millenium, pp. 1129–1137 Learning Objective 1.1; Learning Objective 1.2; Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 3.1 33-3: Canyon, p. 1086; 33-12: Marilyn Diptych, p. 1093; 33-18: How to Explain Pictures to a Dead Hare, p. 1097; 33-3: Heath of the Brandenburg March, p. 1108; 33-42: Many Mansions, p. 1113; 33-52: Untitled, p. 1122 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 33-17: Untitled (Mirror Cube), p. 1096; 33-24: Personal Appearance #3, p. 1101; 33-39: Tar Beach (Part I from the Women on a Bridge Series), p. 1111; 33-55: Rebellious Silence, p. 1124 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 10-1a. Hierarchies of materials, tools, function, artistic training, Enduring Understanding 10-1. Global contemporary art is characterized by a transcendence of traditional conceptions of art style, and presentation are challenged. Questions about how art is defined, valued, and presented are provoked by ephemeral digital works, video-captured performances, and is supported by technological developments and global graffiti artists, online museums and galleries, declines in (but preservation of) natural awareness. Digital technology in particular provides increased materials and traditional skills, predominance of disposable material cultures, and the access to imagery and contextual information about diverse digital divide — access or lack of access to digital technology. artists and artworks throughout history and across the globe. Essential Knowledge 10-1b. Diverse art forms are considered according to perceived similarities in form, content, and artistic intent over broad themes, which include existential investigations, sociopolitical critiques, as well as reflections on the natural world, art’s history, popular and traditional cultures, and technological innovation. Page 71 of 72 The Dematerialization of the Art Object, pp. 1095–1103; Feminism and Art, pp. 1101–1102; Postmodernism and Gender, pp. 1109–1111; Art and Its Contexts: The Guerilla Girls, p. 1110; Postmodernism and Race or Ethnicity, pp. 1111–1114; Art, Activism, and Controversy: The Nineties, pp. 1116–1129; Art and Identities, pp. 1132–1137 Chapter Page Numbers Content Area Enduring Understanding Enduring Understanding 10-2. In the scholarly realm as well as mainstream media, contemporary art is now a major phenomenon experienced and understood in a global context. Essential Knowledge Stokstad Art History 5e, 2014 Student Edition Learning Objectives Art History 5e, 2014, Student Edition, Image Examples Big Ideas Essential Knowledge 10-1c. Artists frequently use appropriation and “mashups” to devalue or revalue culturally sacred objects, and to negate or support expectations of artworks based on regional, cultural, and chronological associations. Intended meanings are often open-ended and subject to multiple interpretations. Pop Arts, pp. 1091–1095; The Dematerialization of the Art Object, pp. 1095–1103; Postcolonial Discourse, p. 1124 Learning Objective 1.2; Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2; Learning Objective 3.2 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an 33-12: Marilyn Diptych, p. aesthetic object, act, 1093; 33-14: Oh, Jeff…I or event Love You, Too… But…, p. Big Idea 2: Art 1094; 33-55: Rebellious making is shaped by Silence, p. 1124 tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Essential Knowledge 10-1d. The iconic building becomes a sought-after trademark for cities. Computer-aided design impacts the diversity of innovative architectural forms, which tend toward the aspirational and the visionary. Architecture: MidCentury Modernism to Postmodernism, pp. 1104–1107; HighTech and Deconstructionist Architecture, p. 1125–1128 Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 1.4; Learning Objective 2.3; Learning Objective 3.2 33-28: Seagram Building, New York, p. 1104; 3330: Solomon R. Guggenheim Museum, New York, p. 1105; 3358: Hong Kong & Shanghai Bank, Hong Kong, p. 1126 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 Tar Beach (Part I from the Women on a Bridge Series), p. 1111; 33-55: Rebellious Silence, p. 1124; 33-71: 133 People Paid to Have Their Hair Dyed Blond, p. 1135 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 1.3 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, 33-63: The Sun, p. 1130; or event Big Idea 2: Art 33-65: Multiplexed, p. making is shaped by 1131 tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Learning Objective 1.3; Learning Objective 2.1; Learning Objective 2.2 33-24: Personal Appearance #3, p. 1101; 33-25: Untitled, from The Tree of Life series, p. 1102; 33-39: Tar Beach (Part I from the Women on a Bridge Series), p. 1111; 33-55: Rebellious Silence, p. 1124 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Museum of Modern Art, p. 1087; Christo and Jeane-Claude, p. 1103; Guggenheim Museum, pp. Learning Objective 1105–1106; Vietnam 1.3 Veterans Memorial, pp. 1115–1116; Guggenheim Museum (Bilbao, Spain), p. 1126 33-27: The Gates, Central Park, New York, p. 1103; Solomon R. Guggenheim Museum, New York, p. 1105; 33-60: Guggenheim Museum, Bilbao, p. 1127 Big Idea 1: Artists manipulate materials and idas to create an aesthetic object, act, or event Big Idea 2: Art making is shaped by tradition and change Big Idea 3: Interpretations of art are variable Postmodernism and Essential Knowledge 10-2a. Art history surveys have traditionally offered less attention Race or Ethnicity, pp. to art made from 1980 to the present. While such surveys often presented contemporary 1111–1114; art as largely a European and American phenomenon, today, contemporary art produced Postcolonial by artists of Africa, Asia, Oceania, and the First Nations is receiving the same, if not Discourse, p. 1124; Art and Identities, pp. more, attention than work produced in Europe and the Americas. 1132–1137 Essential Knowledge 10-2b. The waning of colonialism, inaugurated by independence movements, shifts in the balance of power with the collapse of Communism in Eastern Europe and the rise of China, and the development of widespread communication networks such as the Internet have all contributed to representations of the world that are global and interconnected rather than Eurocentric. Globalism: Into the New Millenium, pp. 1129–1137 A Broader Look: The Dinner Party, p. 1100; Feminism and Art, pp. 1101–1102; Postmodernism and Gender, pp. Essential Knowledge 10-2c. The art world has expanded and become more inclusive 1109–1111; Art and since the 1960s, as artists of all nationalities, ethnicities, and sexual preferences, as well Its Contexts: The as female artists, have challenged the traditional privileged place of white, heterosexual Guerilla Girls, p. men in art history. This activism has been supported by theories (e.g., deconstructionist, 1110; Postmodernism feminist, poststructuralist, and queer) that critique perspectives on history and culture and Race or Ethnicity, that claim universality but are in fact exclusionary. pp. 1111–1114; Activist Art, p. 1120–1123; Postcolonial Discourse, p. 1124; Art and Identities, pp. 1132–1137 Essential Knowledge 10-2d. The worldwide proliferation of contemporary art museums, galleries, biennials and triennials, exhibitions, and print and digital publications has created numerous, diverse venues for the presentation and evaluation of art in today’s world. Page 72 of 72